SFG1010 v10 MSPCL/Final ESPPFF/2015 June, 2015 Contents Section Title Page No. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY i- xxxviii 1. Project Context 1 1.1 State Specific Details- Manipur 2 2. Environment and Social Context - Manipur 5 2.1 Approach/ Methodology 6 2.2 Consultation/Participation 6 2.3 Structure of the Report 7 3. Manipur at a Glance 8 4. Stakeholder Analysis 20 5. Issues, Impacts and Management Measures - Social 23 5.1 Social Issues and Impacts 23 5.2 Management Framework 24 5.3 Principles 24 5.4 Definition 24 5.5 Legal and Regulatory Framework 30 5.6 Mitigation Measures 37 6. Issues, Impacts and Management Measures - Environment 44 6.1 Environment Issues and Impacts 44 6.2 Principles 46 6.3 Definition 46 6.4 Legal and Regulatory Framework 47 6.5 Assessment of Environmental Impact 51 6.6 Management Framework 52 Integration of environment and social management measures into 55 7. overall project cycle 8. Implementation Arrangement 78 8.1 Administrative Arrangement for Project Implementation 78 8.2 Review of Project Implementation Progress 78 Implementation Arrangement for Environment & Social 79 8.3 Management by MSPCL 9. Training & Capacity Building 86 10. Grievance Redressal Mechanism (GRM) 90 11. Monitoring & Evaluation 92 12. Budget 96 13. Stakeholders Consultation 97 List of Tables Table No. Title 1.1 Summary of subprojects in Tranche- I under NERPSIP 3.1 Administrative Setup in Manipur 3.2 Demographic Profile 3.3 Land Use Pattern 3.4 District-wise Forest Cover 3.5 List of Protected Areas 4.1 Key Stakeholders and their Expectations/Issues 5.1 Management Measures to Address Potential Social Issues 5.2 Legal and Regulatory Provisions – Social Comparison between WB Policy (OP 4.12) Requirements and RFCTLARR Act 5.3 2013 5.4 Land Availability for Substations 5.5 Compensation and R&R Entitlement Framework for Land Acquisition 5.6 Entitlement Matrix for CPTD 6.1 RoW Clearance between Conductors and Trees 6.2 Legal and Regulatory Provisions – Environment 6.3 Potential Environmental Issues and Management Measures Environmental and Social Assessment & Management Process of a Typical T 7.1 & D Project 7.2 MSPCL’s Risk Responsibility Framework Responsibility Allocation Framework for the E & S Assessment & Management 8.1 Process 9.1 MSPCL’s Skill Requirement 9.2 Skill Development Program 11.1 Monitoring of mitigation measures under ESPPF List of Figures Figure No. Title 1.1 Power Map of Manipur 3.1 Energy Consumption Pattern and Number of Consumers in the State 5.1 Activity Chart of RFCTLARRA, 2013 6.1 Approval Process of Forest Clearance 7.1 Project Cycle of a Typical Transmission/Distribution Project 7.2 Environmental and Social Management Procedures Implementation Arrangement for Environment and Social Management by 8.1. MSPCL 10.1 Flow chart showing Grievances Redressal Mechanism List of Annexures Annexure Title No. 1 Comprehensive Details of Manipur 2 Manipur Investment Plan under NERPSIP (GoI & World Bank Funding) 3 Social Management Framework (SMF) Salient Features of the Right to fair compensation and Transparency in Land 4 Acquisition, Resettlement and Rehabilitation Act, 2013 (RFCTLARRA, 2013) 5 Salient Features of the Electricity Act, 2003 Tree/Crop/Tower Footing Compensation Process (other than Forest Land 6 Compensation) 7 Health and Safety Checklist 8 Regulations for measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply 9 Right of Way/Width (RoW) in Forest 10 Forest Clearance Process 10A Online Submission and Monitoring of Forests Clearances Proposals (OSMFCP) 11 Environment Impact Assessment Notification, 2006 12 Form –8 for Disposal of Batteries Hazardous Waste(Management, Handling & Transboundary Movement) Rule, 13 2008 notification dated 24th Sept.’ 2008 14 Form-2 for Maintaining Records of E-Waste Handled / Generated Pro-forma for Environment and Social details for Transmission Line and 15 Substations 16 Format for details of Sites identified for Substations 17 Form of Safety Plan to be submitted by the Contractor 18 Checklist for Inspection of Transmission Lines and Substation 19 Sample ToR for Bio-diversity Assessment 20 Contents of Initial Environment Assessment Report (IEAR) 21 Contents of Compensation Plan for Temporary Damages (CPTD) 22 Contents of Final Environment Assessment Report (FEAR) 23 MSPCL’s Public Consultation Process Abbreviations ADB Asian Development Bank AHDC Autonomous Hill District Councils AMI Automated Metering Infrastructure APDRP Accelerated Power Development and Reform Program ARR Annual Revenue Requirement ASI Archaeological Survey of India CEA Central Electric Authority CEO Chief Executive Officer CF Conservator of Forests CGS Central Generating Stations Ckm Circuit kms CPCB Central Pollution Control Board CPIU Central Project Implementation Unit CPTD Compensation Plan for Temporary Damages DC Deputy Commissioner DL Distribution Line DM District Magistrate DoP Department of Power DPR Detailed Project Report DTs Distribution Transformers EA Environmental Assessment EAMP Environment Assessment Management Plan EIA Environmental Impact Assessment EMF Electro Magnetic Fields EMP Environment Management Plan EPA Environment Protection Act ESMC Environment and Social Management Cell ESMF Environment and Social Management Framework ESPPF Environment and Social Policy and Procedures FAC Forest Advisory Committee FEAR Final Environment Assessment Report GHG Green House Gas GoI Government of India GoMan Government of Manipur GRC Grievance Redressal Committee GRM Grievance Redressal Mechanism ICNIRP International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection IEAR Initial Environment Assessment Report IEE Initial Environment Examination LAA Land Acquisition Act MD Managing Director MDoNER Ministry of Development of North East Region MIS Management Information System MoEF & CC Ministry of Environment Forests and Climate Change MoP Ministry of Power MSPCL Manipur State Power Company Limited NCR National Council on Radiation NEC North East Council NER North Eastern Region NERPSIP North Eastern Region Power System Improvement Project NEP National Environment Policy NLCPR Non-Lapsable Central Pool of Resources NOC No objection certificate NPV Net Present Value O&M Operation and Maintenance ODS Ozone Depleting Substances OP Operational Policy PAF Project Affected Family PAP Project Affected Persons PCCF Principal Chief Conservator of Forests PMC Project Management Consultant PPIU PMC Project Implementation Unit R&R Rehabilitation and Resettlement RAPDRP Restructured Accelerated Power Development Reform Programme Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition RFCTLARRA Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act, 2013 RGGVY Rajiv Gandhi Grameen Vidyutikaran Yojana RTI Right of Information SEBs State Electricity Boards SF6 Sulphur Hexafluoride SIA Social Impact Assessments SIMP Social Impact Assessment and Management Plan SMF Social Management Framework SoI Survey of India SPCB State Pollution Control Board SPCU State Project Implementation Unit SPS Safeguard Policy Statement TAC Tribal Advisory Council T&D Transmission & Distribution TL Transmission Line ToR Terms of Reference TPDP Tribal Peoples’ Development Plan WB World Bank EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 1. India's North East Region (NER) stretches across the eastern foothills of the Himalayan mountain range and is comprised of seven states including Assam, Manipur, Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland, and Manipur. Geographically the region is connected to the other parts of the country through a small “chicken neck” corridor in the State of West Bengal. With a total population of 45.6 million (2011 census), the sparsely populated NER accounts for about 3.7 percent of India’s total population and covers 7.9 percent of India’s total geographical area. The vast majority of the region’s population lives in rural areas, accounting for 82 percent of the total population as against compared to the national average of 69 percent (2011). A large part of the NER is hilly and, recognized as one of the globe’s biodiversity hotspots. Forests cover over 2/3rd of the area, twice exceeding the policy target of 33%. This sparsely populated region is characterized by extraordinary ethnic, cultural, religious and linguistic diversity, with more than 160 Scheduled Tribes (out of 630 in the country) comprising over 400 distinct sub tribal groups, and a large and diverse non-tribal population as well. 2. Regional Power Transmission and Distribution. The North Eastern Region (NER) in India is endowed with rich energy resources but faces significant bottlenecks in electricity access and availability levels. The per capita power consumption in NER is one-third of the national average. The region has a shortfall of about 500 MW installed capacity against peak demand of about 1950 MW. No significant generation capacity has been added in the recent past. Therefore, inadequate power supply continues a critical constraint to sustainable growth and economic development in the NER. Some states are generally not able to draw even their allocated share of power from the Central Generating Stations (CGS) through the grid due to poor/ inadequate intra/ interstate transmission and distribution network and no capacity addition towards transmission/distribution power system not done due to fund constraints. The transmission and distribution (T&D) losses are also drastically high (up to 50%) across most of the States as a large number of remote hilly areas are connected through long low tension lines, resulting in low voltages and poor quality of power at consumer end. While generation capacity addition of about 4000 MW program over present installed capacity is already underway, adequate transmission and distribution infrastructure to transmit and distribute this power to consumers within the North-Eastern States is the need of the day. Project Context 3. In order to create/ augment proper infrastructure of T&D in NER. Government of India (GoI) has formulated a “Composite scheme for transmission and distribution (T&D) in NER” capable of delivering adequate power to most consumers with reliability, aiming to improve the inter-state and intra-state transmission and sub-transmission infrastructure and reduce system losses in all the NER states. The Govt. of India (GoI) has approached the World Bank to provide US$ 1500 million of IBRD funding support to portion of the scheme “NER Power System Improvement Project (NERPSIP)” in three investment tranches each being US$ 500 million for strengthening, augmentation of the intra-state and interstate transmission and distribution schemes (33kV and above and above) and undertake capacity building initiatives across six NER States of Assam, Manipur, Mizoram, Meghalaya, Manipur and Nagaland for World Bank & GoI funding. Ministry of Power (MoP), GoI has appointed POWERGRID, as the Central Implementing Agency (IA) to the six North East States for the Project. However, the ownership of the assets shall be with the respective State Governments/ State Utilities, which upon progressive commissioning shall be handed over to them for taking care of Operation and Maintenance of Assets at their own cost. i 4. The project’s first investment tranche would be implemented over a seven year period (2014- 2021) and has two major components, namely: a) Priority investments for strengthening of intra-state transmission and distribution systems; b) Technical Assistance for Institutional Strengthening and Capacity Building of power utilities and departments. 5. Manipur. In the above background, Manipur state, one of the states in NER, is contemplating major expansion and augmentation of its transmission & distribution network in near future by implementing projects with the help/grant from GoI and other Multilateral Funding Agencies like the World Bank and ADB. Given the unique socio-economic, cultural and environmental resources, Manipur State Power Company Limited (MSPCL) in Manipur is committed to manage them highly sustainably. Towards this, plans have been made by MSPCL to prepare an Environment and Social Policy and Procedures (ESPPF) to serve as a guiding instrument. MSPCL assimilates environmental and social management procedures into its corporate functioning and also layout management procedures and protocol to address them. It outlines MSPCL's commitment to deal with environmental and social issues relating to its transmission & distribution projects with a framework for identification, assessment and management of environmental and social concerns at both organizational as well as project levels. For this, POWERGRID, with proven credentials in management of environmental and social issues of large number of power transmission projects both within and outside the country has been mandated to prepare an ESPPF for MSPCL. Thus, it enables MSPCL;  To establish clear procedures and methodologies for the environmental and social screening, planning, review, approval and implementation of subprojects to be financed under the Project;  To specify appropriate roles and responsibilities, and outline the necessary reporting procedures, for managing and monitoring environmental and social concerns related to sub- projects;  To determine the training, capacity building and technical assistance needed to successfully implement the provisions of the ESPPF;  To ensure adequate financial provisions to meet the management measures to be undertaken to mitigate the impacts. MSPCL also believes that the ESPPF is dynamic and living document, which shall be further upgraded in light of the experiences gained from field implementation and other relevant factors while mainstreaming the environmental and social concerns in its corporate functioning. MSPCL’s Environment & Social Policy Statement “MSPCL aims to achieve sustainable development by identifying, addressing and managing environmental and social concerns by creating awareness among stakeholders, adopting a transparent approach and introducing the state of the art technologies by adhering to the basic principles of Avoidance, Minimization and Mitigation for ensuring cleaner, safer and healthier environment”. ii 6. The key principles of MSPCL’s Environmental and Social Policy are:  Avoidance of environmentally and socially sensitive areas while planning project activities;  Minimization of impacts when project activities occur in environmentally and socially sensitive areas;  Mitigation of any unavoidable negative impacts arising out of its projects. Methodology & Approach 7. The ESPPF has been prepared following a region/ state specific environmental and social assessments which involved generating information through both primary and secondary sources including consultations and library research. The methodology adopted to identify the potential environment and social impacts is based on experience gained from implementation of similar projects and baseline assessments of work activities anticipated in this proposed project. The methodology takes in to account wide range of receptors:  Physical & chemical environment (e.g. water, soil, etc.);  Biological environment (forest, animals, birds, etc.); and  Communities, social groups and individuals (loss of land, loss of agricultural production, tribal, vulnerable groups (women and backward classes), socio-economic condition, health and safety risks). 8. The basic approach involved broadly the following:  Review of environment & social baseline information from secondary source of the project area;  Review of existing national & state specific legislations and policy and guidelines of multilateral agencies;  Review of project related documents; and  Stakeholders’ consultations. Consultation/ Participation 9. Consultations with key stakeholders including local, state, regional, central government entities and key ministries at the state level and central level as well as with World Bank officials were undertaken to know views and concerns about environmental and social issues/ concerns of the project. This activity ensured appropriate participation and gathering views from the environment and social perspective of all the stakeholders’ which is integrated in this ESPPF to be adopted during different stages of the project implementation. Manipur at a Glance 10. The State lies between latitude of 230 50’N to 250 42’N and longitude of 92058’E -94045’E. The State is bounded by Nagaland (204 km) in the north, Mizoram (95 km) in the south, Assam (204 km) in the west, and by the International borders of the country Burma/Myanmar 352 km) in the east as well as in the south. The State capital is Imphal, located in the centre of the State. The total area covered by the state is about 22,347 km². The State has rich natural resources which include unique floating mass of vegetation on the Loktak Lake, forests and the wet forests /the pine forests occur between 900-2700 m above MSL. They together sustain a host of rare and endemic plant and animal iii life. The local flora and fauna bear a very close affinity and resemblance with the floral and faunal components of the Indo-Malayan and Indo-Chinese sub-regions. The State is located in the bio- geographic zone of 9B-North-East hills and possesses an extremely rich bio-diversity. Blessed with an amazing variety of flora and fauna, 67% of the geographical area of Manipur is hill tract covered forests. One third of the population belongs to Schedule Tribes whose lives are intrinsically woven with that of the forests. 11. The State has presently 9 districts of which 5 districts are located in the hill areas and 4 districts are spread out in the valley. The hill areas of the State are governed by a special State legislation i.e. the Manipur Hill Areas District Councils Act, 1971. This Act has provisions similar to those contained in the Sixth Schedule and has established six Autonomous Hill District Councils in Manipur, covering 5 districts. The activities of the Councils are confined to agriculture, horticulture, primary and adult education and tribal welfare. No power to levy taxes is given to these bodies and they depend entirely on grants from the Government. The list of Autonomous District Councils is presented below: i) Chandel Autonomous District Council (Chandel District) ii) Churachandpur Autonomous District Council(Churachandpur district), iii) Sadar Hills Autonomous District Council, Kangpokpi iv) Manipur North Autonomous District Council (Senapati District) v) Tamenglong Autonomous District Council (Tamenglong) District, vi) Ukhrul Autonomous District Council (Ukhrul District). 12. The provisional population of Manipur as per census 2011 was 27, 21,756 out of which 13,69,764 were males and 13,51,992 were females. Decadal growth of population in the State during 2001-2011 was 18.65 % and males growth were 17.88 % and females were 19.44 % respectively. The Scheduled Tribes (STs) and Scheduled Castes (SCs) population consists nearly 35.1% and 3.8% of the total population in the State. 13. Forest is an integral part of the culture and tradition of Manipur as its protection maintains the ecology of the State. The State has a geographical area of 22,327 sq. km. of which 17418 sq.km. (78 %) is the recorded forest area; Reserved Forests constitute 8.40%, Protected Forests 24% and Un-classed Forests constitute 67.60%. The deforestation for Jhumming (shifting cultivation) is an age-old practice in the hills of Manipur. But during the last 20 years there is a tremendous increase in the area of Jhum cultivation, mostly in the dense forest areas caused by rapid increase of population of the tribal living in forest. 14. Manipur has one National Parks (NP) and one Wildlife Sanctuaries (WLS) covering an area of 224.4 km², constituting 5.75% of the total geographical area of the State. Besides, there are also other NP & WLS which are proposed & awaiting settlement proceedings. Details of protected area including its size, location and important flora & fauna are presented in Table 1 below: Table 1: Protected Area Network in Manipur Sl. National Park/ District Area in Important Flora and Fauna No. Sanctuary sq. km found 1. Keibul Lamjao Bishnupur 40.00 Many fauna & flora: Aquatic/ National Park mammal/ Amphibian of iv Sl. National Park/ District Area in Important Flora and Fauna No. Sanctuary sq. km found Invertebrate& Vertebrate 2. Yangoupokpi Chandel 184.80 -do- Lokchao Wildlife Sanctuary 3. Bunning Wildlife Tamenglong 115.80 Alpine grassland and Forests Sanctuary (Proposed) ecosystem including canes & bamboos, Animals: Tiger, Leopard/Clouded Leopard, Sambar etc. and many other important flora 4. Zeilad Wildlife Tamenglong 21.00 Abode of migratory birds, Many Sanctuary (Proposed) important fauna & flora Aquatic/ mammal/ Amphibian (Invertebrate& Vertebrate) 5. Kailam Wildlife Churachandpur 187.50 Sub-tropical Wet Hill Forests Sanctuary (Proposed) (8B/C2), Home of five varieties of horn bills & i/c Tiger, Leopard/Clouded Leopard, Sambar etc. and many other important flora. 6. Jiri-Makru Wildlife Tamenglong 198.00 Virgin forests of catchments area Sanctuary (Proposed) of Jiri & Makru rivers hosting varieties of flora and fauna. 7. Shiroi Hill National Ukhrul 41.00 Home of unique and endemic Park (Proposed) ground lily 15. The State has predominantly one source i.e. Central Sector allocation (mixture of hydro & thermal) of 142.3MW and 10.5MW of power from MSPCL. The state is endowed with hydro-power potentiality for power generation without much damage to environment. Present (2014-15) peak demand of the state is 262 MW. Own generation is negligible. MSPCL gets about 129 MW from Central sector power allocation out of allocation of 153.5 MW including about 17/18 MW from Pallatana OTPC, Tripura. There remains shortfall of about 133MW. The state is also supposed to get allocated share of 21 MW and 40 MW from Pallatana GBPP (726.6MW), Tripura and Bongaigaon Thermal Power Station (750MW), Assam respectively after completion of the projects and its associated Transmission lines. Efforts are underway not only to bridge the gap but also to ensure that adequate power is made available to enable boosting of State economy. An abstract of subprojects for the tranche-1 under expansion/augmentation of power system network in the State of Manipur is presented in Table 2. Table 2: Summary of Subprojects in Tranche- I under NERPSIP Sl. Quantity Capacity Addition Estimated Cost Name of the subproject (in Millions) No. (Nos.) (Ckt. Km/MVA) 132 kV Transmission lines (New/ Stringing 1. 7 554 Ckt.km. & Renovation) 1639.74 2 132/33kV substations (New/Augmentation) 6 160 MVA v 3. 33 kV Distribution lines 12 222 Ckt.km. (New/Strengthening) 1403.61 4. 33/11kV substations (New/Augmentation) 34 229.4 MVA Stakeholder analysis 16. Stakeholder’s analysis has been undertaken to identify the issues and the concerns of various stakeholders who are supposed to be either directly or indirectly impacted/benefited or assume a position wherein they can have a significant role to influence the project. The Stakeholder’s analysis has been carried out to identify existing relationship and also to understand the roles, responsibilities and relations of these stakeholders in context of shaping the environment and social issues with respect to proposed project. The details of the key stakeholders identified at various levels from national level up to village/panchayat level and their issues & expectations with respect to proposed project. The process of consultation with stakeholders involves formal and informal discussion. A wide range of issues were discussed with various stakeholders that might have environmental / social concern. Some of the key issues are listed below: 17. Environment Issues.  Impact on forest and biodiversity area e.g. national parks, sanctuary, biosphere reserves, etc.  Impact due to waste (Used Oil or E-waste), oil spills, sanitation;  Occupational health and safety during implementation (labor camps including HIV/ AIDS issues), operation and maintenance phases of the project;  Soil erosion and slope un-stability;  Leakage of SF6 gas, the potent greenhouse gas; and  Any other adverse environment issues. 18. Social and Institutional Issues.  Securing land for substation;  Temporary damages to land, crops, trees or structures during construction;  Community participation involvement of the during planning, implementation and operation phases of the project/sub-project cycle;  Health and Safety risk including HIV/AIDS;  Tribal/vulnerable groups;  Local, Women and Inter agency participation/ coordination. Impacts – Social 19. This section identifies the potential social impacts of the proposed projects in terms of the nature, magnitude, extent and location, timing and duration of the anticipated impacts. These impacts are both positive or negative relating to the project design stage, construction stage or the project operation and decommissioning stage. i. Positive Impacts  Employment creation;  Improved and reliability of power supply; vi  Increased economic activity;  Improved road infrastructure;  Access to electricity would improve the quality of life of women and reduce the time consumption for household activity which will entail availability of more time for other activities.  Less reliance of fossil fuels like firewood, charcoal etc.;  Capacity Building. ii. Negative Impact s  Loss of land;  Loss of standing crops;  Restriction of land use and land rights;  Health and Safety risk including HIV/AIDS. Impacts - Environment 20. This section identifies the potential environmental impacts of the proposed projects. These impacts are both positive or negative relating to the project design stage, construction stage or the project operation and decommissioning stage. i. Positive Impacts  Less dependence on fossil fuels including firewood, charcoal etc. ii. Negative Impacts  Impacts on Vegetation/forest;  Impacts on Wildlife Habitats and Migratory Birds;  Impacts on Drainage, Soil erosion Water Resources;  Impacts on Traffic and Road Infrastructure;  Impacts from Solid/ Liquid Wastes, Oil spillage;  Effect of Electro Magnetic Field (EMF);  Air Quality, Noise and Vibration;  SF6 Gas leakage to atmosphere;  Health & Safety;  Impacts on Aviation and Communication. The Potential E&S issues/ impacts identified shall be managed within the applicable regulatory framework and international best practices. Policy, Legal and Regulatory Framework 21. MSPCL undertakes its Transmission/ Distribution system (33 kV and above) activities within the purview of Constitutional provisions, Policy, Legal, and Regulatory Framework for environmental and social issues applicable to power transmission & distribution. In addition, the requirements of multilateral funding agencies are also considered in the management procedures for addressing environmental and social issues. vii 22. The Constitution of India provides for protection of the environment and its improvement as a fundamental duty and the Directive Principles of State Policy under Article 51 A (g) and Article 48 A respectively. The Apex Court has widened the scope of Article 21 (Right to Life) bringing environmental impacts under its ambit. Similarly, the constitutional provisions in regard to social safeguards are enshrined in the Preamble to the Constitution, such as justice, social, economic and political; liberty of thought, expression, belief, faith and worship; equality of status and of opportunity; fraternity assuring the dignity of the individual and the unity and integrity of the Nation. Fundamental Rights and Directive Principles guarantee the right to life and liberty. Health, safety and livelihood been interpreted as part of this larger framework. The provisions on social safeguards are contained in Articles 14, 15, 17, 23, 24, 25, 46, 330, 332, etc. 23. Article 371C provides special provision to the State of Manipur for the Constitution and functions of a committee of the Legislative Assembly of the State consisting of members of that Assembly elected from the Hill Areas of the State. As per the provision The Manipur (Hill Areas) District Council Act, 1971 was enacted. This Act has provisions similar to those contained in the Sixth Schedule and has established six Autonomous Hill District Councils, covering 5 hill districts of the State. These Autonomous Hill District Councils (AHDC) are empowered to maintain and manage the property: movable and immovable, and institutions under their jurisdiction (e.g. in the field of agriculture, animal husbandry, community development, social and tribal welfare, village planning, management of any forest except RF, regulation of the Jhum /shifting cultivation or any other matter.) Under this act, the administrations of the Tribal areas is vested in village/district council under supervision of concerned DC at local/district level and Hill area Committee at State level. All activities sited in AHDC area needs their consent. 24. Environment : Mandatory environmental requirements for MSPCL at state level include: sanction of GoMan under section 68(1) of the Electricity Act, 2003; Forest clearance under the Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980; During the currency of operations, Regulations on Batteries (Management and handling) Rules, 2001 regarding disposal of used batteries, Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2008 regarding disposal of used transformer oil, Ozone Depleting Substances (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000 putting restrictions on use of ozone depleting substances come into force and required voluntary enforcement and provisions under Biological Diversity Act, 2002, E-waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 2011 regarding maintaining records & handling of electronic wastes, and the Scheduled Tribes & Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006. 25. The Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 is the key legislation through which the environmental impacts of transmission projects are managed since the current regulation does not require an Environmental Impact Assessment for transmission lines. The legislation requires compensatory afforestation for any forest land diverted for non-forest use in twice the area diverted with afforestation undertaken by the respective state Forest Department. A national fund CAMPA has been created for this purpose. In case projects pass through or are located in designated protected areas, clearances from the Wildlife Board are also required. MSPCL has decided to undertake assessment of environmental impacts even for cases where not statutorily mandated in order to confirm compliance with its own policy highlighted in paragraph 5 above. 26. Social: Mandatory Social requirements for MSPCL at State level include provisions of section 67 & 68 (5 & 6) of the Electricity Act, 2003 for the calculation of compensation for any viii temporary damages. Involuntary land acquisitions, if any done, for securing private lands for construction of Substations, fall under the realm of The Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act, 2013 (RFCTLARRA). The provisions of Indian Treasure Trove Act, 1878 as amended in 1949 covers chance finds. The Right to Information Act, 2005 (RTI) ensures citizens to access information under the control of public authorities. 27. The World Bank (WB) Operational Policies OP 4.01, 4.04, 4.11 & 4.36/ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement 2009 (SPS 2009) for Environmental and Social Considerations outline funding agencies policy and procedures for Environmental Assessment (EA) of different developmental projects. Depending upon the issues and impacts, the projects are categorized as A, B, and C warranting larger and specialized focus for A and the least for C. This project, as per the WB guidelines, is categorized as A. Likewise, OP 4.10 and 4.12 outlines policy guidelines for managing issues related to tribal people and involuntary resettlement. 28. RFCTLARRA, 2013 has replaced the old Land Acquisition Act, 1894 and has come into force from 1st January 2014. The new act i.e. RFCTLARRA, 2013 authorizes State Govt. (i.e. GoMan) or its authorized Government agency to complete the whole process of acquisition of private land including Social Impact Assessment (SIA), Action Plan for R&R (i.e. Rehabilitation and Resettlement) & its implementation and the MSPCL’s responsibility is limited to identification and selection of suitable land based on technical requirement and ensuring budget allocation. Conducting Social Impact Assessments (SIA) has been made mandatory under this new act and results of these assessments are shared with all the stakeholders and public hearing held which makes the process transparent and informed. Subsequently, an entitlement package that includes both compensation (for land/structure and assets to land and structure) and R&R as necessary is prepared. Further to this, individual awards are passed and all documents are disclosed in the public domain through local administration and internet. The flow chart of the land acquisition process with schedule prescribed for various activities is illustrated in Figure 1 below. The entitlements with regard to compensation and assistances towards land acquisition or loss of any assets or livelihood for all categories of people being affected due to land acquisition is briefly outlined in Table 3 below: ix Table 3: Compensation and R&R Entitlement Framework for Land Acquisition A Comprehensive Compensation Package Eligibility for Entitlement Provisions The affected families Determination of Compensation :  Land Owners: includes any person- 1. Market value of the land  as specified in the Indian Stamp Act, 1899 i) whose name is recorded as (he owner or of the land or building or part  the average of the sale price for similar type of land thereof, in the records of the situated in the village or vicinity, authority concerned; or or ii) any person who is granted forest  consented amount of compensation as agreed in case rights under the Scheduled Tribes of acquisition of lands for private companies or for and Other Traditional Forest public private partnership project. Dwellers (Recognition of Forest whichever is higher Rights) Act, 2006 or under any other Market value x Multiplier* between 1 to 2 in rural law for the time being in force; areas only (No multiplier in urban areas). or 2. Value of the assets attached to land: iii)who is entitled to be granted Patta rights on the land under any law of Building/Trees/Wells/Crop etc. as valued by relevant the State including assigned lands: govt. authority; or Land compensation = 1+2 iv) any person who has been declared as such by an order of the court or 3. Solatium: 100% of total compensation Authority; Total Compensation : 1+2+3 (*) Precise scale shall be determined by the State Govt. The indicative values of multiplier factor based on distance from urban areas as provided in the act. Radial Distance from Urban area (Km) Multiplier Factor 0-10 1.00 10-20 1.20 20-30 1.40 30-40 1.80 40-50 2.00 B. R&R Package Elements of Rehabilitation and Resettlement Entitlements for all the affected families (both land owners and the families whose livelihood is primarily dependent on land acquired) in addition to compensation provided above S. N. Elements of R& R Entitlements Provision Subsistence grant/allowance for 1. Rs. 3000 per month per family for 12 months displaced families a. Where jobs are created through the project, The affected families shall be mandatory employment for one member per 2. entitled to: affected family; x or b. Rupees 5 lakhs per family; or c. Rupees 2000 per month per family as annuity for 20 years, with appropriate index for inflation; The option of availing (a) or (b) or (c) shall be that of the affected family i. A constructed house shall be provided as per the Indira Awas Yojana specifications. ii. A constructed house shall be provided, which will be not less than 50 sq. mts. in plinth area. Housing units for displacement: 3. i) If a house is lost in rural areas: In either case the equivalent cost of the house may ii) If a house is lost in urban areas also be provided in lieu of the house as per the preference of the project affected family. The stamp duty and other fees payable for registration of the house allotted to the affected families shall be borne by the Requiring Body. Transportation cost for displaced 4. Rs 50,000/- per affected family families Resettlement Allowance (for 5. Onetime Rs 50,000/- per affected family displaced families) Onetime financial assistance as appropriate for 6. Cattle shed/ petty shop cost construction as decided by St. Govt. subject to minimum of Rs.25,000/- Artisan/small traders/others (in Onetime financial assistance as appropriate as decided 7. case of displacement) by State Govt. subject to minimum of Rs.25,000/- Special Provisions for SCs/STs In addition to the R&R package, SC/ST families will be entitled to the following additional benefits: 1. One time financial assistance of Rs. 50,000 per family; 2. Families settled outside the district shall be entitled to an additional 25% R&R benefits; 3. Payment of one third of the compensation amount at very outset; 4. Preference in relocation and resettlement in area in same compact block; 5. Free land for community and social gatherings; 6. In case of displacement, a Development Plan is to be prepared 7. Continuation of reservation and other Schedule V and Schedule VI area benefits from displaced area to resettlement area. xi Figure 1: Activity Chart of RFCTLARRA, 2013 Project Cycle – Integrating Environment and Social Issues/ Concerns and Mitigatory Measures 29. Stakeholder analysis and impact assessments had enabled identifying issues. The same are now placed in the project cycle so as to draw management measures for addressing the same. Key milestones in MSPCL’s transmission/Distribution (33 kV and above) projects are; i) Project Conceptualization ii) Project Planning iii) Approval iv) Detailed Design and Tendering v) Project Implementation vi) Operation & Maintenance vii) Review and Monitoring and Evaluation. xii Environmental and Social Concerns 30. Environmental Concerns.  Clearing/lopping of Trees within Right of Way (RoW);  Clearing of Ground Vegetation for Movement of Machinery;  Disposal of Used Transformer Oil;  Disposal of Used Battery;  Disposal of E-waste; and  Leakage/use of SF6 gas. 31. Social Concerns  Loss to Standing Crop;  Change in Land Prices;  Temporary Loss of Access to Common Property Resources;  Restriction on Land Use;  Loss of livelihood due to acquisition of private agricultural land;  Loss of common property resources due to acquisition of revenue land; and  Loss of homestead, if any. 32. Management measures to address the issues and concerns in respect of social and environment are presented in Tables 4 and 5 respectively. Table 4: Social Management Measures No Potential Issues Management Measures For Trenche-1, this is an issue as land for only 21 out of 33 (9 transmission & 24 distribution substations) is available with MSPCL. For remaining 1 transmission and 11 distribution substations, lands will have to be secured afresh by MSPCL through adopting any of the following 3 methods: i. Purchase of land on willing buyer & willing seller basis on negotiated rate; ii. Voluntary Donation; and iii. Involuntary Acquisition. 1 Loss of land In case of procurement of land through private purchase, MSPCL shall ensure that compensation/rate for land is not less than the rate provided in the new land acquisition act, 2013. In order to comply with this provision MSPCL may organize an awareness camp where provisions of new act in respect of basis/modalities of compensation calculation shall be explained to land owners with specific State provision if any. In the case of voluntary donation of land, it is to ascertained that the land owner/user(s) are not subjected to undue pressure for parting of land. Apart from this following shall also be ensured: xiii No Potential Issues Management Measures  All out efforts shall be made to avoid any physical relocation/displacement due to loss of land;  The MSPCL shall facilitate extending ‘gratitude’ to the land donor(s) in lieu of the ‘contribution’ if so agreed. The same shall be documented in the shape of MoU between donor and utility.  Subsequently title of land shall be transferred in the name of MSPCL. All land donations (as well as purchases) will be subject to a review/ approval from a committee comprising representatives of different sections including those from the IA and GoMan. In case of land acquired through involuntary acquisition, provisions of RFCTLARRA, 2013 shall be followed (for details refer Part – A of Social Management Framework placed as Annexure – 3). Due to inherent flexibility in locating substation and very small size of Change in land land, MSPCL avoids habituated area completely hence no relocation of use and population on account of setting up of substation is envisaged. 2 population Although securing of lands for construction of substations proposed under relocation for tranche-1 is an issue, MSPCL shall make all out effort to secure such land substations wherein possibility of physical relocation/ displacement is not envisaged. Change in land As per existing law, land for tower/pole and right of way is not acquired use and and agricultural activities are allowed to continue after construction 3 population activity and MSPCL pays compensation for all damages including cost of relocation due to land below tower to its owner without acquiring it. Hence change in land towers/ poles use and resultant relocation of people is not envisaged in T&D projects. Land for tower and right of way is not acquired as agricultural activities can continue. However, the project shall pay full compensation to all the affected persons/ community for any damages sustained during the execution of work. Accordingly, MSPCL has formulated appropriate 4 Right of Way management plan in the form of Compensation Plan for Temporary Damage (CPTD) to minimize the damages and provide compensation plan for temporary damages in consultation with the state government and affected persons and/ or community (for details refer Part – B of Social Management Framework placed as Annexure – 3). The population of Manipur as per census 2011 was 2721756. The Scheduled Tribes (STs) population consists nearly 35% of the total population in the State. The project is being implemented in the tribal 5 Impact on Tribal areas of Manipur and bulk of the beneficiaries are expected to be tribal. Moreover, provision under Manipur (Hill Area District Council Act) stipulates that all projects do need to secure prior consent of Hill /Village Councils. Hence, consultations will be carried out in these areas to obtain consent as necessary before initiating project activity in the area. Further xiv No Potential Issues Management Measures Tribal Development Framework as well as Tribal Development Plan is enshrined in RFCTLARRA, 2013 which makes consultations in tribal areas mandatory and provides for enhanced entitlements for the tribal people. In compliance with Bank’s Operational Policy 4.10 (Indigenous Peoples) and special provision of RFCTLARRA, 2013, a Tribal People Development Framework has been prepared (refer Part - C of Social Management Framework placed as Annexure – 3). Gender/ women Women involvement will be planned through formal and informal group 6 consultations so that their participation is ensured during preparation and participation implementation of the project. Induced secondary MSPCL operations are short-lived and do not induce secondary 7 development developments during construction. during construction Health and safety During construction the health and safety aspects of workers and nearby of community shall be implemented through contractors with due diligence 8 and compliance of required regulation/guideline through a safety plan worker/employee/ community MSPCL uses best available technology for lines and do not cause any hazards to health and safety. “Chance finds” or discovery of any Possibilities of such phenomenon in T&D project are quite remote due to archaeological limited and shallow excavations. However, in case of such findings, 9 artifacts, treasure MSPCL will follow the laid down procedure in the Section-4 of Indian etc. during Treasure Trove Act, 1878 as amended in1949. excavation Table 5: Environment Management Measures No Potential Issues Management Measures Minimizing adverse impact MSPCL endeavors to circumvent / lessen environmentally 1 on forests sensitive areas such as forest and other ecologically fragile/ sensitive areas through optimization of route including use of modern tools like GIS/GPS and other modern techniques. Use of extended/special tower to reduce RoW and impact on 2 Clearing/Lopping of trees trees.  Vegetation damage To minimise damage to vegetation and habitat fragmentation, 3  Habited Loss MSPCL utilizes hand clearing and transportation of tower material by head loads into forestland and other land as well, wherever possible. MSPCL maintains only a 3m wide strip for O&M and allows  Habitat fragmentation for regeneration of vegetation in the other one or two strips 4  Edge effect on flora & and beneath the transmission lines to avoid habitat fauna fragmentation and edge effect. In hilly area this can possibly be totally avoided. xv There is no elephant corridor as such in Manipur. The Anko Range in Manipur has about 50 elephants, which is Chances of accident contiguous with those of the Somra tract of Myanmar. 5 involving elephant in the However, if some movements are repeatedly noticed (in stray specified corridor due to cases), MSPCL shall try suitable design modification in the placing of poles pole of 33kV line like provision of spike guards, barbed wire fencing or any other arrangement and shall incorporate the same in such location, if required. Chemical contamination 6 MSPCL does not use chemicals for forest clearance/ RoW from chemical maintenance maintenance. techniques Poly-Chloro-Biphenyls MSPCL use mineral oil in electrical equipment’s. 7 (PCBs) in electrical Specification of oil containing PCB less 2 mg/kg (non – equipment. detectable level) stated in the tender document. MSPCL does not acquire land for its transmission towers. It Change in land use and pays compensation for any crop loss and damage caused 8 population relocation due to during its activities. MSPCL allows regeneration and towers/poles cultivation beneath the towers for Transmission Line (TL) around poles/ structures and lines. Induced secondary MSPCL operations are short-lived and do not induce 9 development during secondary developments during construction. construction MSPCL would ensure that all cut and fill slopes in TL/ DL Erosion of soil and drainage are adequately protected using standard engineering practices 10 along the cut and fill slopes including bio-engineering techniques wherever feasible. All in hilly areas drainage channels along or inside substations shall be trained and connected to main or existing drainage to avoid any erosion due to uncontrolled flow of water. Avian hazards mostly encountered in bird sanctuaries area and fly path of migratory bird predominantly related to Avian hazards from nesting site. Although the incidence of avian hazards is rare 11 transmission/distribution due to the distance between the conductors. MSPCL shall lines and towers take all possible precaution to avoid these areas by careful route selection. However, bird guards are provided to prevent any avian hazards. 12 Air craft hazards from MSPCL as per the requirement of IS 5613 of July’94 provides transmission lines and towers aviation markers, night-lights for easy identification of towers in notified/selected areas. 13 During construction the health and safety aspects of workers and nearby community shall be implemented through Health and safety of contractors with due diligence and compliance of required worker/employee/community regulation/guideline through a safety. MSPCL uses best available technology for lines and do not cause any hazards to health and safety. Fire hazards are mostly occurred in forest area. However, MSPCL uses state of art automatic tripping mechanism for its transmission/distribution and substations that disconnect the Fire Hazards line in fraction of seconds to prevent fire hazards. The Forest 14 Department also take precaution like maintaining fire line in the cleared forest area to avoid spread of fire. Firefighting instruments including fire extinguishers are kept in appropriate place for immediate action in case of any fire xvi hazard. Although pollution is not an issue with transmission/ distribution projects still MSPCL will make efforts to further 15 Pollution minimize it. Sites are cleared of all the leftover materials and debris to avoid any chance of pollution. Although leakage of SF6 is not a major issue, MSPCL will make efforts to reduce the leakage through regular monitoring GHG (SF6 Gas) 16 installing gas pressure monitor/ leak detectors in Circuit Breakers. 33. Other potential environmental and social issues/ concerns and their management measures are described in an EMP, a sample of which is in the Annex-A to the summary. It will be implemented during the execution of the project. Since many provisions of the EMP are to be implemented by the Contractor, to ensure its proper implementation and monitoring, the EMP forms a part of the contract document. MSPCL’s Environment and Social Management Procedures 34. MSPCL has developed comprehensive Environment and Social (E&S) management procedures and incorporated them to its project cycle, to ensure that its operation eliminates or minimizes adverse environmental and social impacts. The E&S management procedures identify the relevant issues at early stage of project cycle and follow the basic philosophy of sustainable development along with Principles of Avoidance, Minimization and Mitigation. These three guiding principles are employed in a project right from very beginning i.e. at the time of Project conceptualization & Planning Stage by studying different alternatives line routes for selection of most optimum route to avoid involvement of forests/ biodiversity/Eco-sensitive zone including animal/bird path, protected areas, human habitations etc. to the extent possible. If necessary/required, tall towers are also provided to avoid/minimize the impact. In case it becomes unavoidable due to terrain and line route passes through protected areas additional studies would be conducted by independent agencies to ascertain the impacts and to plan management measures to minimize/mitigate such impacts. A Terms of Reference (ToR), for such assessment, which can be customized for a particular situation/ location/ concern has been prepared and is placed at Annexure- 19 of the main report. 35. Likewise for substation land, MSPCL identifies number of potential substation sites based on data collected as per the checklist (Annexure-15 of the main report) and a comprehensive analysis for each alternative site is carried out. The analysis considers various site specific parameters that includes infrastructure facilities such as access roads, railheads, type of land viz. Govt., revenue, private land, agricultural land; social impacts such as number of families getting affected; and cost of compensation and rehabilitation giving due weightage to each. Environmental & Social Management process dovetailed in project cycle for appropriate and timely action is outlined in Figure 2. xvii Figure – 2: Environment and Social Management Procedures Project Identification. E&S Conceptualization Screening & Identification Scoping E&S issue Feasibility Study including Environmental & Project Social Screening and Scoping Report as part of Concept  Appraisal of Concept Paper by MSPCL Mgmt. Paper  In-Principle approval by State Government E & S Screening &  Assessment of E & S issues for TL/DL Project Planning E&S Assessment Scoping for during Detailed Survey substation & Social  Preparation of Forest Proposal (if required), Assessment of T/L  Substation Land Identification / Selection  Preparation of IEAR & CPTD Public Consultation as part of IEAR Approval  MD  MoEF for Forest Funding Agency Project  BOD Clearance (If Applicable) E&S Management  GoMan  GoMan for Land Social Impact Management  Engagement of Agency for EAMP & Detailed Design Plan (SIMP) including CPTD Implementation(if needed) & Tendering SIA, RAP, Public Hearing  EMP part of Contract/Bidding & Disclosure by GoMan as document. Per RFCTLARRA, 2013  Implementation of IEAR/CPTD for TL/DL Implementation Implementation  RoW Clearance E&S Plan Implementation of SIMP by  Compensatory Afforestation Project GoM as per  Crop/Tree Compensation RFCTLARRA,  Public Consultation 2013  Possession of land for Substation  Preparation of FEAR (if required) Supervision & Periodic Performance Review Review by Maintenance Operation &  MSPCL GoMan  Domestic/External Funding Agency Annual Review xviii Environmental and Social Risk assessment 36. Environmental and Social Risk Assessment is a vital part of MSPCL’s environmental and social management strategies. The risk assessment process identifies existing risks, and forecast future potential risks in its power transmission/distribution projects. It is a scientific process that includes cost benefit analysis. The environment and social management procedures developed by MSPCL evaluate these risks, both qualitatively and quantitatively, and prioritize them. Based on prioritization, environment and social management options are selected. MSPCL’s Risk Management process involves risk preparedness, risk mitigation and the sharing of liabilities (via internal arrangements and insurance). Responsibilities in the event of occurrence of a risk have been illustrated in Table 6. Table 6: MSPCL’s Risk Responsibility Framework Government of Risk MSPCL Contractor Insurers Manipur (GoMan) Non-compliance Regulatory    - Non-compliance Contractual - -  - Major hazards, e.g. tower fall    during construction - During O&M -  - - Impacts on health etc. -  - - Force Majeure: Insurable - - -  Force Majeure: Non-Insurable   - - Inclusion/ Exclusion of   - - concerned Communities Public Interest Litigation   - - Implementation Arrangements 37. MSPCL realizes that ESPPF implementation requires a robust and efficient institutional framework. To ensure quality and enabling organizational support structure for effective implementation of the ESPPF, MSPCL shall set out procedures and work culture which will promote total involvement of all its personnel. To attain assigned goal following shall be ensured:  A coordinated system of functioning to be adopted by Corporate Planning who is the spokesperson of Managing Director (MD)/Chief Executive Officer (CEO) of MSPCL .  An emphasis on intra-departmental approach, demarcation of departmental responsibilities and the delegation of authority which will ensure quick response and amendment to change.  A commitment to provide at all times the best possible time bound quality service in all areas of its operations. 38. MSPCL’s commitment to the ESPPF shall have to be developed with these principles. To ensure effective implementation of its ESPPF, MSPCL will focus on:  Strengthening the implementation of the ESPPF by deploying specialist or redeployment of appropriately trained personnel at key levels; xix  Placing dedicated manpower with specialization in the respective field to deal and manage the environment and social issues;  Reinforcing in-house capabilities by working with specialized external agencies;  Frequent/ regular review by higher management;  Annual review of the ESPPF implementation and problem faced to start with internally or through external agencies as necessary.  A robust objective oriented M&E system tracking performance of key indicators. Corporate office will have overall responsibility for construction, operation, and maintenance of transmission/ distribution systems apart from providing necessary support services. 39. For the NERPSIP, the implementing agency (IA) is POWERGRID with its mandate for design and implementation supervision for the project. In consultations with the states, it has put up a tiered structure as follows:  Central Project Implementation Unit (CPIU) - A body responsible for coordinating the preparation and implementation of the project and shall be housed within the IA’s offices at Guwahati. The “Project-In-Charge” of IA & Head of each of the SPCU shall be a member of CPIU.  State Project Coordination Unit (SPCU) – A body formed by the Utility and responsible for coordinating with IA in preparing and implementing the project at the State level. It consist of experts across different areas from the Utility and shall be headed by an officer of the rank not below Chief Engineer, from MSPCL.  Project Implementation Unit (PIU) – A body formed by the IA, including members of MSPCL on deputation, and responsible for implementing the Project across the State, with its personnel being distributed over work site & working in close association with the SPCU/ CPIU. PIU report to State level “Project Manager” nominated by the Project-in-Charge of IA. The IA will have a Core team stationed at the CPIU on permanent basis and other PMC officers (with required skills) will visit as and when required by this core team. Grievance Redressal Mechanism (GRM) 40. GRM is an integral and important mechanism for addressing/resolving the concern and grievances in a transparent and swift manner. Many minor concerns of peoples are addressed during public consultation process initiated at the beginning of the project and broadly outlined in Annexure- 23. For handling grievance, MSPCL shall establish Grievance Redress Committee (GRC) at two places, one at the project/scheme level and another at Corporate/HQ level. The GRCs shall include members from MSPCL, Local Administration, Affected Persons representative and reputed persons from the society and representative from the hill districts councils selected/decided on nomination basis under the chairmanship of project head. The composition of GRC shall be disclosed in villages/their hill council office and concerned district headquarter for wider coverage. 41. The complainant will also be allowed to submit its complaint to local project official who will pass it to GRC immediately but not more than 5 days of receiving such complaint. The first meeting of GRC will be organized within 15 days of its constitution/disclosure to formulate procedure and frequency of meeting. However, GRC meeting shall be convened within 15 days of receiving a grievance for its solution. GRC endeavor will be to pronounce its decision/ may also refer it to xx corporate GRC for solution within 30-45 days of receiving grievances. In case complainant/appellant is not satisfied with the decision of GRC they can approach MSPCL Corporate level Committee /District Collector or Court of law for solution. 42. The corporate level GRC shall function under the chairmanship of Executive Director (Legal & HR) who will nominate other members of GRC including one representative from corporate ESMC who is conversant with the environment & social issues. The meeting of Corporate GRC shall be convened within 7-10 days of receiving the reference from project GRC or complainant directly and pronounce its decision within next 15 days. 43. These GRCs shall act as supplement and in no way substitute the legal systems, especially embedded within RFCTLARR Act 2013, The Electricity Act, 2003, and Right to Information Act. Monitoring & Evaluation 44. For environmental and social components of a project, environmental and social monitoring plan is developed, based on baseline data and impacts predicted during the environmental and social assessment process. The concerned forest department staffs, as part of their duties monitor impacts on ecological resources through which the transmission line traverses. MSPCL in coordination with forest/revenue officials will monitor timely implementation of various activities such as compensatory afforestation, ROW maintenance, prevention of fire hazards, natural regeneration of vegetation etc. The environmental and social monitoring plan for each project will be integrated with construction, operation and maintenance and shall be monitored by the ESMC on a monthly basis. 45. Since regular and effective monitoring of implementation of EAMP/CPTD for transmission/distribution line and SIMP for substations are crucial for desired result, MSPCL shall designate one Manager each for Environment and Social related aspects who will be made responsible for all the activities related to implementation/monitoring of the EAMP and CPTD. Participation of PAPs in the monitoring of EAMP/CPTD/SIMP is also ensured through regular consultation and their active participation. Major monitoring indicator identified for regular monitoring of activities will be carried out by different department at field and will be reviewed by the Nodal Officer (ESMC) on monthly basis. MD will review ongoing activities on quarterly including environment and social issues and corrective measures if required are implemented at site. xxi Annex-A – Sample Environmental Management Plan Clause Project activity/ Potential Proposed mitigation measures Parameter to be Measurement & Institutional Implementation No. stage impact monitored frequency responsibility schedule Pre-construction 1 Location of Exposure to Setback of dwellings to overhead Tower location and Setback distances Implementing Part of overhead lines overhead line safety related line route designed in overhead/ to nearest houses Agency (IA) tower/poles/ laying of towers/ poles/ risks accordance with permitted level underground – once underground cable underground of power frequency and the alignment selection sitting survey and distribution lines regulation of supervision at sites. with respect to detailed alignment and alignment & nearest dwellings survey and design design 2 Equipment Release of PCBs not used in substation Transformer design Exclusion of IA Part of tender specifications chemicals and transformers or other project PCBs in specifications for the and design gases in facilities or equipment. transformers equipment parameters receptors (air, stated in tender water, land) specification – once Processes, equipment and Process, equipment Exclusion of IA Part of tender systems not to use and system design CFCs stated in specifications for the chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs), tender equipment including halon, and their use, if specification – any, in existing processes and once systems should be phased out Phase out Part of equipment and and to be disposed of in a schedule to be process design manner consistent with the prepared in case requirements of the Government still in use – once 3 Transmission/ Exposure to Line design to comply with the Electromagnetic Line design IA Part of design Distribution line electromagnet limits of electromagnetic field strength for compliance with parameters design ic interference from overhead proposed line relevant standards interference power lines design – once xxii Clause Project activity/ Potential Proposed mitigation measures Parameter to be Measurement & Institutional Implementation No. stage impact monitored frequency responsibility schedule 4 Substation Exposure to Design of plant enclosures to Expected noise Compliance with IA Part of detailed siting location and noise comply with noise regulations. emissions based on regulations - once survey and design design substation design Social Careful selection of site to avoid Selection of Consultation with Part of detailed siting inequities encroachment of socially,substation location local authorities/ survey and design culturally and archaeological (distance to autonomous sensitive areas (i.e. sacred sensitive area). councils -once groves, graveyard, religious worship place, monuments etc.) 5 Location of Impact on Avoidance of such water bodies Tower/pole Consultation with IA Part of tower/pole sitting overhead line water bodies to the extent possible. location and local authorities– survey and detailed towers/poles/ overhead/ once underground /overhead laying of Avoidance of placement of underground line line alignment survey underground tower inside water bodies to the alignment selection and design distribution line extent of possible (distance to water & alignment and bodies) design Social Careful route selection to avoid Tower/pole location Consultation with IA Part of detailed inequities existing settlements and sensitive and overhead/ local authorities/ tower/pole sitting and locations underground line autonomous overhead/underground alignment selection councils and land alignment survey and (distance to nearest owners – once design dwellings or social Minimise impact on agricultural institutions) Tower location Consultation with land and overhead/ local authorities/ underground line autonomous alignment selection councils and land (distance to owners – once agricultural land) xxiii Clause Project activity/ Potential Proposed mitigation measures Parameter to be Measurement & Institutional Implementation No. stage impact monitored frequency responsibility schedule Careful selection of site and Tower/pole location Consultation with route alignment to avoid and overhead/ local authorities/ encroachment of socially, underground line autonomous culturally and archaeological alignment selection councils -once sensitive areas (i. g. sacred (distance to sensitive groves, graveyard, religious area) worship place, monuments etc.) 6 Securing lands Loss of land/ In the case of Involuntary Compensation and As per provisions State Govt. Prior to award/start of for substations. income monetary R&R Acquisitions, Compensation and laid out in the act substation construction. change in amounts/ facilities R&R measures are extended as social status per provision of RFCTLARRA,extended before etc. 2013 possession of land. 7 Line through Loss of Tower/pole location Avoid siting of lines through Consultation with IA Part of detailed siting protected area/ precious and overhead/ such areas by careful site and local forest and alignment survey precious ecological underground line alignment selection (National authorities - once /design ecological area values/ Parks, Wildlife alignment selection Sanctuary, damage to Biosphere (distance to nearest Reserves/ precious Biodiversity Hotspots) designated species ecological protected/ sensitive areas) Minimize the need by using Tower/pole Consultation with IA Part of detailed sitting RoW wherever possible location and local authorities and alignment survey overhead/ and design /design underground line engineers - once alignment selection xxiv Clause Project activity/ Potential Proposed mitigation measures Parameter to be Measurement & Institutional Implementation No. stage impact monitored frequency responsibility schedule 8 Line through Damage to Study of earmarked elephant Tower/pole Consultation IA Part of detailed sitting identified the Wildlife/ corridors to avoid such corridors, location and with local forest and alignment survey Elephant corridor Birds and also Adequate ground clearance, overhead/ authorities – /design and operation / Migratory bird to line Fault clearing by Circuit underground line once. Breaker, Barbed wire wrapping alignment on towers, reduced spans etc., if selection. applicable Minimum/ Monitoring – maximum ground quarterly basis clearance Avoidance of established/ Tower/pole Consultation with IA Part of detailed sitting identified migration path (Birds location and local forest and alignment survey & Bats). Provision of flight overhead/ authorities - once /design and operation diverter/ reflectors, bird guard, underground line elevated perches, insulating alignment selection jumper loops, obstructive perch deterrents, raptor hoods etc1., if applicable 9 Line through Deforestation Avoid locating lines in forestTower/pole Consultation with IA Part of detailed sitting forestland and loss of land by careful site and location and local authorities – and alignment biodiversity alignment selection overhead/ once survey/design edge effect Minimise the need by using underground line alignment selection existing towers, tall towers and Consultation with RoW, wherever possible (distance to nearest local authorities protected or and design reserved forest) engineers – once Measures to avoid invasion of Intrusion of Consultation with alien species invasive species local forest authorities - once 1 As per International/National best practices and in consultation with concerned forest/wildlife Authority. xxv Clause Project activity/ Potential Proposed mitigation measures Parameter to be Measurement & Institutional Implementation No. stage impact monitored frequency responsibility schedule Obtain statutory clearances from Statutory approvals Compliance with the Government from Government regulations – once for each subproject Consultation with autonomous Permission/ NOC Consultation with councils wherever required from autonomous autonomous councils councils – once during tower placement 10 Lines through Loss of Use existing tower or footings Tower/pole Consultation with IA Part of detailed farmland agricultural wherever possible. location and local authorities alignment survey and production/ overhead/ and design design change in underground line engineers – once cropping Avoid sitting new towers on Tower/pole Consultation with Part of detailed sitting pattern farmland wherever feasible location and local authorities and alignment survey overhead/ and design /design underground line engineers – once alignment selection 11 Noise related Nuisance to Substations sited and designed to Noise levels Noise levels to be IA Part of detailed neighbouring ensure noise will not be a specified in equipment design properties nuisance tender documents – once 12 Interference with Flooding Appropriate sitting of towers to Tower/pole Consultation with IA Part of detailed drainage hazards/ loss avoid channel interference location and local authorities alignment survey and patterns/ of agricultural overhead/ and design design irrigation production underground line engineers – once channels alignment selection (distance to nearest flood zone) xxvi Clause Project activity/ Potential Proposed mitigation measures Parameter to be Measurement & Institutional Implementation No. stage impact monitored frequency responsibility schedule 13 Escape of Environmenta Transformers designed with oil Equipment Tender document IA Part of detailed polluting l pollution spill containment systems, and specifications with to mention equipment design materials purpose-built oil, lubricant and respect to potential specifications – /drawings fuel storage system, complete pollutants once with spill clean up equipment. Substations to include drainage Substation sewage Tender document IA Part of detailed and sewage disposal systems to design to mention substation layout and avoid offsite land and water detailed design /drawings pollution. specifications – once 14 Equipments Contaminatio Substations constructed above Substation design Base height as IA Part of detailed submerged under n of receptors the high flood level(HFL) by to account for HFL per flood design- substation layout and flood raising the foundation pad (elevation with once design /drawings respect to HFL elevation) 15 Explosions Hazards to Design of substations to include Substation design Tender document IA Part of detailed /Fire life modern firefighting equipment compliance with to mention substation layout and fire prevention and detailed design /drawings Provision of firefighting control codes specifications – equipment to be located close to once transformers Construction 16 Equipment Noise and Construction techniques and Construction Construction IA Construction period layout and vibrations machinery selection seeking to techniques and techniques and (Contractor installation minimize ground disturbance. machinery machinery through creating minimal contract ground provisions) disturbance- once at the start of each construction phase xxvii Clause Project activity/ Potential Proposed mitigation measures Parameter to be Measurement & Institutional Implementation No. stage impact monitored frequency responsibility schedule 17 Physical Disturbed Construction activities on Timing of start of Crop disturbance IA Construction period construction farming cropping land timed to avoid construction –Post harvest as (Contractor activity disturbance of field crops (within soon as possible through one month of harvest wherever but before next contract possible). crop – once per provisions) site 18 Mechanized Noise, Construction equipment to be Construction Complaints IA Construction period construction vibration and well maintained. equipment – received by local (Contractor operator safety, estimated noise authorities – through efficient emissions every 2 weeks contract operation provisions) Noise, Turning off plant not in use. Construction Complaints IA Construction period vibration, equipment – received by local (Contractor equipment estimated noise authorities – through wear and tear emissions and every 2 weeks contract operating schedules provisions) 19 Construction of Increase in Existing roads and tracks used Access roads, Use of IA Construction period roads for airborne dust for construction and maintenance routes (length and established roads (Contractor accessibility particles access to the line wherever width of new wherever possible through possible. access roads to be – every 2 weeks contract Increased land New access ways restricted to a constructed) Access width Access restricted provisions) IA Construction period requirement single carriageway width within (meters) to single carriage (Contractor for temporary the RoW. –way width through accessibility within RoW – contract every 2 weeks provisions) 20 Construction Safety of Coordination with local Periodic and No. of incidents- IA Construction period activities local villagers communities for construction regular reporting once every week (Contractor schedules, Barricading the /supervision of through construction area and spreading safety arrangement contract awareness among locals provisions) xxviii Clause Project activity/ Potential Proposed mitigation measures Parameter to be Measurement & Institutional Implementation No. stage impact monitored frequency responsibility schedule Local traffic Coordination with local Traffic flow Frequency (time IA Construction period obstruction authority/ requisite permission (Interruption of span)- on daily (Contractor for smooth flow of traffic traffic) basis through contract provisions) 21 Temporary Overflows, Measure in place to avoid Temporary fill Absence of fill in IA Construction period blockage of reduced dumping of fill materials in placement (m3) sensitive drainage (Contractor utilities discharge sensitive drainage area areas – every 4 through weeks contract provisions) 22 Site clearance Vegetation Marking of vegetation to be Vegetation marking Clearance strictly IA Construction period removed prior to clearance, and and clearance limited to target (Contractor strict control on clearing control (area in m2) vegetation – through activities to ensure minimal every 2 weeks contract clearance. provisions) No use of herbicides and pesticides 23 Trimming Fire hazards Trees allowed growing up to a Species-specific tree Presence of target IA Construction period /cutting of trees height within the RoW by retention as species in RoW (Contractor within RoW maintaining adequate clearance approved by following through between the top of tree and the statutory authorities vegetation contract conductor as per the regulations. (average and max. clearance – once provisions) tree height at per site maturity, in meters) Loss of Trees that can survive pruning to Species-specific Presence of target IA Construction period vegetation and comply should be pruned instead tree retention as species in RoW (Contractor deforestation of cleared. approved by following through statutory authorities vegetation contract clearance - once provisions) xxix Clause Project activity/ Potential Proposed mitigation measures Parameter to be Measurement & Institutional Implementation No. stage impact monitored frequency responsibility schedule Felled trees and other cleared or Disposal of cleared Use or intended IA Construction period pruned vegetation to be disposed vegetation as use of vegetation (Contractor of as authorized by the statutory approved by the as approved by through bodies. statutory authorities the statutory contract (area cleared in m2) authorities – once provisions) per site 24 Wood/ Loss of Construction workers prohibited Illegal wood Complaints by IA Construction period vegetation vegetation and from harvesting wood in the /vegetation local people or (Contractor harvesting deforestation project area during their harvesting (area in other evidence of through employment, (apart from locally m2, number of illegal harvesting contract employed staff continuing incidents reported) – every 2 weeks provisions) current legal activities) 25 Surplus Runoff to Soil excavated from tower Soil disposal Acceptable soil IA Construction period earthwork/soil cause water footings/ substation foundation locations and disposal sites – (Contractor pollution, disposed of by placement along volume (m3) every 2 weeks through solid waste roadsides, or at nearby house contract disposal blocks if requested by provisions) landowners 26 Substation Loss of soil Loss of soil is not a major issue Borrow area sitting Acceptable soil IA Construction period construction as excavated soil will be mostly (area of site in m2 borrow areas that (Contractor reused for filling. However, in and estimated provide a benefit through case of requirement of excess volume in m3) - every 2 weeks contract soil the same will be met from provisions) existing quarry or through deep excavation of existing pond or other nearby barren land with agreement of local communities Water Construction activities involving Seasonal start and Timing of major IA Construction period pollution significant ground disturbance finish of major disturbance (Contractor (i.e. substation land forming) not earthworks(PH, BOD activities –prior through undertaken during the monsoon /COD, Suspended to start of contract xxx Clause Project activity/ Potential Proposed mitigation measures Parameter to be Measurement & Institutional Implementation No. stage impact monitored frequency responsibility schedule season solids, others ) construction provisions) activities 27 Site clearance Vegetation Tree clearances for easement Ground disturbance Amount of ground IA Construction period establishment to only involve during vegetation disturbance – (Contractor cutting trees off at ground level clearance (area, m2) every 2 weeks through or pruning as appropriate, with Statutory approvals Statutory contract tree stumps and roots left in approvals for tree provisions) place and ground cover left clearances – once undisturbed for each site 28 Substation Waste Excess fill from substation/tower Location and Appropriate fill IA Construction period foundation/Tow disposal foundation excavation disposed amount (m3)of fill disposal locations (Contractor er erection of next to roads or around disposal – every 2 weeks through disposal of houses, in agreement with the contract surplus local community or landowner. provisions) earthwork/fill 29 Storage of Contaminatio Fuel and other hazardous Location of Fuel storage in IA Construction period chemicals and n of receptors materials securely stored above hazardous material appropriate (Contractor materials (land, water, high flood level. storage; spill locations and through air) reports (type of receptacles – contract material spilled, every 2 weeks provisions) amount (kg or m3) and action taken to control and clean up spill) 30 Construction Noise Construction activities only Timing of Daytime IA Construction period schedules nuisance to undertaken during the day and construction (noise construction only (Contractor neighbouring local communities informed of emissions, [dB(A)] – every 2 weeks through properties the construction schedule. contract provisions) 31 Provision of Contaminatio Construction workforce facilities Amenities for Presence of IA Construction period facilities for n of receptors to include proper sanitation, Workforce proper sanitation, (Contractor xxxi Clause Project activity/ Potential Proposed mitigation measures Parameter to be Measurement & Institutional Implementation No. stage impact monitored frequency responsibility schedule construction (land, water, water supply and waste disposal facilities water supply and through workers air) facilities. waste disposal contract facilities – once provisions) each new facility 32 Influx of Conflict with Using local workers for Avoidance/reductio Observation & IA Construction period migratory local appropriate asks n of conflict supervision–on (Contractor workers population to through weekly basis through share local enhancement/ contract resources augmentation of provisions) resource requirements 33 Lines through Loss of Use existing access roads Usage of existing Complaints IA Construction period farmland agricultural wherever possible utilities received by local (Contractor productivity Ensure existing irrigation Status of existing people through facilities are maintained in facilities /authorities - contract working condition every 4 weeks provisions) Protect /preserve topsoil and Status of facilities reinstate after construction (earthwork in m3) completed Repair /reinstate damaged bunds Status of facilities etc after construction completed (earthwork in m3) Loss of Land owners/ farmers Process of Consultation with IA During construction income. compensated for any temporary Crop/tree affected land loss of productive land as per compensation in owner prior to existing regulation. consultation with implementation forest dept.(for and during timber yielding execution. tree) and Horticulture deptt.(for fruit bearing tree) xxxii Clause Project activity/ Potential Proposed mitigation measures Parameter to be Measurement & Institutional Implementation No. stage impact monitored frequency responsibility schedule 34 Uncontrolled Soil loss, Need for access tracks Design basis and Incorporating IA Construction period erosion/silt downstream minimised, use of existing roads. construction good design and (Contractor runoff siltation Limit site clearing to work areas procedures construction through (suspended solids management contract Regeneration of vegetation to in receiving waters; practices – once provisions) stabilise works areas on area re-vegetated in for each site completion (where applicable) m2; amount of Avoidance of excavation in wet bunds constructed season [length in meter, Water courses protected from area in m2, or siltation through use of bunds volume in m3]) and sediment ponds 35 Nuisance to Losses to Contract clauses specifying Contract clauses Incorporating IA Construction period nearby neighbouring careful construction practices. good construction (Contractor properties land uses/ As much as possible existing Design basis and management Incorporating through values access ways will be used layout good design contract Productive land will be Reinstatement of Consultation with provisions) reinstated following completion land status (area affected parties – of construction affected, m2) twice – Social Compensation will be paid for Implementation of Consultation with IA Prior to construction inequities loss of production, if any. Tree/Crop affected parties – compensation once in a quarter (amount paid) 36 Flooding Flooding and Avoid natural drainage pattern/ Contract clauses Incorporating IA Construction period hazards due to loss of soils, facilities being (e.g. suspended good construction (Contractor construction contamination disturbed/blocked/ diverted by solids and management through impediments of of receptors on-going construction activities BOD/COD in practices-once for contract natural drainage (land, water) receiving water) each site provisions) xxxiii Clause Project activity/ Potential Proposed mitigation measures Parameter to be Measurement & Institutional Implementation No. stage impact monitored frequency responsibility schedule 37 Equipment Contaminatio Equipment stored at secure place Store room level to Store room level IA Construction period submerged n of receptors above the high flood level(HFL) be above HFL as per flood under flood (land, water) (elevation design-once difference in meters) 38 Inadequate Loss of land Existing borrow sites will be Contract clauses Incorporating IA Construction period siting of borrow values used to source aggregates, good construction (Contractor areas (quarry therefore, no need to develop management through areas) new sources of aggregates practices – once contract for each site provisions) 39 Health and Injury and Safety equipment’s (PPEs) for Contract clauses Contract clauses IA Construction period safety sickness of construction workers (number of compliance – (Contractor workers and Contract provisions specifying incidents and total once every through members of minimum requirements for lost-work days quarter contract the public construction camps caused by injuries provisions) Contractor to prepare and and sickness) implement a health and safety plan. Contractor to arrange for health and safety training sessions 40 Inadequate Likely to Training of environmental Training schedules No. of programs IA Routinely throughout construction maximise monitoring personnel attended by each construction period stage monitoring damages person – once a year Implementation of effective Respective contract Submission of environmental monitoring and checklists and duly completed reporting system using checklist remedial actions checklists of all of all contractual environmental taken thereof. contracts for each requirements site - once xxxiv Clause Project activity/ Potential Proposed mitigation measures Parameter to be Measurement & Institutional Implementation No. stage impact monitored frequency responsibility schedule Appropriate contact clauses to Compliance report Submission of ensure satisfactory related to duly completed implementation of contractual environmental compliance report environmental mitigation aspects for the for each contract measures. contract – once Operation and Maintenance 41 Location of line Exposure to Setback of dwellings to overhead Compliance with Setback distances MSPCL During operations towers/poles and safety related line route designed in setback distances to nearest houses overhead/ risks accordance with permitted level (“as-built” – once in quarter underground of power frequency and the diagrams) line alignment & regulation of supervision at sites. design 42 Line through Injury/ Avoidance of Regular monitoring No. of incidents- MSPCL Part of detailed siting identified bird mortality to established/identified migration for any incident of once every month and alignment survey flyways, birds, bats etc path (Birds & Bats). Provision of injury/mortality /design and Operation migratory path due to flight diverter/reflectors, collision and elevated perches, insulating electrocution jumper loops, obstructive perch deterrents, raptor hoods etc., if applicable 43 Equipment Contaminatio Equipment installed above the Substation design Base height as MSPCL During operations submerged n of receptors high flood level (HFL) by raisingto account for HFL per flood design under flood (land, water) the foundation pad. (“as-built” – once diagrams) 44 Oil spillage Contaminatio Substation transformers located Substation bunding Bunding (Oil MSPCL During operations n of within secure and impervious (Oil sump) (“as- sump) capacity land/nearby sump areas with a storage built” diagrams) and permeability water bodies capacity of at least 100% of the - once capacity of oil in transformers and associated reserve tanks. xxxv Clause Project activity/ Potential Proposed mitigation measures Parameter to be Measurement & Institutional Implementation No. stage impact monitored frequency responsibility schedule 45 SF6 Emission of Reduction of SF6 emission Leakage and gas Continuous MSPCL During Operations management most potent through awareness, replacement density/level monitoring GHG causing of old seals, proper handling & climate storage by controlled inventory change and use, enhance recovery and applying new technologies to reduce leakage 46 Inadequate Injury and Careful design using appropriate Usage of Preparedness MSPCL Design and operation provision of sickness of technologies to minimise hazards appropriate level for using staff/workers staff /workers technologies (lost these health and safety work days due to technologies in during illness and injuries)crisis – once each operations year Safety awareness raising for Training/awareness Number of staff. programs and mock programs and Preparation of fire emergency drills percent of staff action plan and training given to /workers covered staff on implementing – once each year emergency action plan Provide adequate sanitation and Provision of Complaints water supply facilities facilities received from 47 Electric Shock Injury/ Careful design using appropriate staff /workers Usage of appropriate Preparedness MSPCL Design and Operation Hazards mortality to technologies to minimise hazards technologies level for using staff and (number of injury these technology public incidents, lost work in crisis – once a days) month Security fences around Maintenance of Report on substations fences maintenance – Barriers to prevent climbing on/ Maintenance of every 2 weeks dismantling of transmission barriers xxxvi Clause Project activity/ Potential Proposed mitigation measures Parameter to be Measurement & Institutional Implementation No. stage impact monitored frequency responsibility schedule Appropriate warning signs on Maintenance of facilities warning signs Electricity safety awareness Training Number of raising in project areas /awareness programs and programs and mock percent of total drills for all persons covered – concerned parties once each year 48 Operations and Unnecessary Adequate training in O&M to all Training/awareness Number of MSPCL Operation maintenance environmental relevant staff of substations & programs and mock programs and staff skills less losses of transmission/ distribution line drills for all percent of staff than acceptable various types maintenance crews. relevant staff covered – once Preparation and training in the each year use of O&M manuals and standard operating practices 49 Inadequate Diminished Staff to receive training in Training/awareness Number of MSPCL Operation periodic ecological and environmental monitoring of programs and mock programs and environmental social values. project operations and drills for all percent of staff monitoring. maintenance activities. relevant staff covered – once each year 50 Equipment Release of Processes, equipment and Process, equipment Phase out MSPCL Operations specifications chemicals and systems using and system design schedule to be and design gases in chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs), prepared in case parameters receptors (air, including halon, should be still in use – once water, land) phased out and to be disposed of in a quarter in a manner consistent with the requirements of the Govt. 51 Transmission/ Exposure to Transmission/ distribution line Required ground Ground clearance MSPCL Operations distribution line electromagnet design to comply with the limits clearance (meters) -once maintenance ic interference of electromagnetic interference from overhead power lines xxxvii Clause Project activity/ Potential Proposed mitigation measures Parameter to be Measurement & Institutional Implementation No. stage impact monitored frequency responsibility schedule 52 Uncontrolled Fire hazard Periodic pruning of vegetation to Requisite clearance Assessment in MSPCL Operations growth of due to growth maintain requisite electrical (meters) consultation with vegetation of tree/shrub clearance. forest authorities /bamboo - once a year(pre- along RoW No use of herbicides/ pesticides monsoon/post- monsoon 53 Noise related Nuisance to Substations sited and designed to Noise levels Noise levels at MSPCL Operations neighbouring ensure noise will not be a {dB(A)} boundary nearest properties nuisance. to properties and consultation with affected parties if any - once xxxviii 1. Project Context 1. India's North East Region (NER) stretches across the eastern foothills of the Himalayan mountain range and is comprised of seven states including Assam, Manipur, Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland, and Manipur. Geographically the region is connected to the other parts of the country through a small “chicken neck” corridor in the State of West Bengal. With a total population of 45.6 million (2011 census), the sparsely populated NER accounts for about 3.7 percent of India’s total population and covers 7.9 percent of India’s total geographical area. The vast majority of the region’s population lives in rural areas, accounting for 82 percent of the total population as against compared to the national average of 69 percent (2011). A large part of the NER is hilly and, recognized as one of the globe’s biodiversity hotspots. Forests cover over 2/3rd of the area, twice exceeding the policy target of 33%. This sparsely populated region is characterized by extraordinary ethnic, cultural, religious and linguistic diversity, with more than 160 Scheduled Tribes (out of 630 in the country) comprising over 400 distinct sub tribal groups, and a large and diverse non-tribal population as well. 2. The North Eastern Region (NER) in India is endowed with rich energy resources but faces significant bottlenecks in electricity access and availability levels. The per capita power consumption in NER is one-third of the national average. The region has a shortfall of about 500MW installed capacity against peak demand of about 1950 MW. No significant generation capacity has been added in the recent past. Therefore, inadequate power supply continues a critical constraint to sustainable growth and economic development in the NER. Some states are generally not able to draw even their allocated share of power from the Central Generating Stations (CGS) through the grid due to poor/inadequate intra/interstate transmission and distribution network and no capacity addition towards transmission/distribution power system not done due to fund constraints. The transmission and distribution (T&D) losses are also quite high (up to 50%) across most of the States as a large number of remote hilly areas are connected through long low tension lines, resulting in low voltages and poor quality of power at consumer end. While generation capacity addition of about 4000 MW program over present installed capacity is already underway, adequate transmission and distribution infrastructure to transmit and distribute this power to consumers within the North-Eastern States is the need of the day. 3. In order to create/ augment proper infrastructure of T&D in NER keeping in mind future requirement, the Government of India (GoI) has drawn a “Composite scheme for transmission and distribution (T&D) in NER” capable of delivering adequate power to most consumers with Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Frameworks (ESPPF) 1 reliability, aiming to improve the inter-state and intra-state transmission and sub-transmission infrastructure and reduce system losses in all the NER states. This in background, GoI has approached the World Bank to provide US$ 1500 million of IBRD funding support to a portion of the scheme christened: “NER Power System Improvement Project (NERPSIP)”. The investments are proposed to be made in three different tranches, each being US$ 500 million. The key objectives include strengthening, augmentation of the intra-state and interstate transmission and distribution schemes (up to 33kV) and undertake capacity building initiatives across six NER States of Assam, Manipur, Mizoram, Meghalaya, Manipur and Nagaland. Ministry of Power (MoP), GoI has appointed POWERGRID, the CTU, as Implementing Agency for the Project in six North Eastern States. However, the ownership of the assets shall be with the respective State Governments/State Utilities, which upon progressive commissioning shall be handed over to them for taking care of Operation and Maintenance of Assets at their own cost. 4. The first tranche under the NERPSIP would be implemented over a seven year period (2014- 2021) and has two major components, namely: (a) Priority investments for strengthening of intra-state transmission and distribution systems; (b) Technical Assistance for Institutional Strengthening and Capacity Building of power utilities and departments. 1.1 State Specific Details – Manipur 5. The State of Manipur is spread over an area of about 22,327 sq. km with a population of more than 2.7 million. The State faces significant bottlenecks in electricity access and availability level. The present per capita energy consumption is of the order of 240 units (kWh) against the regional per capita consumption of about 258 units and national per capita consumption of about 779 units. During last 7 years, the total energy consumption and the total numbers of Consumers have moved up by almost 105.8% and 28.56% respectively, a phenomenal growth of both i.e. energy Consumption from 197 MU to 406MU (105.8%) and Nos. of consumers from 1.81 lakhs to over 2.32 lakhs (28.56%).It is expected that the demand will increase on an average of more than15%per year in regards to energy consumption and 4.08 % per year in nos. of consumers. The State has predominantly one source i.e. Central Sector allocation (mixture of hydro & thermal) of 142.3MW and 10.5MW of power from MSPCL. The state is endowed with hydro-power potentiality for power generation without much damage to environment. Present (2014-15) peak demand of the state is 262 MW. Own generation is negligible. MSPCL gets about 129 MW from Central sector power allocation out of allocation of 153.5 MW including about 17/18 MW from Pallatana OTPC, Tripura. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 2 There remains shortfall of about 133MW. As most of the generation projects in the north eastern region are hydro in nature, the state faces shortage of power during low-hydro generation condition 6. Besides this, the present Intra-State transmission system of the State is quite old & weak and is unable to cater to the growing power requirements of the State. Although the present T&D system covers many areas of the State, it is inadequate in its reach and due to non-availability of redundant T&D system, outage of any transmission system element results in long term power shortages making the system highly unreliable. Besides, some of the network elements have undergone long term outage due to break-down. Therefore, it has become essential to address the above situation through remedial measures in the transmission and distribution (T&D) system. Accordingly, phase- wise strengthening of transmission & sub-transmission system has been proposed. The Power Map of Manipur indicating the existing and proposed T&D network is placed in Figure - 1.1. Summary of subprojects to be implemented in the State in Tranche-1 under NERPSIP along with capacity addition and cost is shown in Table- 1.1 below. Table – 1.1 : Summary of subprojects in Tranche- I under NERPSIP Sl. Quantity Capacity Addition Estimated Cost Name of the subproject No. (Nos.) (Ckt. Km/MVA) (in Millions) 132 kV Transmission lines (New/ 1. 7 554 Ckt.km. Stringing & Renovation) 1639.74 132/33kV substations 2 6 160 MVA (New/Augmentation) 3. 33 kV Distribution lines 12 222 Ckt.km. (New/Strengthening) 1403.61 33/11kV substations 2 4. 34 229.4 MVA (New/Augmentation) 7. The prime objective of the project/subproject is to improve the power sector in the State of Manipur and capacity building to achieve sustainable development in the long term. The Project is expected to facilitate connection to remote/virgin area, to enhance the capacity & reliability of the system, to improve voltage profile & to reduce losses and ultimately to enhance satisfaction for all categories of consumers which in turn will spur growth & overall development in the whole State. 2 The substation of 33/11 kV is installed for stepping down the voltage from 33 kV to 11 kV level to facilitate its further transmission to distribution network for its logical use by consumers after further stepping down to 433 V level. The electrical installations in the said substation comprises of transformers, breakers, capacitors etc. and other protection/controlling devices to ensure required power flow”. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 3 Figure – 1.1 Power Map of Manipur Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 4 2. Environment and Social Context – Manipur 8. Environment and Social Policy and Procedures Framework (ESPPF). As the MSPCL is contemplating major expansion and augmentation of its transmission & distribution network in near future by implementing projects with the help/grant from GoI and Multilateral Funding Agencies like the World Bank, ADB, it attaches high significance towards managing environment and social issues and the associated concerns. In this context, POWERGRID, with proven credentials in management of environmental and social issues of large number of power transmission projects both within and outside the country has been mandated to develop the Environment and Social Policy and Procedures Framework (ESPPF) for MSPCL. 9. The MSPCL’s ESPPF is based on POWERGRID’s ESPP with updation/ incorporation of state specific requirements/processes including central legislations after extensive review and gap analysis with active participation/support of MSPCL officials and field verifications. The ESPPF of MSPCL assimilates environmental and social management procedures into its corporate functioning and also layout management procedures and protocol to address them. It outlines MSPCL's commitment to deal with environmental and social issues relating to its transmission & distribution projects with a framework for identification, assessment and management of environmental and social concerns at both organizational as well as project levels. Thus, it enables MSPCL:  To establish clear procedures and methodologies for the environmental and social screening, planning, review, approval and implementation of subprojects to be financed under the Project;  To specify appropriate roles and responsibilities, and outline the necessary reporting procedures, for managing and monitoring environmental and social concerns related to sub- projects;  To determine the training, capacity building and technical assistance needed to successfully implement the provisions of the ESPPF;  To ensure adequate financial provisions to meet the management measures to be undertaken to mitigate the impacts. MSPCL’s Environment & Social Policy Statement “MSPCL aims to achieve sustainable development by identifying, addressing and managing environmental and social concerns by creating awareness among stakeholders, adopting a transparent approach and introducing the state of the art technologies by adhering to the basic principles of Avoidance, Minimization and Mitigation for ensuring cleaner, safer and healthier environment”. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 5 10. MSPCL also believes that the ESPPF is dynamic and living document, which shall be further upgraded in light of the experiences gained from field implementation and other relevant factors while mainstreaming the environmental and social concerns in its corporate functioning. 2.1 Approach/ Methodology 11. The ESPPF has been prepared following a region/ state specific environmental and social assessments which involved generating information through both primary and secondary sources including consultations and library research. The methodology adopted to identify the potential environment and social impacts is based on experience gained from implementation of similar projects and baseline assessments of work activities anticipated in this proposed project. The methodology takes in to account wide range of receptors:  Physical & chemical environment (e.g. air, water, soil, noise etc.);  Biological environment (Plants, animals, birds, forest, wildlife etc.);  Communities, social groups and individuals (loss of land, loss of agricultural production, tribal, vulnerable groups (women and backward classes), socio-economic condition, health and safety risks). 12. The basic approach broadly involved the following:  Review of environment & social baseline information from secondary sources;  Review of existing national & state specific legislations and policy and guidelines of multi- lateral agencies;  Review of project related documents;  Stakeholders Consultations. 2.2 Consultation/ Participation 13. Consultations with key stakeholders including local, state, regional, central government entities and key ministries at the state level and central level as well as with World Bank officials were undertaken to know views and concerns about environmental and social issues /concerns of the project. This activity ensured appropriate participation and gathering views from the environment and social perspective of all the stakeholders’ which is integrated in this ESPPF to be adopted during different stages of the project implementation. A detailed analysis of stakeholder consultations is presented in Section-4. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 6 2.3 Structure of the Report 14. Chapter 1& 2 provides the context from a regional, state and project level with social and environmental scenarios as well as approach and methodology adopted for conducting assessments and preparing ESPPF. Chapter 3 presents an overview of Manipur state in respect of its social, economic, cultural, environment, infrastructure and administrative fronts. Stakeholder Analysis is presented in Chapter-4. While Chapters 1-3 lays foundation to both social and environmental front, subsequently, Chapters 5 and 6 deal with issues, impacts and measures thereof in respect of social and environmental aspects. Integrating social and environmental management into the overall project cycle is made in the next chapter i.e. Chapter 7. The Chapters 8 to 12 deal with implementation arrangements, capacity building, grievance redressal mechanism and monitoring and evaluation & budget and finally Chapter 13 presents the Stakeholders Consultation. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 7 3. Manipur - An overview 15 Manipur State lies between at latitude of 230 50’N to 250 42’N and longitude of 92058’E - 94045’E. The state is bounded by Nagaland (204Km) in the north, Mizoram (95Km) in the south, Assam (204.1Km) in the west, and by the International borders of the country Burma/Myanmar 352Km) in the east as well as in the south. The state capital is Imphal, located in the centre of the state. The total area covered by the state is about 22,347 km². The capital lies in an oval-shaped valley of approximately 700 square miles (2238km2) surrounded by blue mountains and is at an elevation of varies from 790 metres to 2020 m above the sea level. The slope of the valley is from north to south. The mountain ranges prevent the cold winds from the north from reaching the valley and bar cyclonic storms originating from the Bay of Bengal. Like other north- eastern states, it is largely isolated from the rest of India. Besides air services, National Highway NH-102 links Manipur with the rest of the country through the railway stations at Dimapur in Nagaland at a distance of 215 km from Imphal. National Highway 37 also connects Manipur with another railway station at Silchar in Assam, which is 269 km away from Imphal. The road network of Manipur, with a length of 8648Km (with surfaced & un-surfaced as 4573 and 4075 Km approx. respectively) connects all the important towns and distant villages. 16 The State has rich natural resources which include unique floating mass of vegetation on the Loktak Lake, forests and the wet forests /the pine forests occur between 900-2700 m above MSL. They together sustain a host of rare and endemic plant and animal life. The local flora and fauna bear a very close affinity and resemblance with the floral and faunal components of the Indo-Malayan and Indo-Chinese sub-regions. The State is located in the bio-geographic zone of 9B-North-East hills and possesses an extremely rich bio-diversity. Blessed with an amazing variety of flora and fauna, 67% of the geographical area of Manipur is hill tract covered forests. One third of the population belongs to Schedule Tribes whose lives are intrinsically woven with that of the forests. The state is now striving to march ahead and utilize the available natural resources as the same holds the key for economic development. Yet, it is a challenging task as the state is characterized by geographical isolation, poor infrastructure. 3.1 History 17 The present Manipur before being a part of India, an Eastern most tiny constituent State of the Indian union to the western boarder of the Burma/Myanmar, was one of the many hundreds of kingdoms of the south and southeast Asia and an Independent Sovereign Country up to the advent of British Rulein 1891 AD , in all probable meanings of the concept of 'Sovereignty'.The tiny country Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 8 became a Hindu State after Pamheiba (Name by the Indigenous People) Garivaniwaz (by the Hindu Immigrants) became king of Kangleipak in 1709 A.D. 18 Manipur came under British rule as a princely state (earlier name: kangleipak). During World War II, Manipur was the scene of many fierce battles between the Japanese and the British Indian forces. After the war, the Manipur Constitution Act of 1947 established a democratic form of government, with the Maharaja as the Executive Head. When India achieved independence in 1947, Manipur acceded to the new Union. Manipur was a union territory from 1962 and later became a full-fledged state on 21st January 1972. 3.2 Governance and Administration 19 The 73rd and 74th Constitutional Amendments Acts marked a new era in the federal democratic set up of the country so far as it conferred constitutional status to the panchayats and municipalities and recognized them as the third tier of Government. The Constitutional amendment provide for devolution of powers and responsibilities with respect to preparation of plans and programmes for economic development and social justice and implementation of 29 subjects and 18 subjects listed in XI and XII Schedule of the Constitution of India. Post 73rd Constitutional Amendment the Government enacted the Manipur Panchayati Raj (MPR) Act and established a two- tier Panchayati Raj Institutions (PRIs) system at the village and district levels. The State has 9 districts of which 5 districts are located in the hill areas and 4 districts are spread out in the valley. Consequent upon the 74th Constitutional Amendment the Government enacted the Manipur Municipality Act 1994. There are three categories of Urban Local Bodies (ULBs) in the State e.g.Municipal Councils (MCs), Nagar Panchayats (NPs) and Small Town. However, the state is unique and distinguished by the existence of separate legislative, governance and judiciary systems for tribal areas. Meeteilon (Manipuri) and English languages are official language of the State. The present administrative setup of state is presented in Table 3.1. Table 3.1: Administrative Setup in Manipur Sl. no. Districts Area (km2) Population Headquarters 1. Bishnupur 530 240,363 Bishnupur 2. Churachandpur 4570 271,274 Lamka 3. Chandel 3313 144,028 Chandel 4. Imphal East 709 452,661 Porompat 5. Imphal West 519 514,683 Lamphelpat 6. Senapati 3271 354,972 Senapati 7. Tamenglong 4391 140,143 Tamenglong Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 9 8. Thoubal 514 420,517 Thoubal 9. Ukhrul 4544 183,115 Ukhrul Source: Census 2011 20 The valley areas of the State are covered under Part IX of the Constitution. However, the hill areas of the State are governed by a special State legislation i.e the Manipur Hill Areas District Councils Act, 1971. This Act has provisions similar to those contained in the Sixth Schedule and has established six Autonomous Hill District Councils in Manipur, covering 5 districts. The activities of the Councils are confined to agriculture, horticulture, primary and adult education and tribal welfare. No power to levy taxes is given to these bodies and they depend entirely on grants from the Government. The list of Autonomous District Councils is as follows: i) Chandel Autonomous District Council (Chandel District), ii) Churachandpur Autonomous District Council(Churachandpur district), iii) Sadar Hills Autonomous District Council, Kangpokpi iv) Manipur North Autonomous District Council (Senapati District) v) Tamenglong Autonomous District Council (Tamenglong) District, vi) Ukhrul Autonomous District Council (Ukhrul District). The administrations of the Tribal areas are carried out by the Deputy Commissioners concerned, who on the other hand act as District Magistrates with support of the District level officer and Block Development officers. At the District level, there are Autonomous Districts Councils (ADCs). There are two (2) ADCs in the Senapati District and one ADC in each of the remaining hill districts constituted under the Manipur (Hill Areas) Districts Councils Act, 1971. At the State level there is Hill Area Committee constituted under the Manipur Legislative Assembly (Hill Areas Committee) order, 1972. The Hill areas Committee comprises of all MLAs elected from the hill areas of the State as its members. The members then elect Chairman and Vice Chairman and other functionaries through nomination/consensus. This is the highest body in the State at the legislative level to oversee the planning, implementation and monitoring of all development activities in the hill areas of the State. In almost all the cases tribal lands belong to tribal Chiefs/individual/Community. There are restrictions on transfer of land to non-tribal. Moreover, the land revenue acts like LAA/RFCTLARRA, 2013 are not applicable in such hill areas yet and all transfer of land for developmental/infrastructure projects is carried out with the consent of chief/headman of village council under supervision of concerned DC at local level and Hill area Committee at State level. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 10 3.3 Demographic Profile 21 The provisional population of Manipur as per census 2011 was 27, 21,756 out of which 13,69,764 were males and 13,51,992 were females. The population of Manipur has increased by 4,27,860 during the decade. Decadal growth of population in the State during 2001-2011 was 18.65 % and males growth were 17.88 % and females were 19.44 % respectively. The details of population as per Census 2011 are presented in Table 3.2. Table 3.2: Demographic Profile Percentage Sex- Ratio Population decadal (Number of Literacy Population 2011 density per S. growth rate of Females per in % District sq. km. N. population 1000 Males) 1991- 2001- Persons Males Females 2001 2011 2001 2011 2011 01 11 1. Senapati 354,972 183,081 171,891 36.09 25.16 951 939 87 109 75.00 2. Tamenglong 140,143 71,762 68,381 29.23 25.69 922 953 25 32 70.40 3. Churachandpur 271,274 137,748 133,526 29.36 19.03 944 969 50 59 84.29 4. Bishnupur 240,363 120,185 120,178 15.27 15.36 993 1000 420 485 76.35 5. Thoubal 420,517 209,674 210,843 23.87 15.48 998 1006 708 818 76.66 6. Imphal West 514,683 253,628 261,055 16.70 15.82 1004 1029 856 992 86.70 7. Imphal East 452,661 225,130 227,531 19.49 14.63 991 1011 557 638 82.81 8. Ukhrul 183,115 94,013 89,102 28.83 30.07 916 948 31 40 81.87 9. Chandel 144,028 74,543 69,485 66.62 21.72 981 932 36 43 70.85 Total 2,721,756 1,369,764 1,351,992 24.86 18.65 974 987 103 122 79.85 Source: Census of India, 2011 22 Manipur is inhabited by three major ethnic group - the Meiteis including Meitei Muslim in the valley and the Nagas and the Kuki-Chin-Mizo tribes in the hills. Peoples are predominantly Mongoloid, and speak Tibeto-Burmese languages. The Meiteis constitute the majority population in the state and are a fairly homogenous people. They are divided into seven clans ( salais): Manganz, Luwang, Khuman, Angom, Moirang, Chenglai (Sarang-Leishangthem) and Khaba-Nganba. The Muslims, known locally as Meitei Pangans are an economically significant though small-sized community. There are no followers of Buddhism in the valley. Christianity, which was introduced by the British, was embraced only by the hill tribes. The Meiteis and other non-tribal groups constitute about 66 per cent of the total population of the state. These groups speak Manipuri. 23 33 tribal groups are recognised by the Government of India as Scheduled Tribes (STs), seven Scheduled Castes (SCs), and the Meiteis, the Pangans, and ‘others’ as separate population categories. The recognized Naga groups are the Anal, Chiru, Chothe, Kabui,Kacha Naga, Koireng, Kairao, Lamkang, Mao, Maram, Maring, Monsang, Mayon, Sema andTangkhul who together form 18.7 per Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 11 cent of the state’s population. The Thangal, Liangmeiand Tharao, also recognized as Naga tribes, are yet to be listed as STs. In 2003, the Poumei were recognized as a separate tribe. The recognized tribes include Thadou, Zou, Vaiphei, Simte, Paite, Aimol, Gangte, and Ralte. Some groups like the Simte, Suhte and Ralte identify themselves as Zomi. Among the other prominent tribes are the Kom and the Hmar. 3.4 Land, Agriculture and Forests 24 The size of the cultivated area is about 7.41% only of the total geographical area of the State. Of this total cultivated area, 52% is confined to the valley. Therefore, half of the total valley area which accommodates 67% of the total population is occupied for agriculture purposes. The pressure on land in the valley is thus quite conspicuous. 25 Agriculture and allied activities are the backbone of the state's economy. Agriculture being the main occupation of the people of Manipur, it has an important place in the economy of the state. Agriculture sector contributes a major share to the total state domestic product and provides employment to about 52.19 percent of the total workers in Manipur. In fact, the state domestic product fluctuates depending on the performance of agriculture sector. Despite the crucial importance of this primary sector in the state's economy, the irregular and erratic behavior of monsoon accompanied by inadequate irrigation facilities have resulted in severe fluctuations in agriculture production. Agriculture becomes a living proposition rather than a commercial proposition. Thus, from the view point of employment and income, agriculture plays a very crucial role in the state's economy. Land use pattern of the state is illustrated in Table 3.3. Table 3.3: Land Use Pattern Land Use Area in ‘000 ha Percentage Total geographical area 2,233 Reporting area for land utilization 2142 100.00 Forests 1742 81.33 Not available for cultivation 27 1.26 Permanent pastures and other grazing lands 1 0.05 Land under misc. Tree crops and groves 6 0.28 Culturable wasteland 1 0.05 Fallow lands other than current fallows 0 0.00 Current fallows 0 0.00 Net area sown 365 17.04 Source: Land Use Statistics, Ministry of Agriculture, GoI, 2011 Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 12 26 Forest is an integral part of the culture and tradition of Manipur as its protection maintains the ecology of the State. The State has a geographical area of 22,327 sq. km. of which 17418 sq.km. (78 %) is the recorded forest area; Reserved Forests constitute 8.40%, Protected Forests 24% and Un-classed Forests constitute 67.60%. Details of district wise forest cover in State are presented in Table 3.4. Table 3.4: District-wise Forest Cover 2011 Assessment (In k m²) Geographical Sl. Very Mod. Percent District Area( in km²) Open Scrub No. Dense Dense Total of GA Forest Forest Forest 1. Bishnupur 496 0 1 20 21 4.23 0 2. Chandel 3,313 0 744 2,085 2,829 85.39 0 3. Churachandpur 4,570 37 1,683 2,555 4,275 93.54 0 4. Imphal East 669 0 53 167 220 32.88 0 5. Imphal West 559 0 24 31 55 9.84 0 6. Senapati 3,271 233 870 1,080 2,183 66.74 0 7. Tamenglong 4,391 279 1,784 1,839 3,902 88.86 0 8. Thoubal 514 0 4 52 56 10.89 0 9. Ukhrul 4,544 181 988 2,380 3,549 78.10 1 Grand Total 22,327 730 6,151 10,209 17,090 76.54 1 Source: State Forest Report, 2013 27 The deforestation for Jhumming (shifting cultivation) is an age-old practice in the hills of Manipur. But during the last 20 years there is a tremendous increase in the area of Jhum cultivation, mostly in the dense forest areas caused by rapid increase of population of the tribal living in forest. There are more than 104 species of animals (fauna) used as age-old medicine and more than 5000 Sacred Groves have been reported. Many of these animals of ethnozoological importance are in threat due to over exploitation. Moreover, many of the sacred Groves are going to disappear. 3.5 Protected Areas & Wetlands 28 Manipur has one National Parks (NP) and one Wildlife Sanctuaries (WLS) covering an area of 224.4 km², constituting 5.75% of the total geographical area of the State. Besides, there are also other NP & WLS which are proposed & awaiting settlement proceedings (for details refer Table 3.5). Map of protected area network is placed below. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 13 Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 14 Table 3.5: Lists of Protected Area Sl. Name of Sanctuary/ District Area in Important Flora and Fauna No. National Park sq. km found 1. Keibul Lamjao Bishnupur 40.00 Many fauna & flora: Aquatic/ National Park mammal/ Amphibian of Invertebrate& Vertebrate 2. Yangoupokpi Chandel 184.40 -do- Lokchao Wildlife Sanctuary 3. Bunning Wildlife Tamenglong 115.80 Alpine grassland and Forests Sanctuary (Proposed) ecosystem including canes & bamboos, Animals: Tiger, Leopard/Clouded Leopard, Sambar etc. and many other important flora 4. Zeilad Wildlife Tamenglong 21.00 Abode of migratory birds, Many Sanctuary (Proposed) important fauna & flora Aquatic/ mammal/ Amphibian (Invertebrate& Vertebrate) 5. Kailam Wildlife Churachand 187.50 Sub-tropical Wet Hill Forests Sanctuary pur (Proposed) (8B/C2), Home of five varieties of Horn bills & Tiger, Leopard/ Clouded Leopard, Sambar etc. and many other important flora. 6. Jiri-Makru Wildlife Tamenglong 198.00 Virgin forests of catchments area of Sanctuary (Proposed) Jiri & Makru rivers hosting varieties of flora and fauna. 7. Shiroi Hill National Ukhrul 41.00 Home of unique and endemic Park (Proposed) ground lily 29 The National Wetland Atlas 2010, developed by Space Application Centre, Indian Space Research Organization sponsored by the Ministry of Environment & Forests, Govt. of India, has identified 167 wetlands (≥ 2.25 Ha) and 541 wetlands (<2.25 Ha) which is covering of 63,616 ha i.e. 2.85% of total geographic area under different types of wetlands like lake / pond (61.5%), river/steam (26.2%), waterlogged (5.5%) and aquaculture pond. Out of that, 19 (nineteen) important wetlands from 7 (seven) districts of Manipur, including 2 hill wetlands viz. Zaimeng at Senapati and Zailad at Tamenglong, has been identified by the Directorate of Environment, Government of Manipur, the State Nodal Agency for conservation of Wetlands in Manipur. Analysis of wetland status in terms of open water and aquatic vegetation showed that around 71 % of wetland area is under open water category during post monsoon and 62% during pre-monsoon respectively. Aquatic vegetation (floating/emergent) occupies around 26 % of wetland area during post monsoon and 37 % during pre-monsoon respectively. Loktak Lake largest wetland covering 61% of the wetland regime (468 sq km) within Manipur River Basin, supporting livelihood of about 1 lakh people living in and around the wetlands. Traditionally it is widely used for fisheries and agriculture. It is a source of 105 MW Hydropower. It supports rich floral and faunal biodiversity including Brow Antlered Deer Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 15 (Sangai) of Keibul Lamjao National Park. Manipur falls under the Endemic Bird Area of Eastern Himalayas (EBA 130), which constitute 21 restricted range species in India. Only five IBAs fulfill this A2 (Restricted Range species) criterion (refer Map- 3.1). Loktak Wetland has been identified as Ramsar site under National Wetland Conservation Program. Map 3.1: Important Bird Areas in Manipur 3.8 Economy 30 The economy of Manipur is characterized by high rate of unemployment and poverty, low capital formation, in-adequate infrastructure facilities, geographical isolation and communication bottlenecks, practically no industrialization to speak of. GSDP 3 of the State grew at the rate of 14.29 per cent (` 10619 crore) at current price during 2011-12 against a growth of 12.56 per cent (` 9291 crore) during 2010-11. The Compounded Annual Growth Rate (CAGR) of GSDP of the State during 2002-12 was 12.29 per cent. Revenue and capital are the two streams of receipts that constitute the resources of the State Government. Revenue receipts consist of tax revenues, Non-tax revenues, State’s share of union taxes and duties and Grants-in-aid from the Government of India (GoI). Capital receipts comprise miscellaneous capital receipts such as proceeds from disinvestments, recoveries of loans and advances, debt receipts from internal sources (market loans, borrowings from 3 Information as per Department of Economics and Statistics, Government of Manipur. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 16 financial institutions/ commercial banks) and loans and advances from GoI as well as accruals from Public Account. Though the State’s own taxes remained buoyant as compared to the GSDP during 2011-12, it will have little impact to the revenue position in the State as the contribution of the State’s own taxes to the revenue receipts of the State is marginal (about 12 per cent). Nearly 88 per cent of the State Revenue receipt is from the Grants-in aid and Central tax transfers. As such, unless the proportion of State’s own revenue sources improves, any reduced devolution of Central funds in future will have an adverse impact on the State’s economy. The comprehensive detail about Manipur State is placed at Annexure-1. 3.9 Power Scenario 31 The State-owned generation is only a fraction of a megawatt, a Micro Hydel Plant having capacity of 600 KW and it is in operation. A heavy fuel based Power Plant 36 MW (6 x 6 MW) is kept ready for operation in case of extreme emergency/crisis as its cost of generation is exorbitantly high. Besides, there are 5 diesel power houses (about 2.5 MW in total) kept standby for operation at VIP/strategic areas for any outage of power or failure of grid supply at any time. Therefore, Power supply of Manipur totally depends entirely on the share of Central Sector Power Plants as outlined below: Sl. Name of the Power Source Allocated Share of Manipur (for 2012-13) No. (Central Sector) in % In MW/ Out of installed capacity in MW 1. Loktak HEP at Manipur (NHPC) 30.12 31.62/105 MW 2. Kopili/Khandong HEP (NEEPCo, Assam & Ko-I Meghalaya) 7.39 14.78/200 MW Ko-II 6.59 1.74/25 MW Khandong 6.56 3.28/50 MW 3. Ranganadi HEP 8.37 33.90/405 MW 4. Doyang HEP 7.87 5.9/75 MW 5. GBPP (NEEPCo.), Kathalguri, 8.11 23.6/291 MW Assam 6. GBPP (NEEPCo.) 8.31 6.98/84 MW Ramachandranagar, Tripura. 7. GBPP of MSPCL, Baramura, 25 10.5/42 MW Tripura 8. Pallatana, OTPC 21/363.3 MW Total allocated share 153.30MW 32 The total allocated share shown above is based on the total installed capacities of the projects. The availability of Power varies from time to time depending on actual generation from these projects, which remains less in most of the time. Thus, shortfall continues to be there in the state. The situation further deteriorates when there is outage of any generating unit/units in any station of the Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 17 Central sector plants. The state is also supposed to get additional allocated share of 21 MW and 40 MW from Pallatana GBPP (726.6MW), Tripura and Bongaigaon Thermal PowerStation (750MW), Assam respectively after completion of the projects and its associated Transmission lines. MSPCL is able to fulfil the requirement of existing domestic, commercial and industrial units as MSPCL presently is having Transmission/Sub-transmission and Distribution network system illustrated below:  As on 31.03.2014, MSPCL has assets of 406.584 Ckms of 132 KV Transmission line, 1195.008 Ckms of 33KV sub-transmission lines and 9 nos. of 132/33kV Substations & 54 nos. of 33/11kV S/S which are in operation with transformation capacity of 317.5MVA & 387.05 MVA respectively in the State. Refer Figure 1.1 for Power map of the State.  As on end March 2013, MSPDCL created 5935.58 Ckm of 11kV lines and 7832.28 Ckm of LT Lines (440V) with 11/0.44 DTs for transformation of about 438MVA. Figure- 3.2  Data captured (Figure - 3.2 ) during last 7 years shows that the demand of Electricity in the state is in upward trend with the passage of time. This reveals that the total energy consumption and the total numbers of Consumers have moved up by almost 105.8% and 28.56% respectively, a phenomenal growth of both i.e. energy Consumption from 197 MU to 406MU (105.8%) and Nos. of consumers from 1.81 lakhs to over 2.32 lakhs (28.56%).It is expected that the demand will increase on an average of more than15%per year in regards to energy consumption and 4.08 % per year in nos. of consumers.(Data Source: Annual Administrative Report (2012-13)/ DoP/GoMan and MSPCL, a GoMan Enterprises)  Due to difficult hill tract & terrain in the State, Transmission/sub-transmission network and distribution network system are very weak and thus, T&D loss is very high (about 28.85%). and (about-56.97% including AT&C (i.e. Aggregate Technical& Commercial) respectively 33 In order to provide quality power supply and service at affordable cost together with sustainable development practices, MSPCL has undertaken many proactive and bold initiatives like augmentation/addl. Projects work under State Plan Scheme and other schemes with funding assistance of NEC/SPA/NLCPR/APRDP under Ministry of DoNER/GoI, System improvement scheme, providing 100% metering of feeders/ distribution transformers/ consumers, Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 18 detection/disconnection of unauthorised consumers, setting up Spl. Court/ spl. Police station for effective control of energy theft, energy accounting & auditing at all voltage levels covering 100% household electrification, Automated Metering Infrastructure (AMI) for Residential and Industrial Consumers, implementation of system strengthening under Restructured Accelerated Power Development Reform Programme(RAPDRP) and Rajiv Gandhi Grameen Vidyutikaran Yojana (RGGVY). 3.10 Road Ahead 34 The State has predominantly one source i.e. Central Sector allocation (mixture of hydro & thermal) of 142.3MW and 10.5MW of power from MSPCL. The state is endowed with hydro-power potentiality for power generation without much damage to environment. Present (2014-15) peak demand of the state is 262 MW. Own generation is negligible. MSPCL gets about 129 MW from Central sector power allocation out of allocation of 153.5 MW including about 17/18 MW from Pallatana OTPC, Tripura. There remains shortfall of about 133MW. The state is also supposed to get allocated share of 21 MW and 40 MW from Pallatana GBPP (726.6MW), Tripura and Bongaigaon Thermal Power Station (750MW), Assam respectively after completion of the projects and its associated Transmission lines. Efforts are underway not only to bridge the gap but also to ensure that adequate power is made available to enable boosting of State economy. 35 To achieve such ambitious target/ goal, Manipur has planned for major expansion and augmentation of its transmission and sub-transmission/distribution network with sustainability, the ESPPF has been designed to identify, address, and mitigate any adverse environmental and social issues during project implementation. Details of proposed expansion/augmentation of power system network in the State of Manipur with the financial support amounting to Rs. 404.17 Crores (US$ 67.35 million) from GoI and World Bank is placed at Annexure 2. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 19 4.0 Stakeholder Analysis 36 The prime objective of the proposed investment is to strengthen the power sector in the State of Manipur and capacity building to achieve sustainable development in the long term. The implementations of schemes with proposed investments are expected to facilitate power delivery to remote/virgin areas, to enhance the capacity & reliability of the system, to improve voltage profile & to reduce losses and ultimately to enhance satisfaction for all categories of consumers which in turn will spur growth & overall development in the whole State. The schemes are designed / developed to fulfill the above objectives in the following way:  To feed the remote or unconnected areas.  To meet the growing demand, both in domestic & industrial segments.  To improve reliability and quality of power through bi-furcation/trifurcation of existing 11kV very long overloaded feeders and connection of the different sections of 11 kV feeder/ line so formed to new substations.  To improve availability of power by augmenting the capacity of existing overloaded transformers.  Reduction in technical losses due to improvement in voltage profile/power quality. Stakeholder’s analysis has been undertaken to identify the issues and the concerns of various stakeholders who are supposed to be either directly or indirectly impacted/benefited or assume a position wherein they can have a significant role to play on project implementation. The Stakeholder’s analysis has been carried out to identify existing relationship and also to understand the roles, responsibilities and relations of these stakeholders in context of shaping the environment and social issues with respect to proposed project. The details of the key stakeholders identified at various levels from national level up to village/panchayat level and their issues & expectations with respect to proposed project has been provided in Table 4.1. The process of consultation with stakeholders involves formal and informal discussion. A wide range of issues were discussed with various stakeholders that might have environmental/ social concern. These are listed below. Table 4.1: Key Stakeholders and their expectations/issues No. Levels Key Stakeholders Expectations and Issues Government of India Improvement of overall power scenario of State and timely implementation of project to achieve the A National Level intended objective i.e. power to all to facilitate Ministry of Power inclusive growth, through enhanced access of consumers to Grid connected power supply, besides Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 20 No. Levels Key Stakeholders Expectations and Issues improving its availability, adequacy, reliability and affordability. Strengthening of T&D networks of State & Capacity World Bank development of Utility and ensuring implementation of environment and social safeguards. Expect active support from state utility and other stakeholders for timely implementation of project with POWERGRID intended benefits like providing electricity supply to remote or unconnected area DONER B Regional Level Economic development of the North Eastern region NEC Proper coordination for timely implementation of Department of Power project with intended benefits. Availability of land and other clearances for timely State Power implementation projects. Capacity building activities Corporations to enable undertaking such projects on their own in future. Proper implementation of welfare measures and policy Tribal Welfare initiatives as envisaged in the applicable legislation, Department structured and continuous consultation on project activities. C State Level Protection of forest and protected areas, timely State Forest processing of approvals for utilization of forest land Department with minimum loss or implication to state forest. Utilities like Water During implementation –coordination for timely supply, PHE, Oil & shifting of utilities as necessary and secured power gas, etc. supply to enhance efficiency of their activities. Proper information dissemination at the local Local NGOs community level and act as watch dog to oversee implementation as per applicable legal provisions. Media Coordination for information dissemination District Project intervention would ensure requirement of Administration – minimum land area and affect minimum people as far Revenue Department as possible. Regular co-ordination/ consultation D District Level between implementation agency and projected affected persons for early resolution of grievances & conflict management. Implementation of project in their area would create employment and increase business opportunity to local and development of area though better accessibility of Village/Hill Council E Village Level quality and reliable supply of power. heads, members, etc. Protection of right of the affected persons and early resolution of grievances during project Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 21 No. Levels Key Stakeholders Expectations and Issues implementation. Proper coordination and approvals for utilization/ acquisition of land within hill district council areas and for carrying out other physical interventions in these areas as necessary Local community leaders, elders, community groups, women groups etc be involved and consulted to Informal groups address issues related to compensation, employment opportunity due to project activity and coordination as necessary. Mutually agreed measures to address any adverse SC issues due to project activity. Tribal Groups heads, Council heads, be consulted and ST involved in addressing all possible impact arisen due to project activity in the area. Women groups – be included in all consultation and be Women groups made part of decision making process related to project in their domain. Access to the communities in general and the affected families in particular. Secondly during implementation of the project activities for substations and especially Others the transmission/distribution lines the permission and consultations with the villagers is necessary as their role in accessing and convincing local communities is important. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 22 5. Issues, Impacts and Management Measures - Social 37 Key social/ institutional issues emanating from stakeholder analysis relate to the following: - Securing/ Alienation land for substation; - Temporary damages to land, crops, trees or structures during construction; - Community participation during planning, implementation and operation phases of the project/ sub-project cycle; - Health and Safety risk including HIV/AIDS; - Tribal and other vulnerable group; - Locals, Women and Inter agency participation/ coordination. 5.1 Impacts – Social 38 This section identifies the potential social impacts of the proposed projects in terms of the nature, magnitude, extent and location, timing and duration of the anticipated impacts. These impacts are both positive or negative relating to the project design stage, construction stage or the project operation and decommissioning stage. i. Positive Impacts  Employment creation  Improved and reliability of power supply  Increased economic activity  Improved road infrastructure  Access to electricity would improve the quality of life of women and reduce the time consumption for household activity which will entail availability of more time for other activities.  Less reliance of fossil fuels like firewood, charcoal etc.  Capacity Building. ii. Negative Impacts  Loss of land  Loss to standing crop  Restriction of land use and land rights  Health and Safety risk including HIV/AIDS Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 23 5.2 Management Framework - Social 39 Based on the issues to be addressed and impacts likely to occur, appropriate management measures have been drawn for implementation to mitigate the possible impacts due to proposed project interventions. While for positive impacts, enhancement measures are suggested; for negative impacts suitable mitigation measures has been included. Details of potential socials issues and its management framework and measures are outlined in ESPPF. Apart from this MSPCL has developed a standard Environment Management Plan (Refer Annex-A attached in ES) for its transmission and distribution projects which shall be made part of contract document for proper implementation by the Contractor. Summary of potential social issues and corresponding management measures is provided below in Table – 5.1. Key principles governing the drawing of management measures and some ‘definitions’ are presented initially for a better reading of the measures. 5.3 Principles 40 The basic principles that guide this Social Management Framework (SMF) are: ― Avoidance socially sensitive areas while planning project activities; ― Minimization of impacts when project activities occur in socially sensitive areas; ― Mitigation of any unavoidable negative impacts arising out of its projects; ― Optimization of land requirement; and ― Greater transparency through involvement of community and other stakeholders. 5.4 Definitions 41 Following definitions will be applicable unless otherwise stated specifically; “Administrator" means an officer appointed for the purpose of rehabilitation and resettlement of affected families under sub-section (l) of section 43; "Affected area" means such area as may be notified by the appropriate Government for the purposes of land acquisition; "Affected family" includes; i) a family whose land or other immovable property has been acquired; ii) a family which does not own any land but a member or members of such family may be agricultural labourers, tenants including any form of tenancy or holding of usufruct right, share-croppers or artisans or who may be working in the affected area for three years prior to the acquisition of the land, whose primary source of livelihood stand affected by the acquisition of land; Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 24 iii) the Scheduled Tribes and other traditional forest dwellers who have lost any of their forest rights recognised under the Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006 due to acquisition of land; iv) family whose primary source of livelihood for three years prior to the acquisition of the land is dependent on forests or water bodies and includes gatherers of forest produce, hunters, fisher folk and boatmen and such livelihood is affected due to acquisition of land; v) a member of the family who has been assigned land by the State Government or the Central Government under any of its schemes and such land is under acquisition; vi) a family residing on any land in the urban areas for preceding three years or more prior to the acquisition of the land or whose primary source of livelihood for three years prior to the acquisition of the land is affected by the acquisition of such land; "Appropriate Government" means,— i) in relation to acquisition of land situated within the territory of, a State, the State Government; ii) in relation to acquisition of land situated within a Union territory (except Puducherry), the Central Government; iii) in relation to acquisition of land situated within the Union territory of Puducherry, the Government of Union territory of Puducherry; iv) in relation to acquisition of land for public purpose in more than one State, the Central Government, in consultation with the concerned State Governments or Union territories; and v) in relation to the acquisition of land for the purpose of the Union as may be specified by notification, the Central Government: Provided that in respect of a public purpose in a District for an area not exceeding such as may be notified by the appropriate Government, the Collector of such District shall be deemed to be the appropriate Government; "Authority" means the Land Acquisition and Rehabilitation and Resettlement Authority established under section 51; "Collector" means the Collector of a revenue district, and includes a Deputy Commissioner and any officer specially designated by the appropriate Government to perform the functions of a Collector under this Act; "Commissioner" means the Commissioner for Rehabilitation and Resettlement appointed under sub-section (/) of section 44; "Cost of acquisition" includes; Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 25 i) amount of compensation which includes solatium, any enhanced compensation ordered by the Land Acquisition and Rehabilitation and Resettlement Authority or the Court and interest payable thereon and any other amount determined as payable to the affected families by such Authority or Court; ii) demurrage to be paid for damages caused to the land and standing crops in the process of acquisition; iii) cost of acquisition of land and building for settlement of displaced or adversely affected families; iv) cost of development of infrastructure and amenities at the resettlement areas; v) cost of rehabilitation and resettlement as determined in accordance with the provisions of this Act; vi) administrative cost,— a) for acquisition of land, including both in the project site and out of project area lands, not exceeding such percentage of the cost of compensation as may be specified by the appropriate Government; b) for rehabilitation and resettlement of the owners of the land and other affected families whose land has been acquired or proposed to be acquired or other families affected by such acquisition; c) cost of undertaking 'Social Impact Assessment study': "Displaced family" means any family, who on account of acquisition of land has to be relocated and resettled from the affected area to the resettlement area; "Family" includes a person, his or her spouse, minor children, minor brothers and minor sisters dependent on him: Provided that widows, divorcees and women deserted by families shall be considered separate families; "Holding of land" means the total land held by a person as an owner, occupant or tenant or otherwise; "Infrastructure project" shall include any one or more of the items specified in clause ( b ) of sub-section (7) of section 2: "Land" includes benefits to arise out of land, and things attached to the earth or permanently fastened to anything attached to the earth; "Landless" means such persons or class of persons who may be,— i) considered or specified as such under any State law for the time being in force; or ii) in a case of landless not being specified under sub-clause (0. as may be specified by the appropriate Government; Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 26 "Land owner" includes any person,— i) whose name is recorded as (he owner of the land or building or part thereof, in the records of the authority concerned; or ii) any person who is granted forest rights under the Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006 or under any other law for the time being in force; or iii) who is entitled to be granted Patta rights on the land under any law of the State including assigned lands: or iv) any person who has been declared as such by an order of the court or Authority; "Local authority" includes a town planning authority (by whatever name called) set up under any law for the time being in force, a Panchayat as defined in article 243 and a Municipality as defined in article 243P, of the Constitution; "Marginal farmer" means a cultivator with an un-irrigated land holding up to one hectare or irrigated land holding up to one-half hectare: "Market value" means the value of land determined in accordance with section 26; "Notification" means a notification published in the Gazette of India or, as the case may be, the Gazette of a State and the expression "notify" shall be construed accordingly; "Patta" shall have the same meaning as assigned to it in the relevant Central or State Acts or rules or regulations made thereunder; "Person interested" means— i) all persons claiming an interest in compensation to be made on account of the acquisition of land under this Act; ii) the Scheduled Tribes and other traditional forest dwellers, who have lost any forest rights recognised under the Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006; iii) a person interested in an easement affecting the land; iv) persons having tenancy rights under the relevant State laws including share-croppers by whatever name they may be called; and v) any person whose primary source of livelihood is likely to be adversely affected; "Project" means a project for which land is being acquired, irrespective of the number of persons affected; "Public purpose" means the activities specified under sub-section (/) of section 2; "Requiring Body" means a company, a body corporate, an institution, or any other organisation or person for whom land is to be acquired by the appropriate Government, and includes the appropriate Government, if the acquisition of land is for such Government either for its own use or Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 27 for subsequent transfer of such land is for public purpose to a company, body corporate, an institution, or any other organisation, as the case may be, under lease, licence or through any other mode of transfer of land; "Resettlement Area" means an area where the affected families who have been displaced as a result of land acquisition are resettled by the appropriate Government; “Scheduled Areas" means the Scheduled Areas as defined in section 2 of the Provisions of the Panchayats (Extension to the Scheduled Areas) Act, 1996; "Small farmer" means a cultivator with an un-irrigated land holding up to two hectares or with an irrigated land holding up to one hectare, but more than the holding of a marginal farmer. Table – 5.1: Management Measures to Address Potential Social Issues No Potential Issues Management Measures For Trenche-1, this is an issue as land for only 21 out of 33 (9 transmission & 24 distribution substations) is available with MSPCL. For remaining 1 transmission and 11 distribution substations, lands will have to be secured afresh by MSPCL through adopting any of the following 3 methods: iv. Purchase of land on willing buyer & willing seller basis on negotiated rate; v. Voluntary Donation; and vi. Involuntary Acquisition. In case of procurement of land through private purchase, MSPCL shall ensure that compensation/rate for land is not less than the rate provided in the new land acquisition act, 2013. In order to comply with this provision MSPCL may organize an awareness camp where provisions 1 Loss of land of new act in respect of basis/modalities of compensation calculation shall be explained to land owners with specific State provision if any. In the case of voluntary donation of land, it is to ascertained that the land owner/user(s) are not subjected to undue pressure for parting of land. Apart from this following shall also be ensured:  All out efforts shall be made to avoid any physical relocation/displacement due to loss of land;  The MSPCL shall facilitate extending ‘gratitude’ to the land donor(s) in lieu of the ‘contribution’ if so agreed. The same shall be documented in the shape of MoU between donor and utility.  Subsequently title of land shall be transferred in the name of MSPCL. All land donations (as well as purchases) will be subject to a review/ approval from a committee comprising representatives of different sections including those from the IA and GoMan. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 28 No Potential Issues Management Measures In case of land acquired through involuntary acquisition, provisions of RFCTLARRA, 2013 shall be followed (for details refer Part – A of Social Management Framework placed as Annexure – 3). Due to inherent flexibility in locating substation and very small size of land, MSPCL avoids habituated area completely hence no relocation of Change in land use population on account of setting up of substation is envisaged. and population 2 Although securing of lands for construction of substations proposed relocation for under tranche-1 is an issue, MSPCL shall make all out effort to secure substations such land wherein possibility of physical relocation/ displacement is not envisaged. As per existing law, land for tower/pole and right of way is not Change in land use acquired and agricultural activities are allowed to continue after and population construction activity and MSPCL pays compensation for all damages 3 relocation due to including cost of land below tower to its owner without acquiring it. towers/ poles Hence change in land use and resultant relocation of people is not envisaged in T&D projects. Land for tower and right of way is not acquired as agricultural activities can continue. However, the project shall pay full compensation to all the affected persons/ community for any damages sustained during the execution of work. Accordingly, MSPCL has 4 Right of Way formulated appropriate management plan in the form of Compensation Plan for Temporary Damage (CPTD) to minimize the damages and provide compensation plan for temporary damages in consultation with the state government and affected persons and/ or community (for details refer Part – B of Social Management Framework placed as Annexure – 3). The population of Manipur as per census 2011 was 2721756. The Scheduled Tribes (STs) population consists nearly 35% of the total population in the State. The project is being implemented in the tribal areas of Manipur and bulk of the beneficiaries are expected to be tribal. Moreover, provision under Manipur (Hill Area District Council Act) stipulates that all projects do need to secure prior consent of Hill /Village Councils. Hence, consultations will be carried out in these 5 Impact on Tribal areas to obtain consent as necessary before initiating project activity in the area. Further Tribal Development Framework as well as Tribal Development Plan is enshrined in RFCTLARRA, 2013 which makes consultations in tribal areas mandatory and provides for enhanced entitlements for the tribal people. In compliance with Bank’s Operational Policy 4.10 (Indigenous Peoples) and special provision of RFCTLARRA, 2013, a Tribal People Development Framework has been prepared (refer Part - C of Social Management Framework placed as Annexure – 3). Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 29 No Potential Issues Management Measures Gender/ women Women involvement will be planned through formal and informal 6 group consultations so that their participation is ensured during participation preparation and implementation of the project. Induced secondary MSPCL operations are short-lived and do not induce secondary 7 development during developments during construction. construction During construction the health and safety aspects of workers and Health and safety of nearby community shall be implemented through contractors with due 8 worker/employee/co diligence and compliance of required regulation/guideline through a mmunity safety plan MSPCL uses best available technology for lines and do not cause any hazards to health and safety. “Chance finds” or Possibilities of such phenomenon in T&D project are quite remote due discovery of any to limited and shallow excavations. However, in case of such findings, 9 archaeological MSPCL will follow the laid down procedure in the Section-4 of Indian artifacts, treasure etc. Treasure Trove Act, 1878 as amended in1949. during excavation 42 Implementation viz., operationalization of the management measures necessarily needs to be done in the realm of regional/ national/ international legal and regulatory stipulations. The same is discussed below. 5.5 Legal and Regulatory Framework 43 The applicable acts, regulations, and relevant policies in the context of the project are presented in Table- 5.2. The Project Authority will ensure that project implementation are consistent with provision of such legal framework. Table – 5.2 : Legal and Regulatory Provisions – Social Acts, Regulations No. Relevance/ Applicability to the project and Policies 1. Constitutional Provisions Article 371C provides special provision to the State of Manipur for the Constitution and functions of a committee of the Legislative Assembly of the State consisting of members of that Assembly elected from the Article 371C - The Hill Areas of the State. . Manipur (Hill 1 Areas) District The Act provides Special Power to AHDC of MAHDC Area for Council Act, 1971 support/ development of Tribal population. Any developmental (MAHDC) activity sited in MAHDC area needs their consent. At the State level there is Hill Area Committee comprises of all MLA elected from the hill areas of the State as its members. At the District level, there are Autonomous Districts Councils (ADCs). Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 30 Acts, Regulations No. Relevance/ Applicability to the project and Policies II. Provisions Law of the Land/Rules The Right to Fair The Act provides for enhanced compensation and assistances measures Compensation and and adopts a more consultative and participatory approach in dealing Transparency in Land with the Project Affected Persons. As and when this Act becomes 2. Acquisition, effective and adopted by the State of Manipur then MSPCL, GoMan Rehabilitation and too shall be bound by and would need to comply with relevant Resettlement Act, provisions of the Act. The salient features of the provisions of the new 2013 RFCTLARRA, 2013 are given in Annexure- 4. Transmission line projects are constructed under the ambit of Electricity Act, 2003 following the provisions of Section 67 & 68 of act. Prior approval of the Govt. of Manipur (GoMan) under section (u/s) 68(1) of EA, 2003 is a mandatory requirement to undertake any new transmission project in the State (In Manipur, transmission of power in 33kV Grid is considered to be Sub-Transmission System) which Electricity Act, 2003 authorizes MSPCL to plan and coordinate activities to commission a 3. (EA, 2003) new Transmission/Sub-Transmission project. The electricity act under Section 164 has a provision to grant licensee the power of Telegraph Authority as provided in the Indian Telegraph Act, 18854. GoMan on request of MSPCL may by order in writing/through notification authorize them for using powers of telegraph authority after fulfilling the requirement as laid down in the rules thereof. The salient features of the Electricity Act 2003 are given in Annexure- 5. In case of agricultural or private land damages, Section-67 and or Section-68 (5 & 6) of the Electricity Act, 2003 and Section-10 of the Rights of Way (RoW) 4. Indian Telegraph Act, 1885 if vested with power under section 164 of and Compensation the Electricity Act are followed for assessment and payment of compensation towards such damage. The act recognizes and vests the forest rights and occupation in forest land to forest dwelling. Scheduled Tribes and other traditional forest The Scheduled Tribes dwellers who have been residing in such forests for generations but and Other Traditional whose rights could not be recorded, and provides for a framework for Forest Dwellers recording the forest rights so vested and the nature of evidence 5. (Recognition of required for such recognition and vesting in respect of forest land. Forest Rights) Act, 2006 The definitions of forest dwelling Schedule Tribes, forestland, forest rights, forest villages, etc. have been included in Section 2 of the Act. The Union Ministry of Tribal Affairs is the nodal agency for 4 POWERGRID, the designated Implementing Agency has already been vested with powers of telegraph authority by GoI vide Gazette Notification dated Dec.24, 2003. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 31 Acts, Regulations No. Relevance/ Applicability to the project and Policies implementation of the Act while field implementation is the responsibility of the government agencies. The applicability of this act has also been linked with forest clearance process under Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 w.e.f. August 2009 by MoEF shall be followed by MSPCL. The Act provides for setting out the practical regime of right to information for citizens to secure access to information under the control of public authorities, in order to promote transparency and The Right to 6. accountability in the working of every public authority, the Information Act, 2005 constitution of a Central Information Commission and State Information Commissions and for matters connected therewith or incidental thereto. The act provides for procedures to be followed in case of finding of any treasure, archaeological artifacts’ etc. during excavation. Indian Treasure Trove 7. Act, 1878 as amended Possibilities of such discoveries are quite remote due to limited and in 1949 shallow excavations. However, in case of such findings, MSPCL will follow the laid down procedure in the Section-4 of act. III. World Bank OP (Operational Policy) This policy covers direct economic and social impacts that both result from Bank-assisted investment projects, and are caused by the involuntary taking of land. To avoid or minimize involuntary resettlement and, where this is not feasible, assist displaced persons in OP 4.12 – Involuntary 8. improving or at least restoring their livelihoods and standards of living Resettlement in real terms relative to pre-displacement levels or to levels prevailing prior to the beginning of project implementation, whichever is higher. A comparison between World Bank Policy (OP 4.12) requirements and RFCTLARR Act, 2013 is placed in Table 5.3. This policy contributes to the Bank's mission of poverty reduction and sustainable development by ensuring that the development process fully respects the dignity, human rights, economies, and cultures of Indigenous Peoples. The Bank provides project financing only where free, prior, and informed consultation results in broad community support to the project by the affected Indigenous Peoples. Such Bank-financed projects include measures to OP 4.10 – 9. (a) avoid potentially adverse effects on the Indigenous Peoples’ Indigenous Peoples communities; or (b) when avoidance is not feasible, minimize, mitigate, or compensate for such effects Bank-financed projects are also designed to ensure that the Indigenous Peoples receive social and economic benefits that are culturally appropriate and gender and inter generationally inclusive. The project shall ascertain broad community support for the project based on social assessment and free prior and informed consultation with the affected Tribal community, if any. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 32 Table – 5.3: Analysis of Requirements under WB Policy (OP 4.12) and RFCTLARR Act, 2013 S. World Bank Involuntary RFCTLARRA, Remarks and provisions in RFCTLARRA, 2013 N Resettlement Requirement 2013 Policy objectives 1 Avoid involuntary Social Impact assessment (SIA) should include: (i) resettlement (IR) wherever whether the extent of land proposed for acquisition feasible is the absolute bare minimum extent needed for the √ project; (ii) whether land acquisition at an alternate place has been considered and found not feasible. [ Section 4 sub-section 4(d) and 4(e)] 2 Where resettlement cannot The cumulative outcome of compulsory be avoided, resettlement acquisition should be that affected persons become activities should be partners in development leading conceived and executed as a [ Preamble of the RFCTLARR Act] development programme by √ providing sufficient resources to enable Affected Persons (APs) to share in project benefits. 3 APs should be meaningfully Whenever a SIA is required, the appropriate consulted and provided Government shall ensure that a public hearing is opportunities to participate held at the affected area, after giving adequate in planning and publicity about the date, time and venue for the √ implementing resettlement public hearing, to ascertain the views of the programs. affected families to be recorded and included in the SIA Report. [ Section 4 (1), 5, 45 (2)] 4 APs should be assisted in The cumulative outcome of compulsory their efforts to improve their acquisition should be that affected persons become livelihoods and standards of partners in development leading to an living, or at least restore √ improvement in their post acquisition social and them, to pre-displacement economic status and for matters connected levels or to pre-project therewith or incidental thereto. levels. [Preamble of the RFCTLARR Act] Coverage of Impacts 5 Involuntary taking of land Preamble of the said Act envisages restoration of resulting in loss of income livelihood as one of the guiding principle. sources or means of In the definition of affected family in includes ‘a livelihood, whether or not family which does not own any land but a member the affected persons must or members of such family may be agricultural move to another place labourers, tenants including any form of tenancy or holding of usufruct right, sharecroppers or artisans or who may be working in the affected area for √ three years prior to the acquisition of the land, whose primary source of livelihood stand affected by the acquisition of land; and further, a distinction is made between affected family and displaced family in the definition (i.e) a displaced family means any family, who on account of acquisition of land has to be relocated and resettled from the affected area to the resettlement area. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 33 S. World Bank Involuntary RFCTLARRA, Remarks and provisions in RFCTLARRA, 2013 N Resettlement Requirement 2013 [Section 3 sub-section c (ii) and k] Involuntary taking of land In the definition of affected family, it includes ‘a resulting in loss of assets or family whose land or other immovable property access to assets has been acquired’ [ Section 3 sub-section c (i)] 6 Involuntary restriction of In the definition of affected family in includes access to of access to legally ‘family whose primary source of livelihood for designated parks and three years prior to the acquisition of the land is protected areas resulting in dependent on forests or water bodies and includes √ adverse impacts on the gatherers of forest produce, hunters, fisher folk and livelihoods of the displaced boatmen and such livelihood is affected due to persons. acquisition of land’ [Section 3 sub-section c (vi)] Eligibility Criteria 7 Those who have formal In the definition of affected family, it includes ‘a legal rights to land family whose land or other immovable property (including customary and has been acquired’ √ traditional rights recognized [Section 3 sub-section c (i)] under the laws of the country) 8 Those who do not have In the definition of affected family, it includes ‘the formal legal rights to land at Scheduled Tribes and other traditional forest the time the census begins dwellers who have lost any of their forest rights but have a claim to such recognized under the Scheduled Tribes and Other land or assets--provided Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest that such claims are Rights) Act, 2006 due to acquisition of land’; and recognized under the laws also includes ‘a member of the family who has of the country or become been assigned land by the State Government or the recognized through a Central Government under any of its schemes and process identified in the such land is under acquisition’; resettlement plan a family which does not own any land but a member or members of such family may be √ agricultural laborers, tenants including any form of tenancy or holding of usufruct right, share- croppers or artisans or who may be working in the affected area for three years prior to the acquisition of the land; a family residing on any land in the urban areas for preceding three years or more prior to the acquisition of the land or whose primary source of livelihood for three years prior to the acquisition of the land is affected by the acquisition of such land [Section 3 sub-section c (ii),(iii) and(v)] Measures/Entitlements 9 Ensure APs are informed Whenever a SIA is required, the appropriate about their options and Government shall ensure that a public hearing is rights pertaining to √ held at the affected area, after giving adequate resettlement publicity about the date, time and venue for the public hearing, to ascertain the views of the Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 34 S. World Bank Involuntary RFCTLARRA, Remarks and provisions in RFCTLARRA, 2013 N Resettlement Requirement 2013 affected families to be recorded and included in the SIA report. [Section 5] 10 Ensure APs are provided Though explicitly not stated, the compensations prompt and effective are expected to be much more than replacement compensation at full costs. replacement cost for losses √ Total compensation and monetary benefits under R of assets attributable & R have to paid to PAPs before possession of directly to the project. land is granted. {Section -38 (1)} 11 If there is physical The Rehabilitation and Resettlement Award shall relocation, provide APs with include all of the following.......... (c) particulars of (i) assistance(such as house site and house to be allotted, in case of moving allowances) during displaced families; (d) particulars of land allotted relocation; and (ii) to the displaced families; (e) particulars of one residential housing, or time subsistence allowance and transportation housing sites, or, as allowance in case of displaced families. √ required, agricultural sites [Section 31 sub-section 2(c), (d) and (e)] and for which a combination of schedule-3 productive potential, locational advantages and other factors is at least equivalent to the advantages of the old site. 12 Provide relocation assistance Each affected family is to be given one time √ to displaced persons Resettlement Allowance of Rs. 50,000/- 13 Particular attention to be The act provides for special provisions and paid to the needs of assistance for scheduled caste and scheduled tribe vulnerable groups among in scheduled area. those displaced, especially [ Section 41] those below the poverty Further the act recognizes widows, divorcees and line, the landless, the women deserted by families as separate families elderly, women and √ [Section sub-section (m)] children, indigenous peoples, ethnic minorities, or other displaced persons who may not be protected through national land compensation legislation 14 Provision of compensation Total compensation and monetary benefits under R and of other assistance & R have to paid to PAPs before possession of required for relocation, prior land is granted. to displacement, and {Section -38 (1)}. preparation and provision of resettlement sites with √ adequate facilities, where required. In particular, taking of land and related assets may take place only after compensation has been Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 35 S. World Bank Involuntary RFCTLARRA, Remarks and provisions in RFCTLARRA, 2013 N Resettlement Requirement 2013 paid and, where applicable resettlement sites and moving allowances have been provided to the displaced persons. 15 Preference should be given Land for land is recommended in irrigation to land- based resettlement projects and in projects where SC/ST is involved strategies for displaced √ equivalent land. persons whose livelihoods are land-based. [Section 41 &Second Schedule S.No.2] 16 Cash compensation levels Method of valuation of land and considering the should be sufficient to higher value as base with multiplying factor of 1-2 replace the lost land and and the 100 solatium with 12% interest comes out other assets at full to be more than replacement cost for land. For replacement cost in local √ structure, tree and crops, valuation by appropriate markets. authority will be equivalent to replacement value with provision of expert assistance. [Section 26 sub-section 1 and 2, Section 29 and Section 30] 17 Appropriate and accessible For the purpose of providing speedy disposal of grievance mechanisms are disputes relating to land acquisition, compensation, established for these groups. rehabilitation and resettlement, establish by √ notification. one or more Authorities to be known as "the Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement Authority" [Section 51 sub-section 1] 18 In new resettlement sites or In every resettlement area as defined under this host communities, Act, the Collector shall ensure the provision of all infrastructure and public infrastructural facilities and basic minimum services are provided as amenities specified in the Schedule-3 of the Act. necessary to improve, [Section 32] √ restore, or maintain accessibility and levels of service for the displaced persons and host communities. 19 Disclose the resettlement Discloser of R&R Scheme along with records of plan, including public hearing to be put in public domain by documentation of the uploading on specified website as well as consultation in an accessible placement in Panchayat/ Municipality in √ place and a form and vernacular language. language(s) understand-able to affected persons and { Sec. 19 (4)} other stakeholders. 20 Monitor and assess Provision of post implementation social audit by resettlement outcomes, their R&R Commissioner Rehabilitation & Resettlement impacts on the standards of Committee to carry out post implementation social √ living of displaced persons. audit in consultation with Gram Sabha/ Municipality. { Sec. 44 (3) & 45} Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 36 From the above analysis it may be noted that the only difference between the provisions of new act and World Bank policy is in respect of the cut-off date for determining eligibility for non- titleholders. As per the act such eligibility criteria is dependence on acquired land three years preceding the acquisition whereas same eligibility is the date of commencement of the survey. However, such strict criterion in the act is to safeguard the interest of genuine persons and to discourage influx of outsiders and people with vested interest. The same eligibility criteria of three years preceding land acquisition notification (Sec-4 under LAA) was accepted by Bank in case of POWERGRID’s ESPP in 2005 and also during comprehensive analysis under UCS in 2009 5.6 Mitigation Measures 44 The likely/associated social impact of transmission & distribution line projects are not far reaching and are mostly localized to near vicinity/ ROW. Many such impacts can be minimized through careful route selection and siting of substations. Sound design/ engineering variations also play a major role in planning effective mitigative measures depending upon the site situation/location. The major social issues that need attention and proper care under this project are as follows; a) Substation: For Tranche-1, land for construction of substation is an issue as land for only 21 out of 33 transmission and distribution substations is available with the Utility. For remaining 1 transmission and 11 distribution substations land, MSPCL shall have to secure/acquire land either through direct purchase on willing buyer & willing seller basis on negotiated rate or by invoking provisions of RFCTLARRA, 2013. However, efforts will be made to secure such land wherein possibility of physical relocation/displacement is not envisaged. Details of land availability status of substations is provided in Table – 5.4 : Table - 5.4: Land Availability for Substation Sl. Name of the substation Scope of work Land Status No. A. Transmission Substations 1 132/33 kV Gamphajol New 2 132/33 kV Imphal Extension 3 132/33 kV Ningthoukhong Extension Lands for all substations are 4 132 kV Kackching Extension available with MSPCL except for 5 132 kV Yainganpokpi Extension Gamphajol. 6 132/33 kV Kongba Extension 7 132 kV Churachandpur Extension 8 132/33 kV Rengpang Augmentation Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 37 Sl. Name of the substation Scope of work Land Status No. A. Transmission Substations 9 132/33 kV Jiribam Augmentation B. Distribution Substations 1 33/11 kV Distribution New/ Land for 13 substations available Substation (24 Nos.) Augmentation with MSPCL. For remaining substation land being acquired through private purchase on negotiated rate. Thus, land for tranche-1 and subsequent investment under future tranches can be secured through following three methods: i) Purchase of land on willing buyer & Willing Seller basis on negotiated rate; ii) Voluntary Donation; and iii) Involuntary Acquisition. 47 In case of procurement of land through private purchase on willing buyer willing seller basis, MSPCL shall ensure that compensation/rate for land is not less than the rate provided in the new land acquisition act, 2013. In order to comply with this provision MSPCL may organize an awareness camp where provisions of new act in respect of basis/modalities of compensation calculation shall be explained to land owners with specific State provision if any. 48 In the case of voluntary donation of land, it is to ascertained that the land owner/user(s) are not subjected to undue pressure for parting of land. Apart from this following shall also be ensured:  All out efforts shall be made to avoid any physical relocation/displacement due to loss of land;  The MSPCL shall facilitate in extending ‘gratitude’ to the land donor(s) in lieu of the ‘contribution’ if so agreed. The same shall be documented in the shape of MoU between donor and utility.  Subsequently title of land shall be transferred in the name of MSPCL. All land donations (as well as purchases) will be subject to a review/ approval from a committee comprising representatives of different sections including those from the IA and GoMan. 49 In case of land acquired through involuntary acquisition, provisions of RFCTLARRA, 2013 shall be adopted. RFCTLARRA, 2013 has replaced the old Land Acquisition Act, 1894 and has come into force from 1 st January 2014. The new act i.e. RFCTLARRA, 2013 authorizes State Govt. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 38 (i.e. GoMan) or its authorized Government agency to complete the whole process of acquisition of private land including Social Impact Assessment (SIA), Action Plan for R&R (i.e. Rehabilitation and Resettlement) & its implementation and the MSPCL’s responsibility is limited to identification and selection of suitable land based on technical requirement and ensuring budget allocation. Safeguards against land acquisition: 50 Conducting Social Impact Assessments (SIA) has been made mandatory under this new act and results of these assessments are shared with all the stakeholders and public hearing held which makes the process transparent and informed. Subsequently, an entitlement package that includes both compensation (for land/structure and assets to land and structure) and R&R as necessary is prepared. Further to this individual awards are passed and all documents are disclosed in the public domain through local administration and internet. 51 The flow chart of the land acquisition process with schedule prescribed for various activities is illustrated in Figure – 5.1 below. The entitlements with regard to compensation and assistances towards land acquisition or loss of any assets or livelihood for all categories of people being affected due to land acquisition is briefly outlined in Table – 5.5 below. Table - 5.5: Compensation and R & R Entitlement framework for Land Acquisition A Comprehensive Compensation Package Eligibility for Entitlement Provisions The affected families Determination of Compensation :  Land Owners: includes any 1. Market value of the land person-  as specified in the Indian Stamp Act, 1899 i) whose name is recorded as the or owner of the land or building or  the average of the sale price for similar type of land part thereof, in the records of the situated in the village or vicinity, authority concerned; or or ii) any person who is granted forest  consented amount of compensation as agreed in case rights under the Scheduled Tribes of acquisition of lands for private companies or for and Other Traditional Forest public private partnership project. Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006 or under any whichever is higher other law for the time being in force; Market value x Multiplier* between 1 to 2 in rural areas or only (No multiplier in urban areas). iii) who is entitled to be granted Patta 2. Value of the assets attached to land: rights on the land under any law of the State including assigned Building/Trees/Wells/Crop etc. as valued by relevant lands: govt. authority; Land compensation = 1+2 Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 39 or 3. Solatium: 100% of total compensation iv) any person who has been declared Total Compensation : 1+2+3 as such by an order of the court or Authority; (*) Precise scale shall be determined by the State Govt. The indicative values of multiplier factor based on distance from urban areas as provided in the act. Radial Distance from Urban area (Km) Multiplier Factor 0-10 1.00 10-20 1.20 20-30 1.40 30-40 1.80 40-50 2.00 B. R&R Package Elements of Rehabilitation and Resettlement Entitlements for all the affected families (both land owners and the families whose livelihood is primarily dependent on land acquired) in addition to compensation provided above Sl. Elements of R& R Provision No. Entitlements Subsistence grant/allowance 1. Rs. 3000 per month per family for 12 months for displaced families a) Where jobs are created through the project, mandatory employment for one member per affected family; or b) Rupees 5 lakhs per family; The affected families shall or 2. c) Rupees 2000 per month per family as annuity for 20 years, be entitled to: with appropriate index for inflation; The option of availing (a) or (b) or (c) shall be that of the affected family i. A constructed house shall be provided as per the Indira Awas Yojana specifications. ii. A constructed house shall be provided, which will be not less Housing units for than 50 sq. mts. in plinth area. displacement: i. If a house is lost in rural In either case the equivalent cost of the house may also be 3. provided in lieu of the house as per the preference of the areas: ii. If a house is lost in project affected family. urban areas The stamp duty and other fees payable for registration of the house allotted to the affected families shall be borne by the Requiring Body. Transportation cost for 4. Rs 50,000/- per affected family displaced families Resettlement Allowance 5. Onetime Rs 50,000/- per affected family (for displaced families) Onetime financial assistance as appropriate for construction as 6. Cattle shed/ petty shop cost decided by St. Govt. subject to minimum of Rs.25,000/- Artisan/small traders/others Onetime financial assistance as appropriate as decided by State 7. (in case of displacement) Govt. subject to minimum of Rs.25,000/- Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 40 Special Provisions for SCs/STs In addition to the R&R package, SC/ST families will be entitled to the following additional benefits: 1. One time financial assistance of Rs. 50,000 per family; 2. Families settled outside the district shall be entitled to an additional 25% R&R benefits; 3. Payment of one third of the compensation amount at very outset; 4. Preference in relocation and resettlement in area in same compact block; 5. Free land for community and social gatherings; 6. In case of displacement, a Development Plan is to be prepared 7. Continuation of reservation and other Schedule V and Schedule VI area benefits from displaced area to resettlement area. FIGURE -5.1: ACTIVITY CHART RFCTLARRA, 2013 b) Right of Way: Land for tower and right of way is not acquired and agricultural activities are allowed to continue. However, the law stipulates that the licensee shall have to pay full compensation to all interested for any damages sustained during the execution of work. Accordingly, MSPCL has formulated appropriate management plan in the form of Compensation Plan for Temporary Damage (CPTD) in ESPPF to minimize the damages and provide compensation plan for temporary damages in consultation with revenue department and affected person based on assessment. (refer Part - B of Social Management Framework placed as Annexure- 3). The detailed process for crop/tree compensation is placed at Annexure – 6 & 6a. The entitlement matrix for planning compensation for possible impact is provided in Table – 5.6. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 41 Table - 5.6: Entitlement Matrix for CPTD S. N. Issue/Impact Beneficiary Entitlement Options 1. Land area below Owner 100% land cost at market value as ascertained by tower base. revenue authorities or based on negotiated settlement without actual acquisition/title transfer. 2. Loss/damage to Owner/ Compensation to actual cultivator at market rate for crops and trees in Tenant/ crops and 8 years income for fruit bearing trees*. APs line corridor sharecropper will be given advance notice to harvest their crops. / leaseholder All timber* will be allowed to retain by the owner. 3. Other damages Actual cost as assessed by the concerned authority. All APs (if applicable) 4. Loss of structure (i) House Titleholders Cash compensation at replacement cost (without deduction for salvaged material) plus Rs. 25,000/- assistance (based on prevailing GOI norms for weaker section housing) for construction of house plus transition benefits as per category-5 below. (ii) Shop/ Institutions/ Individual/ Cash compensation plus Rs. 10000/- for construction Cattle shed Titleholders of working shed/shop plus transition benefits as per category-5 below 5. Losses during Family/unit Provision of transport or equivalent cash for shifting transition under (i) of material/ cattle from existing place to alternate & (ii) above for place Shifting / Transport 6 Tribal/ Vulnerable Vulnerable One time additional lump sum assistance not APs APs5 exceeding 25% of total compensation on recommendation of State Authority/ADC/VC. c) Tribal People: The population of Manipur as per census 2011 was 27, 21,756. The Scheduled Tribes (STs) population consists nearly 35 % of the total population in the State. The project is being implemented in the tribal areas of Manipur and bulk of the beneficiaries are expected to be tribal. Moreover, provision under Manipur (Hill Area District Council Act) stipulates that all projects do need to secure prior consent of Hill /Village Councils. Hence, consultations will be carried out in these areas to obtain consent as necessary before initiating project activity in the area. Further Tribal Development Framework as well as Tribal Development Plan is enshrined in RFCTLARRA, 2013 which makes consultations in tribal areas mandatory and provides for enhanced entitlements for the tribal people. In compliance with Bank’s Operational Policy 4.10 (Indigenous Peoples) and special provision of RFCTLARRA, 2013, a Tribal People Development Framework has been prepared (refer Part - C of Social Management Framework placed as Annexure – 3). 5 Vulnerable APs include scheduled tribes residing in scheduled areas/ physically handicapped/ disabled families etc. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 42 d) Gender: Women will be involved through formal and informal consultations so that their participation is ensured during preparation and implementation of the project. To enable this, efforts will be made to deploy as many women community volunteers as possible and conduct gender sensitization capacity building programs for all the project staff. 5.7 Health and Safety Requirements 52 MSPCL maintains safety as a top priority, apart from various labour laws dealing with workers’ health and safety, such as the Workmen’s Compensation Act. MSPCL ensures the implementation of health and safety as per the norms the said act which is an integral part of the contractors’ activities. EHS guidelines of MSPCL (Annexure-7 for detailed checklist) are developed on the basis of World Bank EHS guidelines to be adopted by MSPCL. 5.8 Exposure to Electro Magnetic Fields (EMF) 53 There have been some concerns about the possibility of an increased risk of cancer from exposure to electromagnetic radiation from overhead transmission lines. However, a review by the World Health Organization (WHO) held as part of the International EMF Project (1996), concluded that: 54 “From the current scientific literature there is no convincing evidence that exposure to radiation field shortens the life span of humans or induces or promotes cancer”. 55 Currently no EMF exposure guidelines have been framed in the country. However, international guidelines in this regard are detailed below: ― State Transmission Lines Standards and Guidelines in the USA; ― International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP); ― US National Council on Radiation; and ― American Conference on Government and Industrial Hygiene (ACGIH). 56 The ICNIRP guideline for the general public (up to 24 hours a day) is a maximum exposure level of 1,000 mG or 100 T. MSPCL shall follow the best international practices while designing its system to maintain acceptable prescribed EMF level. 5.11 General Safety Standards 57 MSPCL will follow all applicable standards concerned with safety for transmission, distribution and erection of Substation. These include IS: 5613 – recommendation on safety procedures and practices in electrical work as per CEA (Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Regulation, 2010 notified in the Gazette on 20th Sept. 2010 (Annexure-8). Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 43 6. Issues, Impacts and Management Measures - Environment 58 Environmental issues of T&D projects are manageable given the inherently small ‘foot print’ of towers and flexibility in siting facilities within a relatively large host area and are mostly localized to ROW. However, transmission line project may have some adverse effects on natural resources. These impacts can be minimized by careful route selection and siting of substations. In order to get latest information and further optimization of route, modern survey techniques/tools like GIS, GPS aerial photography are also applied. Introduction of GIS and GPS/Google earth/IBAT in route selection result in access to updated / latest information, through satellite images and further optimization of route having minimal environmental impact. Moreover, availability of various details, constraints like topographical and geotechnical details, forest and environmental details help in planning the effective mitigation measures including engineering variations depending upon the site situation / location. In the instant project also these techniques are to be used for minimizing/mitigating such issues. 6.1 Environmental issues A) Transmission/Distribution lines 59 The key environmental issues associated with installation of transmission/distribution lines are: 1) Clearing of Trees within Right of Way 60 Right of Way (RoW) width for the transmission/distribution line depends on the line voltage. The maximum permissible width of RoW on forest land and minimum clearance between Trees and conductors as specified in IS: 5613 and by MoEF guidelines are given in Table 6.1. 61 At present, a width clearance of 3 m is allowed below each conductor for the movement of tension stringing equipment (Annexure-9). Trees on such strips are felled/lopped to facilitate stringing and maintenance of RoW. After completion of stringing, natural regeneration or dwarf tree/medicinal tree plantation is allowed to a certain height. Trimming or pruning is done with the permission from the local forest officer to maintain required electric clearance as necessary during operation and maintenance. In hilly areas where adequate clearance is already available, tree will not be cut/felled in 3 meter strip beneath for RoW except working clearance as stringing is done manually only. As compared to transmission line, distribution line requires only small right of way and therefore felling of trees is much less than that requires for laying of transmission lines. Generally stringing of distribution line is carried out manually and therefore trimming/pruning of tree Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 44 branches are only required instead of large nos. tree cutting Felling, lopping of tree can open up forest canopy allowing more sunlight into understorey where it can lead to edge effect and allow for proliferation of socio-phytic weeds. This can have added repercussions within a semi evergreen or evergreen biotope. Table 6.1: RoW Clearance between Conductors and Trees Transmission Voltage Max. ROW Minm. Clearance (in meters) between (In kV) (In Meters) conductor & Trees * 11 7 2.6 33 15 2.8 66 18 3.4 110 22 3.7 132 27 4.0 220 35 4.6 400 D/C & S/C 46 5.5 * As per IS: 5613 and MoEF guidelines finalized in consultation with CEA 2) Clearing of Ground Vegetation for Movement of Machinery: Machinery and equipment is used for installation of transmission and distribution lines, towers/poles and construction of substations and may require clearing of ground vegetation for its movement. This activity causes temporary disturbance to the forest, orchards, plantation and agriculture etc. MSPCL wherever possible utilises the existing path / access roads for the movement of man and machinery. The existing roads which cannot support heavy machinery load are upgraded and thus the village infrastructure is improved. In areas where lines traverse agricultural land, compensation is paid to owners for any crop damage incurred as a result of construction activities. Agricultural activities are allowed to continue following the construction period. If bunds or other on-farm works are disturbed during construction or maintenance, they are restored to the owner's satisfaction following cessation of construction or maintenance activities. In the event that private trees are felled during construction or maintenance operations, compensation is paid to the owner as determined by the forest / horticulture departments. 3) Aesthetic appeal of an area: Erection of transmission/distribution towers and lines affects the aesthetics of the area. B) Substations 62 The key environmental issues associated with construction of substation are: Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 45 1) Clearing of Ground Vegetation: The land requirement for substations varies from 0.3 acres to 10 acres depending upon no. of bays and voltage level. The ground vegetation needs to be cleared to enable construction activity. 2) Used Transformer Oil: As a part of routine maintenance, transformer oil is changed every 10-15 years. The used transformer oil is categorized as hazardous wastes as per Hazardous waste (Management, Handling and Trans-boundary) Rules, 2008 and its unscientific disposal in environment may lead to soil and water contamination. 3) Used Battery: Used lead acid battery is a pollutant and therefore its improper handling & disposal may lead to contamination of soil and water. 4) E-waste: The Electrical and Electronic Equipment (EEE) have hazardous / toxics substances in their components which may cause harm/pose risk to health and environment during handling after its expiry and full usage. 5) SF6 gas is a highly potential Green House Gas (GHG) being used in Circuit Breaker. Mishandling and leakage etc can lead to its escape into the atmosphere causing global warming. 6.2 Principles 63 The basic principles that guide EMF are: ― Avoidance environmentally sensitive areas while planning project activities; ― Minimization of impacts when project activities occur in environmentally sensitive areas; and ― Mitigation of any unavoidable negative impacts arising out of its projects. ― Greater transparency through involvement of community and other stakeholders 6.3 Definitions Adverse environmental effect” means any irreversible harmful affect on natural environment; “Battery” means lead acid battery which is a source of electrical energy and contains lead metal; “Central Pollution Control Board” means the Central Pollution Control Board constituted under sub-section (1) of section 3 of the Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 (6 of 1974); “E-waste” means waste electrical and electronic Equipments, whole or in part or rejects from their manufacturing and repair process, which are intended to be discarded; “Forest” The word “forest” must be understood according to its dictionary meaning. This description covers all statutorily recognised forests, whether designated as reserved, protected or Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 46 otherwise for the purpose of Section 2(i) of the Forest Conservation Act. The term "forest land", occurring in Section 2, will not only include "forest" as understood in the dictionary sense, but also any area recorded as forest in the Government record irrespective of the ownership; “Hazardous waste” means any waste which by reason of any of its physical, chemical, reactive, toxic, flammable, explosive or corrosive characteristics causes danger or is likely to cause danger to health or environment, whether alone or when in contact with other wastes or substances, and shall include- (i) waste specified under column (3) of Schedule-I, (ii) wastes having constituents specified in Schedule-II if their concentration is equal to or more than the limit indicated in the said Schedule, and (iii) wastes specified in Part A or Part B of the Schedule-III in respect of import or export of such wastes in accordance with rules 12, 13 and 14 or the wastes other than those specified in Part A or Part B if they possess any of the hazardous characteristics specified in Part C of that Schedule; “Environment” means land, water, air, living organisms and interacting natural systems; “Environmental assessment” means the process of assessing the environmental effects of a project in order to evaluate their significance, and may include identifying measures to prevent, minimize, mitigate or compensate for adverse environmental and social effects. Environmental and social assessment is the responsibility of the project sponsor; “Mitigation measures” means methods to reduce, eliminate or compensate for adverse environmental and social effects; “State Pollution Control Board” means the State Pollution Control Board or the Pollution Control Committee constituted under sub-section (1) of section 4 of the Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 (6 of 1974); “Mitigation measures” means methods to reduce, eliminate or compensate for adverse environmental and social effects; 6.4 Legal and Regulatory Framework 64 The applicable acts, regulations, and relevant policies in the context of the project are presented in Table- 6.2. The Project Authority will ensure that project activities implemented are consistent with provisions of such legal framework. Table – 6.2 : Legal and Regulatory Provisions – Environment Sl. Acts, Rules and Relevance/ Applicability to the project No. Policies I. Constitutional Provisions (India) The State shall endeavor to protect and improve the environment and a Article 48 A to safeguard the forests and wildlife of the country. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 47 Sl. Acts, Rules and Relevance/ Applicability to the project No. Policies It shall be the duty of every citizen of India to protect and improve the b Article 51 A (g) natural environment including forests, lakes, rivers and wildlife and to have compassion for living creatures. II. Provisions Law of the Land/Rules Transmission line projects are constructed under the ambit of Electricity Act, 2003 following the provisions of Section 67 & 68 of act. Prior approval of the Govt. of Manipur (GoMan) under section (u/s) 68(1) of EA, 2003 is a mandatory requirement to undertake any new transmission project in the State (In Manipur, transmission of power in 33kV Grid is considered to be Sub-Transmission System) which Electricity Act, authorizes MSPCL to plan and coordinate activities to commission a 1. 2003 (EA, 2003) new Transmission/Sub-Transmission project. The electricity act under Section 164 has a provision to grant licensee the power of Telegraph Authority as provided in the Indian Telegraph Act, 1885. GoMan on request of MSPCL may by order in writing/through notification authorize them for using powers of telegraph authority after fulfilling the requirement as laid down in the rules thereof. The salient features of the Electricity Act 2003 are given in Annexure- 5. This Act provides for the conservation of forests and regulates the diversion of forest land to non-forestry purpose. When any transmission/distribution line traverses forest land, prior clearance is Forest mandatorily required from Ministry of Environment and Forests 2 (Conservation) (MoEF), GoI under the Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980. The approval Act, 1980 process of forest clearance in brief, as per set procedure in the guideline under the act and rules is shown in Figure 6.1 below. Flow charts for forest clearance process and procedure of online submission of application are provided in Annexure-10 & 10a respectively. The act recognizes and vests the forest rights and occupation in forest land to forest dwelling. Scheduled Tribes and other traditional forest dwellers who have been residing in such forests for generations but whose rights could not be recorded, and provides for a framework for The Scheduled recording the forest rights so vested and the nature of evidence Tribes and Other required for such recognition and vesting in respect of forest land. Traditional Forest 3. Dwellers The definitions of forest dwelling Schedule Tribes, forestland, forest (Recognition of rights, forest villages, etc. have been included in Section 2 of the Act. Forest Rights) The Union Ministry of Tribal Affairs is the nodal agency for Act, 2006 implementation of the Act while field implementation is the responsibility of the government agencies. The applicability of this act has also been linked with forest clearance process under Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 w.e.f. August 2009 by MoEF shall be Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 48 Sl. Acts, Rules and Relevance/ Applicability to the project No. Policies followed by MSPCL. It is umbrella legislation for the protection and improvement of environment. This Act as such is not applicable to transmission/ Environment distribution projects of MSPCL. Project categories specified under the 4. (Protection) Act, schedule of the EIA notification is provided in Annexure-11. Even 1986 then some limited compliance measures notified under this EPA, 1986 are to be adhered to relevant rules and regulations under the EPA, 1986 applicable to the operations of MSPCL. Ozone Depleting Substances i) As per the notification, certain control and regulation has been imposed (Regulation and on manufacturing, import, export, and use of these compounds. Control) Rules, 2000 As per notification, Being a bulk consumer MSPCL to ensure that the Batteries used batteries are disposed to dealers, manufacturer, registered recycler, (Management and ii) re-conditioners or at the designated collection centers only. A half-yearly Handling) Rules, return is to be filed as per Form-8 (Annexure-12) to the Manipur State 2001 Pollution Control Board As per notification, used oil is categorized as hazardous waste and require proper handling, storage and disposed only to authorized disposal facility (registered recyclers/ reprosessors) Being a bulk user, MSPCL Hazardous Wastes shall comply with provision of said rules. MSPCL, as bulk user of (Management, transformer oil which is categorized as Hazardous Waste, shall comply Handling and with the provisions of the said rules (refer Annexure- 13 for MoEF iii) Transboundary notification dated 24th September 2008) if the practice of storing of Movement) Rules, used oil is maintained. In case it is decided to outsource the process of 2008 recycle of used oil to registered recycler as per the provisions of notification then MSPCL shall submit the desired return in prescribed form to concerned State Pollution Control Board at the time of disposal of used oil. As per notification, bulk consumers like MSPCL is to dispose e-waste E-waste generated by them in environmentally sound manner by channelizing (Management and to authorized collection centers/ registered dismantler/ recyclers/return iv) Handling) Rules, to producers. MSPCL, being a bulk consumer of electrical and 2011 electronics equipment’s shall maintain record as per Form-2 (Annexure-14) for scrutiny by State Pollution Control Board. This act is not directly applicable to transmission projects because it deals with the conservation of biological diversity, sustainable use of its components and fair and equitable sharing of the benefits arising out Biological 5 of the use of biological resources, knowledge and for matters Diversity Act, connected therewith. MSPCL abides by the provision of the act 2002 wherever applicable, and avoids Biosphere Reserves during route alignment. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 49 Sl. Acts, Rules and Relevance/ Applicability to the project No. Policies The Act provides for setting out the practical regime of right to information for citizens to secure access to information under the The Right to control of public authorities, in order to promote transparency and 6 Information Act, accountability in the working of every public authority, the 2005 constitution of a Central Information Commission and State Information Commissions and for matters connected therewith or incidental thereto. In case of agricultural or private land the provisions of section- 67 and Rights of or section-68 (5 & 6) of the Electricity Act, 2003 and section-10 of the 7 Way(RoW) and Indian Telegraph Act, 1885 are followed for assessment and payment Compensation of compensation towards such damages To Act provides for administration, control, protection, conservation The Manipur and the development of the natural environment of the Loktak Lake Loktak Lake and for matter connected with as incidental thereto. As per the 8. (Protection) Act, provision under this Act no development zone or totally protected zone 2006 of 70.30 sq. km and an area of 120.91 sq.km notified as prohibited area. Vide this Act Autonomous Hill District Councils (AHDC) of Manipur are empowered to maintain and manage the property: movable and The Manipur immovable, and institutions under their jurisdiction (e.g. in the field of (Hill Areas) 9. agriculture, animal husbandry, community development, social and District Council tribal welfare, village planning, management of any forest except RF, Act, 1971 regulation of the Jhum /shifting cultivation or any other matter.) Any activity sited in MAHDC area needs consent from village councils. The Ancient The Act provides for procedures to be followed in case of the protected Monuments and area or the protected monument as the case may be, and extending to a Archaeological distance of one hundred meters in all Directions. 10. Sites and Remains (Amendment and Validation) Act, 2010 III World Bank OP (Operational Policy) OP- 4.01: To ensure the environmental and social soundness and sustainability of 1 Environmental investment projects. Support integration of environmental and social Assessment aspects of projects in the decision-making process. To promote sustainable development by supporting the protection, OP- 4.04: Natural 2 conservation, maintenance, and rehabilitation of natural habitats and Habitats their functions. To preserve PCR and in avoiding their destruction or damage. PCR OP-4.11: Physical includes resources of archeological, paleontological, historical, 3 Cultural architectural, and religious (including graveyards and burial sites), Resources (PCR) aesthetic, or other cultural significance. 4 OP-4.36: Forests To realize the potential of forests to reduce poverty in a sustainable Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 50 Sl. Acts, Rules and Relevance/ Applicability to the project No. Policies manner, integrate forests effectively into sustainable economic development, and protect the vital local and global environmental services and values of forests Figure 6.1: Approval Process of Forest Clearance Note: MoEF has made online submission of application mandatory w.e.f. 15 th August 2014 (refer Annexure-10a). 6.5 Assessment of Environment Impact 65 This section identifies the potential environment impacts due to intervention of project in terms of the nature, magnitude, extent and location, timing and duration of the anticipated impacts. These impacts are both positive or negative relating to the project design stage, construction stage or the project operation and decommissioning stage; i. Positive Impacts  Less dependence on fossil fuels including firewood, charcoal etc. ii. Negative Impacts  Impacts on Vegetation/forest  Impacts on Wildlife Habitats and Migratory Birds Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 51  Impacts on Drainage, Soil erosion Water Resources  Impacts on Traffic and Road Infrastructure  Impacts from Solid/ Liquid Wastes, Oil spillage  Effect of Electro Magnetic Fields  Air Quality, Noise and Vibration  SF6 Gas leakage to atmosphere  Health & Safety  Impacts on Aviation and Communication 6.6 Management Framework 66 Based on the outcome of impact assessment appropriate management measures has been suggested in ESPPF for implementation to mitigate the possible impacts due to proposed project interventions. While for positive impacts enhancement measures are suggested; for negative impacts suitable mitigation measures has been included. Detailed of potential environment issues and its management measures are outlined in ESPPF. Apart from this, MSPCL has developed an Environment Management Plan (EMP) (attached in Annex-A in ES) which includes details of anticipated impacts along with mitigation measures, monitoring and implementation schedule for its transmission and distribution projects. The EMP provisions shall be made part of bidding/contract document for proper implementation by the Contractor. Summary of key potential environmental issues and its management measures is presented below in Table 6.3. Table 6.3: Potential Environment issues and its Management Measures No Potential Issues Management Measures Minimizing adverse MSPCL endeavors to circumvent / lessen environmentally sensitive 1 impact on forests areas such as forest and other ecologically fragile/ sensitive areas through optimization of route including use of modern tools like GIS/GPS and other modern techniques. Clearing/Lopping of 2 Use of extended/special tower to reduce RoW and impact on trees. trees  Vegetation damage To minimise damage to vegetation and habitat fragmentation, 3  Habited Loss MSPCL utilizes hand clearing and transportation of tower material by head loads into forestland and other land as well, wherever possible. 4  Habitat fragmentation MSPCL maintains only a 3m wide strip for O&M and allows for  Edge effect on flora regeneration of vegetation in the other one or two strips and beneath Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 52 & fauna the transmission lines to avoid habitat fragmentation and edge effect. In hilly area this can possibly be totally avoided. There is no elephant corridor as such in Manipur. The Anko Range in Manipur has about 50 elephants, which is contiguous with those Chances of accident of the Somra tract of Myanmar. However, if some movements are 5 involving elephant in repeatedly noticed (in stray cases), MSPCL shall try suitable design the specified corridor modification in the pole of 33kV line like provision of spike due to placing of poles guards, barbed wire fencing or any other arrangement and shall incorporate the same in such location, if required. Chemical 6 contamination from MSPCL does not use chemicals for forest clearance/ RoW chemical maintenance maintenance. techniques Poly-Chloro-Biphenyls MSPCL use mineral oil in electrical equipment’s. Specification of 7 (PCBs) in electrical oil containing PCB less 2 mg/kg (non –detectable level) stated in equipment. the tender document. MSPCL does not acquire land for its transmission towers. It pays Change in land use and compensation for any crop loss and damage caused during its 8 population relocation activities. MSPCL allows regeneration and cultivation beneath the due to towers/poles towers for Transmission Line (TL) around poles/ structures and lines. Induced secondary MSPCL operations are short-lived and do not induce secondary 9 development during developments during construction. construction MSPCL would ensure that all cut and fill slopes in TL/ DL are Erosion of soil and adequately protected using standard engineering practices including 10 drainage along the cut bio-engineering techniques wherever feasible. All drainage channels and fill slopes in hilly along or inside substations shall be trained and connected to main or areas existing drainage to avoid any erosion due to uncontrolled flow of water. Avian hazards mostly encountered in bird sanctuaries area and fly Avian hazards from path of migratory bird predominantly related to nesting site. 11 transmission/distributio Although the incidence of avian hazards is rare due to the distance n lines and towers between the conductors. MSPCL shall take all possible precaution to avoid these areas by careful route selection. However, bird guards are provided to prevent any avian hazards. 12 Air craft hazards from MSPCL as per the requirement of IS 5613 of July’94 provides transmission lines and aviation markers, night-lights for easy identification of towers in towers notified/selected areas. 13 During construction the health and safety aspects of workers and Health and safety of nearby community shall be implemented through contractors with worker/employee/com due diligence and compliance of required regulation/guideline munity through a safety. MSPCL uses best available technology for lines and do not cause any hazards to health and safety. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 53 Fire hazards are mostly occurred in forest area. However, MSPCL uses state of art automatic tripping mechanism for its transmission/distribution and substations that disconnect the line in 14 Fire Hazards fraction of seconds to prevent fire hazards. The Forest Department also take precaution like maintaining fire line in the cleared forest area to avoid spread of fire. Firefighting instruments including fire extinguishers are kept in appropriate place for immediate action in case of any fire hazard. Although pollution is not an issue with transmission/ distribution projects still MSPCL will make efforts to further minimize it. Sites 15 Pollution are cleared of all the leftover materials and debris to avoid any chance of pollution. Although leakage of SF6 is not a major issue, MSPCL will make GHG (SF6 Gas) efforts to reduce the leakage through regular monitoring installing 16 gas pressure monitor/ leak detectors in Circuit Breakers. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 54 7.0 Integration of environment and social management measures into overall project cycle 67 In the previous section, ESPPF outlines various management measures to address the potential environment and social impacts based on the outcome of identification and impact assessment process during different stages of project activities. In order to address identified environment and social issues due to proposed project interventions, the suggested management measures has been dovetailed in to the project cycle so that it can be taken care off at appropriate level and at appropriate time (refer ESPPF for detail management procedures). Figure - 7.1 and 7.2 below illustrates link between different stages of project cycle and management measures to be undertaken to address the environment and social issues. 7.1 Project Cycle 68 In order to address environmental and social issues arising out of construction, operation and maintenance of transmission and distribution projects in the State of Manipur, it become pertinent to review typical MSPCL’s project cycle so as such issues are attended at appropriate time. The key milestones of such projects cycle are: 1. Project Conceptualization 2. Project Planning 3. Approval 4. Detailed Design and Tendering 5. Project Implementation 6. Operation & Maintenance 7. Review 69 Figure 7.1 outlines the detailed process of typical transmission/distribution project and same is described in subsequent sections. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 55 Figure 7.1: Project Cycle of a Typical Transmission/Distribution Project ― Project Identification ― Feasibility Studies including; Project  Environment & Social Screening & Scoping Conceptualization  Concept Paper ― In-Principle Approval from State Government ― Detailed Survey ― Preparation of Detailed Project Report (DPR) ― Concurrence by State Planning Department ― Final Optimal Route for T/L & DL Project Planning ― Substation/DT Land Identification/Selection ― EAMP/Preparation of IEAR ― Social Assessment of T/L (CPTD) ― Approval from Internal Management(BOD) ― Forest Clearance (If Required) Approvals ― Land Acquisition ― Approval of State Government ― Concurrence of Funding Agencies (If Involved) ― Design, Estimates, and Finalization of Specification ― Tendering and Award of Contracts Detailed Design, ― Engagement of Agency for IEAR & CPTD Implementation (if Tendering and Award needed) ― EMP for Bidding Document ― Check Surveys ― Execution of EAMP & CPTD Project ― Implementation of SIMP by GoMan Implementation ― Testing and commissioning ― Preparation of FEAR (If Required) Operation & ― Preventive Maintenance Maintenance ― Monitoring and Review of IEAR & CPTD Project Review ― Monitoring SIMP implemented by State Government Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 56 7.1.1 Project Conceptualisation 70 The need of addition/augmentation of Transmission & Sub-Transmission network is primarily determined on the basis of demand and future plans in the State. Subsequent to identification based on the above requirements, initial feasibility studies are carried out that includes technicality, environmental, social, economic, and financial assessments. The planning for execution schedule is formulated on prioritizing the project for implementation. During the feasibility study, MSPCL develops various options for the location/siting of transmission/sub-transmission lines and construction of substations considering avoidance of environmentally and socially sensitive area. During desk study various options of line routes are plotted on a Forest Atlas map or SOI (Survey of India) map or Google Earth map using a “BEE Line” (the shortest distance between origin of proposed Transmission/Sub- Transmission Line (TL) and the Substations sites) avoiding environmentally and socially sensitive area. At least 3 (three) alternative are marked subject to site verification. With this reference, Reconnaissance survey is taken-up either in-house (walk-over survey with hand-held GPS i.e. Geo-positioning System) or through external agency to find out tentative co-ordinates (spot) and route alignment avoiding any kind of negative impact or minimising the same, out of at least 3 (three) alternatives to have fair assessment of the proposed project and its components. During this process, MSPCL field staffs also consult the people/villagers to explore surroundings and other possibilities. On the basis of assessment and findings, a “Concept Paper” is prepared indicating all components i.e. environmental, social, techno-economic, and financial assessments/cost estimate. In case of transmission project this “Concept Paper” after the appraisal/ recommendation of MSPCL management, is forwarded to Planning Deptt., GoMan for the in- principle approval of Public Investment Board and subsequent Budget allotment or posing to different funding Agency. 7.1.2 Project Planning 71 Planning stage is started with preparation of Detailed Project Report (DPR). During detailed survey all critical information/data such as rivers, hills, railway crossings, telephone line, villages, power transmission/ sub-transmission lines and other major offset on both the side of alignment with parameters for ground profile etc are recorded. Additionally, environmental and social details are also noted in the prescribed pro-forma for evaluation of alternatives (Annexure-15). People are also consulted time and again during the survey. 72 During detail survey further attempt is made to minimise involvement of forestland and areas of significant natural resources, human habitation and areas of cultural importance by realigning the route for optimization, if possible. If forestland is unavoidable after completion of survey on the Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 57 finalised route, environmental assessment limited to forest area is undertaken by MSPCL with the help of authorised agencies (Forest Department/GoMan) and formulate forest proposal including its assessment and management plan. Local forest authorities certify that the final route so selected involves the barest minimum of forestland. In case of line passing through forest area controlled by AHDC, prior consent in the form of NOC is obtained from village council. The complete forest proposal is processed and recommended/forwarded by GoMan to MoEF for obtaining forest clearance with an undertaking from MSPCL to bear the cost of compensatory afforestation, NPV etc. as per guidelines. 73 MSPCL shall also identify probable substation sites suiting technical requirement based on data collected as per the checklist (Annexure-16) and a comprehensive analysis for each alternative site is carried out. The analysis will consider various site specific parameters that include infrastructure facilities such as access roads, railheads, type of land, namely, Government., revenue, private land, agricultural land; social impacts such as number of families getting affected; including its cost aspect also. This helps in selecting particular land for substation with minimal impact after doing comparison assessment. Thereafter, MSPCL proposes for Land Acquisition other than Govt. land to the GoMan, which in turn process the request as per the RFCTLARRA, 2013 for acquisition. In case of land under AHDC area, chief/headman of village council is approached for obtaining their consent. 74 After identification and assessment of possible impacts, project specific Environment Assessment Management Plan (EAMP) is prepared including the Initial Environment Assessment Report (IEAR) to mitigate adverse impact arising due to project activity. Similarly Social Assessment of transmission line is also undertaken to develop a project specific Management Plan in the form of Compensation Plan for Temporary Damages (CPTD). The CPTD is a document prepared after social assessment of likely impacts on land by installing towers or poles during construction of transmission/distribution lines. The CPTD also contains the compensation procedure for tree/crop/land damages as per the prevailing regulation/guidelines. 7.1.3 Project Approvals 75 The DPR so finalized and recommended by MSPCL management is forwarded to State Government and funding agency (if applicable) for concurrence and fund/budget allocation. 7.1.4 Detailed Design and Tendering 76 MSPCL after detailed design, finalization of specifications for line and substation starts the tendering process and contracts are awarded to competent contractors through bidding process. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 58 Similarly engagement of agency (if required) for IEAR and CPTD implementation is also undertaken. During bidding process, project specific EMP is included in the contract document for implementation by the contractors/subcontractors. 7.1.5 Project Implementation 77 Before the start of implementation, MSPCL informs the general public about the project and invites their suggestion, if any. When construction starts MSPCL’s field staff and contractors conduct check survey to authenticate tower spotting done in the profile based on detailed survey. If there is any changes necessary, site modification is done/noted in the profile/ datasheets, wherever required for final documentation and resubmission for reference/record. Civil Construction work is then initiated for transmission / sub-transmission line followed by tower/pole erection & stringing. Simultaneously works of substation are also initiated. During the construction stage due care is taken to minimise / mitigate environmental impacts. MSPCL also give utmost importance to health & safety of workers, employees and nearby communities. During construction the health and safety of workers and nearby communities shall be taken care by contractors by compliance of required regulation/guideline through a “Safety Plan” (refer Annexure-7 for checklist for health & safety and Annexure-17 for Safety Plan). Before test charges both transmission/ sub-transmission lines and substations, pre-commissioning check and testing are rigorously done by MSPCL to ensure safety of commissioning of the project/subproject. Implementation of IEAR and CPTD are also to be taken up in parallel to above work. 7.1.6 Operation and Maintenance 78 MSPCL continuously monitors the transmission/ sub transmission lines and substations for smooth operation. These lines and substations are patrolled regularly to identify faults and its rectification. The site offices carry out monitoring of line in accordance with the O & M checklists provided for inspection of transmission/sub-transmission lines and substations (Annexure-18). Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 59 Figure- 7.2: Environmental and Social Management Procedures Project Identification. E&S Conceptualization Screening & Identification Scoping E&S issue Feasibility Study including Environmental & Project Report as part Social Screening and Scoping of Concept Paper  Appraisal of Concept Paper by MSPCL Mgmt.  In-Principle approval by State Government E & S Screening &  Assessment of E & S issues for TL/DL during Project Planning E&S Assessment Scoping for Detailed Survey substation & Social  Preparation of Forest Proposal (if required), Assessment of T/L  Substation Land Identification / Selection  Preparation of IEAR & CPTD Public Consultation as part of IEAR Approval  MD  MoEF for Forest Funding Agency Project  BOD Clearance (If Applicable) E&S Management  GoMan  GoMan for Land Social Impact Management  Engagement of Agency for EAMP & Plan (SIMP) including SIA, Detailed Design CPTD Implementation(if needed) RAP, Public Hearing & & Tendering  EMP part of Contract/Bidding Disclosure by GoMan as document. Per RFCTLARRA, 2013  Implementation of IEAR/CPTD for TL/DL Implementation Implementation  RoW Clearance E&S Plan Implementation of SIMP by  Compensatory Afforestation Project GoM as per  Crop/Tree Compensation RFCTLARRA,  Public Consultation 2013  Possession of land for Substation  Preparation of FEAR (if required) Supervision & Periodic Performance Review Review by GoMan Maintenance Operation &  MSPCL  Domestic/External Funding Agency Annual Review Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 60 7.2 Project Conceptualization 79 Conceptualisation of a projects/subprojects necessarily entails identification of potential E & S issues that may require evaluation in relation to its nature, magnitude and measures to address them. Screening and scoping process enable this evaluation. Infact, the environmental screening and scoping report forms an integral part of project feasibility study i.e. ‘Concept Paper’, which is put up to State Government for in-principle approval of the project after appraisal/ recommendation of MSPCL management. The E & S issues identification process for any MSPCL project will include the following:  E & S screening and scoping for transmission/distribution lines  Appraisal/approval of Concept paper by Internal Management & State Government. 80 The objectives, process and output of each of these steps are discussed below; 7.2.1 Environment & Social Screening and Scoping for Transmission/Distribution Lines A. Objectives 1) To identify environmentally & social sensitive areas & issues 2) To suggest alternative transmission line routes, if necessary 3) To outline scope of environmental and social assessment B. Process 1) MSPCL through its “Bee” line survey (i.e. a desk review) on Survey of India (SOI) map (topo-sheets) preferably on 1:50,000 Scale, the Forest Atlas and or Google Earth map examine various route options at least 3 (Three) alternatives referring ‘Bee’ line as a guiding one between two or multiple origins of proposed transmission/ sub-transmission line avoiding/minimizing environmentally and socially sensitive areas based on base line data/information. 2) Taking reference to this desk review, a reconnaissance survey in-house or through other agency/ or walk-over survey is undertaken with hand-held GPS for on-site verifications to confirm findings of desk review survey or otherwise. During Recce or W/O survey it may also be possible to identify other better option of route following the criteria of avoidance & minimization, if so the same, after having collected/updated information/data may be considered as another alternative. In addition, environmental and social details are also noted (refer Annexure-15 for Pro-forma to gather relevant environment and social information for transmission lines and substations). Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 61 3) During the process public views and necessary inputs about surroundings/ villages/crops etc. are also necessary and noted for screening/scoping. After comparison and analysis of all E & S parameters so gathered for all alternatives and considering other significant economic benefit associated with the project/subproject, the most optimum route having minimum environment & social impact is selected for further investigation. 4) Site office will consults with state forest departments if the line is passing through forest areas. Revenue authorities will be consulted for their views on revenue/other lands. B. Output 1) Environment & Social screening and scoping as part of Concept Paper which provides details of environmentally sensitive areas, E & S issues etc. apart from technicality, economics and financial assessment of the project. 7.2.2 Approval 81 The Concept Paper after appraisal and recommendation of internal management forwarded to State Government for In-principle approval of the proposed project 7.3 Project Planning 82 During planning stage, detailed survey of entire line is undertaken and route alignment of transmission/distribution line is finalized. Similarly, tentative locations for substations are identified and environment & social screening is conducted. After screening & scoping process of proposed project are completed, specific management plan are prepared by assessing potential impacts of identified E & S issues associated with transmission/sub-transmission lines and substations. Following activities are conducted in this stage.  Environment and Social Screening & Scoping for substation  Environmental Assessment and Management Planning (IEAR)  Social Assessment of Temporary Damages for TL (CPTD) 7.3.1 Environment and Social Screening for substation A. Objectives 1) to identify environmentally & social sensitive areas, E & S issues 2) to outline scope for land acquisition Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 62 B. Process 1) MSPCL identify tentative locations for substation for E & S screening and scoping based on specific parameters information collected from secondary sources including technical requirements as per the checklist (Annexure-16). 2) A broad analysis for each alternative site is also carried out after spot verification by site office to checks that environmentally and socially sensitive areas are not encountered. 3) Site office will consult revenue authorities for their views on selected sites and shortlist the optimum site. 4) In case of land under AHDC area, chief/headman of village council is consulted for obtaining their consent. C. Output 1) Environment & Social screening and scoping document with details of as part of environmentally and socially sensitive areas, E & S issues etc and views of revenue deptt. & extent/feasibility of land acquisition. 7.3.2 Environmental Assessment and Management Planning A. Objectives 1) To prepare EAMP(IEAR) B. Process 1) While finalizing the route alignment during detailed survey, the involvement of forest area is ascertained. If protected areas (Wildlife Sanctuaries, National Parks, Biosphere Reserves, etc.) or any notified/recognized migratory path/fly path is encountered in spite of utmost care/optimization, a separate biodiversity assessment study through an independent expert/agency shall be carried out as part of the Environment Assessment (EA) process. A Terms of Reference that can be tailored to particular situation/concern is placed in Annexure-19. In case of forest involvement, forest proposal is prepared for transmission/ distribution line with the help of Forest Department which includes details of species and girth wise classification of trees to be felled, cost benefit analysis, identified degraded forest land, details of Compensatory Afforestation(CA) enumerated on a map and preparation of CA scheme. Various digitalized map of diverted and CA area, NOC/certificate from DC under FRA, 2006 etc. are submitted along with the forest proposal. In case of forest area controlled by AHDC, MSPCL shall obtain NOC from village/district council before the formal process of forest clearance is initiated. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 63 2) Prepare IEAR detailing assessment and review of potential environment and social issues; identified during screening, scoping and formulates an Environment Management Plan (EMP) highlighting management measures to mitigate the same (Annexure–20 for contents of IEAR). 3) Public Consultations are held en-route of line to ascertain public views/suggestion, if any on proposed project. C. Output 1) IEAR detailing assessment and review of potential environment and social issues and associated management measures. 2) Biodiversity Assessment Report (if applicable). 7.3.3 Social Assessment for Temporary Damages for TL (CPTD) A. Objectives 1) To prepare CPTD B. Process 1) MSPCL shall undertake assessment of land area likely to be affected by putting up tower and line and extent of damages during foundation, erection & stringing works. 2) Formulate appropriate management plan to minimize the damages and prepare compensation plan for temporary damages in consultation with revenue Department .and affected person based on above assessment. The CPTD prepared at this stage will be periodically updated based on check survey and finalisation of tower location and its owner during project implementation. C. Output 1) CPTD detailing assessment of temporary damages and associated management measures including compensation plan (refer Annexure-21 for contents of CPTD). 7.4 Project Approval 83 Environment and social management steps are initiated during approvals stage of project cycle. The Detail Project Report including the EAMP after recommendation of internal management is forwarded to the State Government and funding agency (if applicable) for concurrence and budget allocation/funding. Procedure of forest clearance (If needed) is initiated by submitting forest proposal to concerned authority. If land acquisition is involved, request/indent for the same is to be placed to State Government as per RFCTLARRA, 2013. During this stage, following activities are undertaken: Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 64 7.4.1 Forest Clearance A. Objectives 1) To obtain forest clearance from MoEF B. Process 1) MSPCL submits a forest proposal request through online on MoEF forest clearance web portal (http://forestsclearance.nic.in)6. On receiving the request Nodal Officer (NO) after scrutiny forward the same to concerned Divisional Forest Officer (DFO) for assessment of the land proposed to be diverted for the transmission/sub-transmission line and for formulation of proposal. 2) After formulation, DFO recommend the proposal to CF (Conservator of Forests) and again send to CCF to NO and PCCF (Principal Chief Conservator of Forests) who will forward it to State Secretary of Forests and finally to MoEF. 3) Forest clearance is issued in two stages Stage-I and Stage-II. Stage-I approval is conditional on MSPCL on depositing the cost of compensatory afforestation and Net Present Value to forest Department and fulfilling any other stipulated conditions. Work in forest area can be undertaken after realizing the fund by MoEF deposited towards CA and NPV by MSPCL. State Government informs MoEF about compliance of conditions and MoEF grant final approval. C. Output 1) Forest Clearance from MoEF allowing MSPCL activities in given forest area 7.4.2 State Government Approval A. Objectives 1) To obtain approvals from Government of Manipur for DPR for budget allocation/fund B. Process 1) MSPCL submit DPR including the environment and social component of the project to State Government through its State Planning Department C. Output 1) Approval of State Government for the project 6 For details refer Annexure – 10a Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 65 7.4.3 Social Impact Management Plan (SIMP) for substation A. Objective 1) To prepare SIMP by State Government B. Process 84 On confirmation of the scheme the MSPCL would submit a proposal for land acquisition detailing the extent of land and the affected area to be notified and acquired for the project by the State government. In accordance with the RFCTLARRA, 2013 the responsibility of preparation of the SIMP rests with Govt. of Manipur. The preparation of the SIMP including the SIA, RAP and the Public Disclosure would be carried out by the Rehabilitation and Resettlement Commissioner of the State Government. Procedures expected to be adopted by Govt. of Manipur is described below. i) Establishment of Institutions 85 As per RFCTLARRA, 2013 the following bodies are to be established permanently in the state (to cater to all projects proposed in future):  The State Social Impact Assessment Unit  The office of the Commissioner Rehabilitation & Resettlement  The State Level Monitoring Committee 86 For a particular project, the following bodies will be established:  The Expert Group to appraise the SIA  The office of the Administrator Rehabilitation & Resettlement  Project Level Committees ii) Social Impact Assessments7  State SIA Unit, after the receipt of a request from Government of Manipur, will prepare a detailed project specific Terms of Reference (ToR) for each proposed case of land acquisition,  Based on the nature and extent of the work involved, costs involved are decided and require to deposit the same with the Unit.  SIA Unit deploys an external professional agency (or individuals) for the conduction of SIA. 7 The responsibility to carry out SIA and preparation of R & R Plan , its disclosure, approval etc. is in the domain of State Government and not under Utility(MSPCL) Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 66  The first step in the SIA will involve building up a detailed understanding of the proposed project and reviewing its stated public purpose. The project should be screened to ensure that it meets the cause of “public purpose”.  The SIA shall conduct a detailed land assessment, list out accurately the number of PAPs, socio-economic as well as cultural profile of the PAPs as well as that of their environ, and asses the nature and extent of impacts likely to occur as a result of the project intervention.  Impacts are to be identified at different phases of the project cycle- planning, construction and O&M. Same time efforts are to be made on assessing: (i) direct/ indirect impacts; and (ii) differential impacts – on women, children, elderly and disabled. The latter can be done through gender impact assessments and/ or vulnerability and resilience mapping.  Following the above assessment, a SIMP is prepared encompassing a comprehensive compensation as well as R&R entitlements in respect of each PAP.  Formal public hearing/s will be held in the affected areas with the specific purpose of presenting the main findings of the SIA, seeking feedback on its contents, and making sure that any omissions or additional information and views are incorporated into the final documents. These hearings will be held in all the GPs and/ or Village Council whose lands are proposed to be acquired.  Explicit consent will be required in the case of lands in respect of tribal areas from ADC and the Village Councils.  Every Social Impact Assessment (SIA) conducted will be formally appraised by an Expert Group, which will then make a written recommendation to the Government on whether or not the proposed land acquisition should proceed. Final decision to accept or not, and go ahead or not, rests with Government of Manipur. iii) Disclosure 87 The final SIA Report and SIMP will be published in the local language and made available:  The Panchayat, Municipality or Municipal Corporation and the offices of the District Collector, Sub-Divisional Magistrate and the Tehsil;  Published in the affected areas; and  Uploaded on the websites of the government. iv) Compensation and Rehabilitation and Resettlement (R&R)  Based on the SIMP, the Collector shall discuss the Package in a meeting with the Rehabilitation and Resettlement committee at project level, and submit the Package to Commissioner Rehabilitation and Resettlement along with his/ her remarks. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 67  The Commissioner Rehabilitation and Resettlement shall, after due vetting, accords approval to the scheme and make it available in public domain.  After approval of R & R plan by Commissioner R & R , the Collector shall issue two awards one for land compensation based on procedures described in act & State’s rules and second for R & R as per approved SIMP.  In case of procurement of land through a negotiated purchase mechanism the amount of compensation and assistance would be governed by the provisions under RFCTLARRA, 2013. The agreed compensation amount should not be less than the amount estimated as per the RFCTLARRA, 2013. Construction activities can only commence only after the complete amount has been paid and the transfer of ownership has been completed. C. Output 1) Social Impact Management Plan (SIMP) including SIA, RAP and Public Disclosure by Government of Manipur. 7.4.4 Funding Agency Concurrence/Acceptance (if applicable) A. Objectives 1) To obtain concurrence of funding agencies related to E & S components of the projects B. Process 1) MSPCL submits DPR and various reports on environment and social like IEAR, CPTD to funding agencies for appraisal and concurrence C. Output 1) Acceptance/concurrence of funding agencies 7.5 Detailed Design & Tendering During this stage, following environment & social management activities are undertaken; 1) Design measures that can avoid environmental and social impacts like taller/specialized towers and changes of substation configuration for example protect sensitive receptors nearby would be made a part of the bidding documents, 2) MSPCL shall either implement IEAR/CPTD in-house or engage outside agencies that are capable of executing such task Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 68 3) EMP to be made part of contract/bidding document for implementation by contractors/subcontractors 7.5.1 Project Implementation 88 During this phase various environment and social management plan prepared for the project are implemented and monitored. This includes;  Execution of EMP & EAMP  Execution of CPTD 7.5.2 Execution of EMP & EAMP A. Objectives 1) To carryout environment management works as prescribed in IEAR B. Process 1) EAMP (IEAR) is executed taking into account appropriate working clearance and RoW (by cutting/ felling/pruning trees etc. and other measures identified in clearance. Forest department undertakes CA Scheme. 2) Other mitigation measures enlisted in EMP are executed by MSPCL and Contractor. 3) MSPCL shall initiate the process (for WB funded projects) and prepare a Final Environmental Assessment Report (FEAR) (refer Annexure-22 for contents of FEAR). C. Output 1) Tangible proof of EMP/EAMP execution. 2) FEAR containing compliance of mitigation measures as listed in IEAR, EMP implementation and details of forest clearance etc. 7.5.3 Execution of CPTD A. Objectives 1) To carryout social management works as prescribed in CPTD B. Process 1) MSPCL shall pay the compensation to affected persons in consultation with revenue authority and execute any other measures as agreed and documentation in the CPTD for transmission/sub-transmission lines Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 69 C. Output 1) Tangible proof of execution of social management measures. 2) RoW 7.5.4 Execution of SIMP A. Objectives 1) SIMP to be executed by Government of Manipur as per RFCTLARRA, 2013. B. Process 89 The execution of the SIMP is the responsibility of the Government of Manipur. However, the following process is to be facilitated by MSPCL: 1) MSPCL deposits cost for land and R & R measures as per award issued under RFCTLARRA, 2013 to concerned authority/State Government. 2) Transfer of compensation and monetary R & R benefits to affected persons account by Government of Manipur. 3) Possession of land by MSPCL. C. Output 1) Possession of land 7.6 Operation and Maintenance (O&M) 90 The environment & social works undertaken in earlier phase of project cycle are monitored in this period. Besides this MSPCL being a member of State R & R committee shall monitor implementation Social Impact Assessment Management Plan for acquisition of land (if involved) by Government of Manipur as per the provisions of RFCTLARRA, 2013 (Salient features are outlined in Annexure-4). However, MSPCL may also take part on implementation and monitoring, if called for as they are responsible for implementation of project. 7.6.1 Environmental Monitoring A. Objectives 1) To monitor work undertaken as part of EAMP Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 70 B. Process 1) Regular patrolling of RoW and CA 2) Substation to be monitored on daily basis 3) Others mitigation measures outlined in EMP are monitored as per schedules C. Output 1) Periodic monitoring reports containing updates of execution of EAMP execution. 7.6.2 Social Monitoring: A. Objectives 1) To monitor work undertaken as part of CPTD & SIMP B. Process 1) CPTD implementation during maintenance works monitored. 2) If land acquisition is involved, MSPCL (as member of State R & R committee) monitored SIMP implemented by Government of Manipur as per the provisions of RFCTLARRA,2013 C. Output 1) Periodic monitoring reports containing updates of execution of CPTD and SIMP execution. 7.7 Review i) Circle office of MSPCL at Corporate office shall monitor and review of E&S activities of the Transmission and Sub-transmission project on monthly basis along with site office. ii) The implementation/performance of environmental and social management measures along with other project works shall be reviewed by MSPCL management initially every quarter for a period of at least 1 (one) year as this ESPPF will be inducted in its corporate functioning first time in implementation of MSPCL’s Transmission/Sub-transmission project. iii) MSPCL Management shall undertake annual review of ESPPF implementation to obtain feedback on problems/limitations/stakeholders expectations for deliberations and incorporating changes/improvement in the document for its smooth implementation. 91 A summary of the processes MSPCL will follow for environmental and social management are summarized in Table 7.1 below. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 71 Table 7.1: Environmental and Social Assessment & Management Process of a Typical T & D Project Milestones Objectives Process Responsibility Product/Decision I. Project Conceptualisation 1. Environmental  To identify environmentally and socially  Screen and scope transmission/sub-  Circle office  Environmental & and Social sensitive areas, issues and possible transmission lines from an  Engg. Dept. Social screening Screening & management measures environmental and social perspective  Site office and scoping Scoping for  To suggest alternate transmission/sub-  Desk Review documents as part Transmission / transmission line routes, if necessary  Spot Verification of Concept Paper. Sub-  To outline the scope of Environmental  Informal Public Consultation Transmission Assessment (EA) and Social Assessment  Consultation with Forest Dept.& Lines (SA) studies Revenue Authorities 2. Environmental  To obtain environmental & social approvals  Submit ‘Concept Paper’ (with E&S  Engg. Dept  MSPCL & Social from the MSPCL management and In- screening & scoping details) to MSPCL  Site office Management approval principle approval by State Govt. Management  Circle office Appraisal.  Submit ‘Concept Paper’ (with E &S  Engg. Dept  In-Principle screening and scoping details) for In-  Circle office approval by State principle approval by State Govt Govt. II. Project Planning  Environmental  To identify substation lands avoiding/  Screen and scope substation sites from  Engg. Dept.  Environmental & and Social minimising environmentally and socially an environmental and social  Circle office social screening Screening and sensitive areas, perspective  Site office and scoping Scoping for  Selection of proper site which has minimal  Desk Review documents for substations impact  Spot Verification substations  To suggest alternate substation sites , if  Consultation with Revenue necessary Authorities  To outline scope of land acquisition  Informal Public view  Environmental  To prepare IEAR for the project/sub- a. Forest Areas  Circle office  IEAR Assessment & projects.  Tree Enumeration  Site Office  Environmental Management  Cost-benefit Analysis  Auth. review Planning  Compensatory Afforestation Agencies  Forest Proposal  Environmental Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 72 Milestones Objectives Process Responsibility Product/Decision b. Other Areas Management  Undertake environmental review Measures and formulate appropriate  Views of Public management measures c. Public Consultation  To inform/record public views for refinement / review if needed  Social  To prepare Compensation Plan for  Undertake assessment of land area  Circle office  CPTD Assessment Temporary Damages(CPTD) likely to be affected by putting up  Site office  Social review for Temporary tower and line and extent of damages  Authorised  Management Damages for during foundation, erection & stringing Agencies measures TL works.  Compensation  Formulate appropriate management plan plan to minimize impact and prepare compensation plan  III. Project Approvals 1. State Govt.  To obtain project approval from GoMan  Submit DPR (with EAMP and Social  Circle office  Project approved Screening and Scoping details) to  Engg. Dept. by State Govt. Planning Dept./GoMan for their review 2. Financial  To obtain acceptance from FA for  Submit DPR along with IEAR and  Circle office  Acceptance/concur Agency’s environmental & social components of CPTD to Financial Agency for rence by FA Acceptance Concept Paper or IEAR & CPTD acceptance 3. Forest  To obtain Forest Clearance  Submit forest proposal to concerned  Site office  Final Forest Clearance authority.  Circle office Clearance by  Forest Proposal to MoEF for conditional MoEF approval after recommendation by GoMan  Forward Compliance report by GoMan to MoEF for Final Forest Clearance Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 73 Milestones Objectives Process Responsibility Product/Decision IV. Detailed Design & Award 1. Environment  To appoint a suitable agency to implement  Select and appoint suitable agency for  Circle office  Agency appointed Assessment IEAR/CPTD , if required IEAR/CPTD implementation, if  Site office for IEAR/CPTD and Social required Management  To include EMP part of bidding/contract  EMP included in bidding /contract  Circle office  EMP part of Measures document for implementation by contractor document  Site office contract document V. Project Implementation 1. Execution of  To undertake environmental management  Execute environmental management  Circle office  Environmental Environmental work as prescribed in environmental works  Authorised management Management assessment management plan  Appropriate clearance for Agency measures executed Works transmission line ROW, etc.  Site office  Compensatory Afforestation  Contractors  EMP by contractor  Preparation of Final Environment  Compliance to mitigation measures - Circle office  FEAR for FA Assessment Report(FEAR), If required (for listed in - Authorised WB funded project)  IEAR Agency  EMP - Site office  Forest clearance - Contractors 2. Execution of  To undertake social management work as  Transmission lines  Circle office  Social management CPTD for TL prescribed in CPTD  Pay compensation in consultation  External measures executed & SIMP for with Revenue Authority and Agency Substation affected persons as agreed &  Site documented in CPTD and execute other measures  Substations  Deposit cost for land and R & R  MSPCL  Possession of land measures as per award  Transfer of compensation money to affected persons account  Possession of land Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 74 Milestones Objectives Process Responsibility Product/Decision VI. Operation & Maintenance 1. Environmental  To monitor work being undertaken as part  Monitor EAMP measures  Circle office  Periodic & Social of EAMP, CPTD & SIMP  Maintenance of ROWs  Site office monitoring reports Monitoring  Progress on compensatory afforestation  Compliance to EMP as per schedule  Monitor CPTD measures  Circle office  Appropriate compensation and  Site office other measures during maintenance of towers and lines  Monitor SIMP measures undertaken by  Circle office State Government as per RFCTLARRA,  Site 2013(If land acquisition involved) VII. Project Review 1. Annual  To review annually the EAMP and the  Review and report on environmental  Circle office  Annual Environmental CPTD of its projects and social performance of project  Corporate environmental and & Social during construction operation and office social review report Review maintenance Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 75 7.8 Risk Management Framework 92 Environmental and Social Risk Assessment is a vital part of MSPCL’s environmental and social management strategies. The risk assessment process identifies existing risks, and forecast future potential risks in its power transmission/ sub-transmission projects. It is a scientific process that includes cost benefit analysis. The environment and social management procedures developed by MSPCL evaluate these risks, both qualitatively and quantitatively, and prioritise them. Based on prioritisation, environment and social management options are selected. 93 MSPCL’s risk assessment process involves several, successive, interactive stages, which have been included in the environmental and social assessment and management procedures and are, listed below:  Risk Identification  Risk Assessment  Risk Characterization  Risk Management  Risk Mitigation  Risk Preparedness 94 MSPCL, based on its environmental and social risk assessment process, decides on management options to purge environmental and social impacts. The risk management process includes risk preparedness, risk mitigation and the sharing of liabilities (via Internal Arrangements and Insurance). Responsibilities in the event of occurrence of a risk have been illustrated in Table 7.2.  Internal Arrangement 95 To absorb the risk in the event of its occurrence MSPCL will strengthen internal capacities. This would include creating funds or supplementing present funds to prepare for contingencies such as major ecological disasters adverse or health impact resulting in environmental human disease.  Insurance 96 To share risk, MSPCL will maintain insurance schemes and supplement them to give it fuller coverage as regards environmental and social risks. The only legislation relevant to environmental insurance is the Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991. This Act makes it mandatory for any owner Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures 76 dealing with and handling hazardous substance to take out an insurance policy. In case of an industrial accident, payment to the victims will be made from the relief funds and insurance cover. Table 7.2: MSPCL’s Risk Responsibility Framework Risk GOMAN MSPCL Contractor Insurers Non compliance    - Regulatory8 Non compliance - -  - Contractual9 Major hazards, e.g. tower    fall during construction - During O&M -  - - 10 Impacts on health etc. -  - - Force Majeure - - -  Insurable Force Majeure   - - Non-Insurable Inclusion/ Exclusion of   - - concerned Communities Public Interest Litigation   - - 8 Regulatory like working in forest/protected areas without statutory clearances. 9 Contractual like noncompliance of condition of clearance like fuel supply to labourer to avoid tree felling, no-work during night times, etc. 10 Impact of health like any case of prolonged exposure to Electro-Magnetic Field (EMF). Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures 77 8.0 Implementation Arrangements 97 Ministry of Power (MoP), GoI has appointed POWERGRID as Design cum Implementation Supervision Consultant (i.e Project Management Consultant-PMC) now changed to Implementing Agency (IA). However, the ownership of the assets shall be with respective State Govt’s /State Utilities, which upon progressive commissioning shall be handed over to them for taking care of Operation and Maintenance of assets. 98. The arrangement for monitoring and reviewing of project from the perspective of environment and social management will form part of overall arrangements for project management and implementation environment. Following implementation arrangement has been proposed at different levels for smooth implementation of this project; 8.1 Administrative Arrangement for Project Implementation  Central Project Implementation Unit (CPIU) - A body responsible for coordinating the preparation and implementation of the project and shall be housed within the IA’s offices at Guwahati. The “Project-In-Charge” of IA & Head of each of the SPCU shall be a member of CPIU.  State Project Coordination Unit (SPCU) – A body formed by the Utility and responsible for coordinating with IA in preparing and implementing the project at the State level. It consist of experts across different areas from the Utility and shall be headed by an officer of the rank not below Chief Engineer, from MSPCL.  Project Implementation Unit (PIU) – A body formed by the IA, including members of MSPCL on deputation, and responsible for implementing the Project across the State, with its personnel being distributed over work site & working in close association with the SPCU/ CPIU. PIU report to State level “Project Manager” nominated by the Project-in-Charge of IA. The IA will have a Core team stationed at the CPIU on permanent basis and other PMC officers (with required skills) will visit as and when required by this core team. 8.2 Review of Project Implementation Progress: 99 To enable timely implementation of the project/subprojects, following committee has been setup to review the progress; Joint Co-ordination Committee (JCC): IA and SPCU nominate their representatives in a body called JCC to review the project. PMC shall specify quarterly milestones or targets, which shall be reviewed by JCC through a formal monthly review meeting. This meeting forum shall be called as Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures 78 Joint Co-ordination Committee Meeting (JCCM).The PMC shall convene & keep a record of every meeting. MoP, GoI and The Bank may join as and when needed. Minutes of the meeting will be shared with all concerned and if required, with GoI and The Bank. High Power Committee (HPC): The Utility in consultation with its State Government shall arrange to constitute a High Power Committee (HPC) consisting of high level officials from the Utility, State/ District Administration, Law enforcement agencies, Forest Department. etc. so that various permission/ approvals/ consents/ clearances etc. are processed expeditiously so as to reach the benefits of the Project to the end consumers. HPC shall meet on bimonthly basis or earlier, as per requirement. This forum shall be called as High Power Committee Meeting (HPCM) and the SPCU shall keep a record of every meeting. Minutes of the meeting will be shared with all concerned and if required, with GoI and The Bank. Contractor’s Review Meeting (CRM): Periodic Review Meeting will be held by officials of PIU with Contractors at field offices, State Head Quarters (PIU location) and if required with core team of PMC at Guwahati. These shall be called “Contractor’s Review Meeting” (CRM). PIU shall keep a record of all CRMs, which shall be shared with all concerned and if required, with GoI and The Bank. 100 A review will be held among MoP, GoI, The Bank, State Government., Utility and IA, at four (4) months interval or earlier if needed, primarily to maintain oversight at the top level and also to debottleneck issues that require intervention at GoI/ State Government level. Minutes of the meeting shall be prepared by PMC and shared with all concerned. 8.3 Implementation Arrangement for Environment & Social Management in MSPCL 101 ESPPF implementation requires a robust and efficient institutional framework. This section captures these institutional arrangements for ESPPF implementation by its employees who collectively have experience of laying and maintaining substations, transmission and sub- transmission lines. Moreover, services of leading environment/social institutes/individual experts specializing in the relevant discipline may be utilized in the initial stage, if needed. Independent specialist may also be engaged to deal with complex and technical issues like wildlife management. POWERGRID who has also been chosen as Project cum Design Consultant has vast experience of implementation of thousands of kilometers transmission lines in the country and abroad. POWERGRID is also leader in development and subsequent implementation of ESPP in the country. The service of POWERGRID’s trained and experience personnel shall be utilised for training and establishment of institutional framework of MSPCL. Moreover, Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures 79 successful implementation of provision of ESPPF requires involvement and support of higher officials of MSPCL who shall regularly monitor/review E & S aspects of transmission and sub- transmission project. 8.3.1 Organizational Requirements 102 MSPCL realizes that to ensure quality and strengthen organizational systems to enable effective implementation of the ESPPF, MSPCL shall have to set out procedures and work culture which will promote total involvement of all its personnel. To attain assigned goal following shall be ensured: a) A coordinated system of functioning to be adopted by Corporate Planning who is the spokesperson of Managing Director (MD)/Chief Executive Officer (CEO) of MSPCL . b) An emphasis on intra-departmental approach, demarcation of departmental responsibilities and the delegation of authority which will ensure quick response and amendment to change. c) A commitment to provide at all times the best possible time bound quality service in all areas of its operations. 103 MSPCL’s commitment to the ESPPF shall have to be developed with these principles. To ensure effective implementation of its ESPPF, MSPCL will focus on; ― Strengthening the implementation of the ESPPF by deploying specialist or redeployment of appropriately trained personnel at key levels; ― Placing dedicated manpower with specialization in the respective field to deal and manage the environment and social issues; ― Reinforcing in-house capabilities by working with specialized external agencies; ― Frequent/regular review by higher management ― Annual review of the ESPPF implementation and problem faced to start with internally or through external agencies as necessary. 104 Corporate office will have overall responsibility for construction, operation, and maintenance of transmission/distribution systems apart from providing necessary support services (Refer- Figure 7.1: MSPCL Departmental profile for the basic structure of the Corporate office/Circle office and Site office). 8.3.2 Organizational Structure and Responsibilities 105 An Environment and Social Management Cell (ESMC) has been formed headed by GM (Projects), P&MM for proper implementation of environmental & social management measures as Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures 80 outlined in ESPPF. Figure –8.1 shows organization support structure of MSPCL for ESPPF implementation. The key responsibilities of ESMC will include:  Coordinating environmental and social commitments and initiatives with various multilateral agencies, GoMan and MoEF.  Coordination of all environmental activities related to a project from conceptualisation to operation and maintenance stage.  Advising and coordinating /Site office to carry out environmental and social surveys and route alignment for new projects.  Advising site offices to follow-up with the state forest offices and other state departments for expediting forest clearances and other E & S issues of various projects.  Providing a focal point for interaction with the MoEF for expediting forest clearances  Training of Circle and Site officials on E & S issues arising out of Transmission/ sub- transmission projects and their management plan.  Training of other departments to familiarize them with the ESPPF document. 106 A responsibility allocation matrix has been developed as per Table 8.1. This matrix captures the project activities, environmental and social management processes, key indicators to monitor progress, roles, and responsibilities of various stakeholders at different levels and involvement of external agencies. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures 81 Figure 8.1: MSPCL Organisation Chart with Proposed Arrangement for ESPPF Implementation MANAGING DIRECTOR CVO COMPANY SECRETARY EX. DIRECTOR-CIVIL &HYDRO EX. DIRECTOR (TECH) EX. DIRECTOR (HR/ EX. DIRECTOR: FIN & ACCOUNTS ADMIN/IT/LEGAL) GM-CIVIL GM-HYDRO GM-O&M, CONST. GM-IA GM-SLDC & STU GM-HR/ADMIN/ IT/ LEGAL GM-ACCOUNTS GM-COMM. GM-PROJECTS,P&MM GM-EXP./BUDGET/ CORP. FIN. ENVIRONMENT SOCIAL OFFICER OFFICER *AE/JE (ENV.) *AE/JE (SOC.) EXPERT GROUP FOR TAXONOMIST, ECOLOGIST, SOCIOLOGIST & WILDLIFE BIOLOGIST ETC SHALL BE ENGAGED WHENEVER REQUIRED *Through redeployment of personnel Environmental and Social Management Framework 82 Table 8.1: Responsibility Allocation Framework for the E&S Assessment & Management Process Responsibility Output / Internal External Milestones Process Indicators Preparation Review Approval Preparation /Execution I. Project Conceptualisation 1. Environmental &  Screen and scope Transmission/  E & S screening  MSPCL  Pre-appraisal by Social Screening Sub- transmission lines from an and scoping  Engg. Dept. Management  Site office Planning Deptt., and Scoping for environmental & social documents as part  ESMC Appraisal GoMan Tr./ Sub-Tr Lines perspective of Concept Paper  Submit Concept paper (with  ESMC  MSPCL 2. Environmental &  MSPCL Mgmnt.  ESMC  In-principle approval E&S details) for Management  Engg. Dept. Management Social approval Appraisal  Corp.Plg. by GoMan Approval  Corp. Plg. Appraisal II. Project Planning  E & S Screening  Screen and scope Substations 1. Environmental & and Scoping  Site office  ESMC  Ext. agency like sites from an environmental &  MSPCL Social Screening reports for  Engg. Dept. revenue, forest dept social perspective  ESMC Management and Scoping for substation sites etc. for Social  Consultation with Revenue  Corp. Plg. Approval substations  Scope for land Screening & Scoping Authorities acquisition 2. Environmental  To prepare EAMP  Environmental/  ESMC  MSPCL Assessment and  Transmission/S-T. line Assessment  ESMC Management  State Forest Dept Management  Substations  Site office Management Plan Approval Planning  Public Consultation (line)  To prepare CPTD  Compensation 3. Social Assessment  Assessment of temporary  ESMC  MSPCL Plan for for Temporary damages  Site office  ESMC Management  Revenue Dept Temporary Damages for TL  Compensation plan Approval Damages (CPTD)  Public consultation Environmental and Social Management Framework 83 Responsibility Output / Internal External Milestones Process Indicators Preparation Review Approval Preparation /Execution III. Project Approvals  Submit forest proposal to State Govt  MSPCL  Final Forest  ESMC 1. Forest Clearance  Forest Proposal to MoEF for 1st  ESMC Management  RMoEF/MoEF Clearance by  Finance stage approval  Site office Approval MOEF Deptt.  Compliance to MoEF for Final Forest Clearance  Submit DPR (with E & S  MSPCL  Budget/fund 2. State Govt.  Project approval  Circle Office  ESMC Management details) to State Govt. by State Govt.  Corp. Plg.  Corp. Plg. allocation Approval  Submit IEAR and CPTD to  IEAR and CPTD  ESMC  ESMC  Internal 3. FA Acceptance  Detailed appraisal and concurrence by  Corp. Plg.  Corp. Plg. Management Funding Agencies for appraisal concurrence FA Dept. Approval IV. Detailed Design & Award  Auth. agencies  Site  Corp. Plg. 1 IEAR/CPTD  Engage authorised agencies for engaged to execute  ESMC/  ESMC/  Management  Monitoring Implementation E & S management plan work Circle office  Circle office Approval /Supervision mgmt. works  Engg. Dept.  Engg. Dept. 3. EMP part of  Project specific EMP to be  EMP part of  Circle office  ESMC  Management  Monitoring bidding documents included in bidding document contract document Approval /Supervision V. Project Implementation 1. Execution of  Environmental  Site office  Environment  Execute environmental  ESMC/ Circle  Management Environmental management  Authorised management works management works(IEAR) office Approval Management Works measures executed agency executed 2. Execution of CPTD  Execute CPTD for TL  CPTD (TL) by  Site office  ESMC/Circle  Management  Social management & SIMP  SIMP for Substations MSPCL) office Approval works executed (SIA/GoMan)  SIA/GoMan (for  SIA/  Corp.Plg.  SIA/GoMan  Possession of Land Environmental and Social Management Framework 84 Responsibility Output / Internal External Milestones Process Indicators Preparation Review Approval Preparation /Execution substations) GoMan  SIA VI. Operation & Maintenance  Periodic  ESMC  Monitor EAMP &CPTD  ESMC  Periodic monitoring monitoring reports  Site Office  Management 1. Environmental & (TL) measures  Circle office report Approval Social Monitoring  Periodic  Site office  Monitor SIMP Measures by  O&M circle  Periodic monitoring monitoring reports SIA/  SIA/GoMan SIA/GoMan office reports (SIA) GoMan VII. Project Review  Site office 1. Periodic  Annual  Corp. Plg.  Review and report on E & S  ESM/Circle  Management environmental and  Engg. Dept  FA appraisal Environmental & performance of project office Approval social review  Fin. dept  GoMan Social Review during construction, O &M report Environmental and Social Management Framework 85 9.0 Training & Capacity Building 107 Training is an integral part for employees for proper implementation of management measures. The training program need be integrated to accommodate capacity building of employees for implementation of the ESPPF. Identification/assessment of training need of employees is to be carried out at Corporate, Circle and Site level based on which focused training modules will be developed for:  Strengthening in- house capacity to implement the provisions of ESPPF;  Creating awareness and providing tools for implementation of ESPPF and related management procedures to all departments.  Developing competence within key employees by providing training in their respective field. 108 Based on training needs identification, ESMC/Circle office/Site office are key organizational support groups which need to have required competence to integrate the provisions of ESPPF documents within all departments. The skill requirement for these groups is depicted in Table 9.1. Based on skill requirement/improvement at all levels for proper implementation of ESPPF, a training program focusing personnel from Corporate, ESMC/Circle, Division/Sub-division/Site office and interfacing State Govt. agencies is prepared to implement for staff development program and is presented in Table -9.2. These training programs may be conducted with the help of local experts and or national training institution and experts in various aspect of environmental and social management. Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Frameworks (ESPPF) 86 Table 9.1: MSPCL’s Skill Requirement Environment and Social Engineering Corporate Planning Milestones Management Cell (ESMC) at Field office Department Department Circle office 1. Environmental & Social  ESPPF & Project Cycle  E & S issues  EA & SA process Screening and Scoping for  Dom./Ext. FA Requirement identification  Env. & Soc. issues Transmission Lines  EA & SA process skills identification &  Env. & Soc. issues identification  EA & SA management technique & management technique process  Negotiation skills  Negotiation skills  Mitigation techniques  Mitigation techniques 2. Environmental & Social  EA & SA process approval  ESPPF & project cycle  FA requirement  E&S mgmt. Techniques 3. Environmental & Social  Env. & Soc. issues identification  E & S issues  E & S issues identification Screening and Scoping for skills identification skills Substation sites  EA & SA process skills  EA & SA process  EA & SA process 4. Environmental  EA process  EA process  EA process Assessment and  EM techniques  EM techniques  EM techniques Management Planning  Risk assessment  Risk assessment  Forest proposal process  Forest proposal process  Comp. afforestation process  Comp. afforestation process 5. Forest Clearance  Forest proposal process  Forest clearance  Forest proposal process  Compensatory afforestation process  Compensatory afforestation process process 6. GoMan Approvals  FA requirements  Central and Ext. FA  Awareness of Central/State requirements laws, policies on environment  Awareness of and social aspects Central/State laws, Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Frameworks (ESPPF) 87 Environment and Social Engineering Corporate Planning Milestones Management Cell (ESMC) at Field office Department Department Circle office policies on environment and social aspects 7. FA acceptance  FA requirements  Central & Ext. FA  Awareness of Central/State requirements laws, policies on environment  Awareness of Central and social aspects laws, policies on E&S aspects 8. Social Assessment for  SA process,  SA process  SA process, Temporary Damages  Public consult skills  SM techniques  Public consult skills  SM process  SM process 9. Concurrence of FA for  GoI/GoMan & Ext. FA CPTD /SIMP requirements  Awareness of GoI/GoMan laws, policies on environment and social aspects 10. Consultation for  Skill to assess Consultation IEAR/CPTD works capabilities to meet IEAR/ CPTD 11. Execution of EAMP  EM techniques  EM process  EM techniques works  Compensatory Afforestation  Compensatory process Afforestation process 12. Execution of CPTD  SM process  SM process  SM process  SM techniques  SM techniques 13. Monitoring  Monitoring Techniques  Monitoring techniques 14. Annual E & S Review  Review process Environmental and Social Policy and Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 88 Table 9.2: Staff Development Program Course Training Duration For Awareness/ Department Schedule Orientation and for Training of Staff  ESPPF All Senior staff (ED,  Policy ½ day GM, AGM and  Contents of ESPPF Workshop  All or 1 day Proposed ESPPF Team  How MSPCL will at Circle office implement the ESPPF  ESPPF  Policy Proposed ESPPF Team  ESMC  Project cycle Workshop 2 days and relevant staff  Engineering  E&S assessment and Department Management process  Corporate Planning Interface with State  RFCTLARRA, 2013  Legal Department Government. Agencies  SIA  Finance Workshop 2 days like SIA, R & R  R & R Planning Department Commissioner and  Public consultation External Expert  ESPPF  Project cycle  EA&SA process  Env. & Soc. Issue  ESMC/Circle Training Proposed ESPPF Team identification 3 days office Program and relevant staffs  Public consultation  Site/Field Officials  Risk Assessment & Management  EMP & CPTD Environmental and Social Policy & Procedures Frameworks (ESPPF) 89 10. Grievance Redressal Mechanism (GRM) 109 GRM is an integral and important mechanism for addressing/resolving the concern and grievances in a transparent and swift manner. Many minor concerns of peoples are addressed during public consultation process initiated at the beginning of the project and broadly outlined in Annexure-23. For handling grievance, MSPCL shall establish Grievance Redress Committee (GRC) at two places, one at the project/scheme level and another at Corporate/HQ level. The GRCs shall include members from MSPCL, Local Administration, Village Panchayat Members, Affected Persons representative and reputed persons from the society and representative from the hill districts councils selected/decided on nomination basis under the chairmanship of project head. The GRC is aimed to provide a trusted way to voice and resolve environment & social concerns of the project, and to address affected person/community concerns in a time bound manner without impacting project implementation. The composition of GRC shall be disclosed in villages/their councils office and concerned district headquarter for wider coverage. 110. The complainant will also be allowed to submit its complaint to local project official who will pass it to GRC immediately but not more than 5 days of receiving such complaint. The first meeting of GRC will be organized within 15 days of its constitution/disclosure to formulate procedure and frequency of meeting. However, GRC meeting shall be convened within 15 days of receiving a grievance for its solution. GRC endeavor will be to pronounce its decision/ may also refer it to Corporate GRC for solution within 30-45 days of receiving grievances. In case complainant/ appellant is not satisfied with the decision of GRC they can approach MSPCL Corporate Level Committee /District Collector or Court of law for solution. 111. The Field /Site Office shall keep records of all grievances received including: contact details of complainant, date that the complaint was received, nature of grievance, agreed corrective actions and the date these were effected, and final outcome. 112. The Corporate level GRC shall function under the chairmanship of Executive Director (HR & Legal) who will nominate other members of GRC including one representative from ESMU at Circle Office who is conversant with the environment & social issues. The composition of Corporate level GRC shall be communicated to all project head who is also the chairman of project level GRC. The meeting of Corporate GRC shall be convened within 7-10 days of receiving the reference from project GRC or complainant directly and pronounce its decision within next 15 days. The flow chart showing Grievance Redressal Mechanism is presented in Figure 10.1. Environmental and Social Policy and Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 90 Figure 10.1: Flow Chart Showing Grievance Redressal Mechanism Complainant/Appellant On the spot/minor Not Addressed Grievance resolution Project /site office Grievance Redressal Committee Grievance Addressed Grievance resolution Corporate GRC MSPCL DC/DM Court of Law Complainant/Appellant can approach only the Court of Law directly during ongoing Grievance Redressal process. 112. The above referred GRCs are meant to act as supplement/ complement and in no way substitute the legal systems, especially embedded within RFCTLARR Act 2013, The Electricity Act, 2003, and Right to Information Act. Environmental and Social Policy and Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 91 11. Monitoring & Evaluation 113 Vigorous and continuous monitoring of all its activities including environment and social aspects and its mitigation measures would be the key success of MSPCL project completion. Regular monitoring of activities will be carried out by different department at field and will be reviewed by the Nodal Officer (ESMC) on monthly basis. MD will review ongoing activities on quarterly including environment and social issues and corrective measures if required are implemented at site. 114 For environmental and social components of a project, environmental and social monitoring plan is developed, based on baseline data and impacts predicted during the environmental and social assessment process. The concerned forest department staffs, as part of their duties monitor impacts on ecological resources through which the transmission line traverses. MSPCL in coordination with forest/revenue officials will monitor timely implementation of various activities such as compensatory afforestation, ROW maintenance, prevention of fire hazards, natural regeneration of vegetation etc. The environmental and social monitoring plan for each project will be integrated with construction, operation, and maintenance and shall be monitored by the ESMC on a monthly basis. The higher management shall apprise through on monthly/quarterly basis. 115 Since regular and effective monitoring of implementation of EAMP/CPTD for Transmission Line and SIMP for substations are crucial for desired result, MSPCL shall designate one Manager each for Environment and Social related aspects who will be made responsible for all the activities related to implementation/monitoring of the EAMP and CPTD. Further, for effective monitoring/implementation of mitigation measures, help of District Magistrate (DM) / Deputy Commissioner (DC) and other officials of local administration is solicited wherever required. Participation of PAPs in the monitoring of EAMP/CPTD/SIMP is also ensured through regular consultation and their active participation. Major monitoring indicator identified along with frequency of measurement and responsibility at different stage of project for effective monitoring is presented below in Table 11.1. Table 11.1: Monitoring Indicators Sl. Project Monitoring Indicator Frequency Responsibility No. Activity/ Stage 1 Pre-Construction Tower Location and Line Once - at time of MSPCL alignment w.r.t. Distances detailed siting from; and alignment Environmental and Social Policy and Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 92 Sl. Project Monitoring Indicator Frequency Responsibility No. Activity/ Stage  Set back from nearest survey and design dwellings or social institutions  Water bodies  Agricultural land  Ecological protected area  Reserved forests  Elephant corridors/Bird’s Migratory Paths  Flood Zone Exclusion of PCB in Once – As part of MSPCL transformer tender specification Exclusion of CFC in Once – As part of MSPCL electrical or other tender equipment specification EMF strength Once – part of MSPCL detailed alignment survey Noise level from Once – built in MSPCL Substation design criteria and specified in tender Sewage disposal system Once – in tender MSPCL specification Oil spill containment Once – Built in MSPCL provision & spill cleanup product specification 2. Planning/ Government Clearances Once for each MSPCL Approval subproject /Construction Fire prevention and fire Once – in tender MSPCL protection equipment specification monitoring Crop/tree disturbance Periodically when MSPCL during construction required Availability of land for Periodic GoMan and Substation (New) monitoring as per MSPCL  Method of acquisition provisions RFCTLARRA,  SIA start/ disclosure 2013 date  Expert group Environmental and Social Policy and Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 93 Sl. Project Monitoring Indicator Frequency Responsibility No. Activity/ Stage recommendation  No. of PAPs  Date of Award  Compensation  R&R  Payment of Compensation  Implementation of Regular as per R&R plan (SIMP) SMF (c) Implementation of Tribal provisions People Development Plan (if required) Compensation for Once a MSPCL temporary loss of, trees/ month/quarter – crops. Monitoring of Based on CPTD consultation with  Number of APs PAP  Date of issuance of Notice  Determination of compensation  Compensation Amount  Compensation paid Air borne dust emissions Every two weeks MSPCL assigned during construction contractor Noise during construction Once – during MSPCL and construction assigned contractor machinery specification or SOS Vegetation marking and Every two weeks MSPCL assigned clearance – strictly limited contractor to target vegetation Trimming and cutting of Once per site – MSPCL assigned trees in ROW Identification of contractor presence of target species with height following vegetation clearance plan Disposal of cleared Once per site – as MSPCL assigned vegetation approved by contractor Environmental and Social Policy and Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 94 Sl. Project Monitoring Indicator Frequency Responsibility No. Activity/ Stage statutory authorities Health & safety of workers Once in quarter MSPCL assigned contractor Disposal of excavated soil Every 2 weeks MSPCL assigned contractor Disposal of excavated soil Every 2 weeks MSPCL assigned contractor 3 Operation and Effectiveness of Training Once a year MSPCL Maintenance programs and plan Implementation of SIMP Periodic GoMan and (other development works, monitoring as per MSPCL (being a infrastructure facilities provisions member of State R etc.) within 15-18 months RFCTLARRA, & R committee) of possession of land. 2013 Implementation of CPTD Periodically when MSPCL during maintenance work required Compliance with Once in quarter MSPCL transmission tower setback conditions Maintenance of ground Once MSPCL clearance to comply with limits of EMF Noise levels at boundary Once a year MSPCL nearest to substations Environmental and Social Policy and Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 95 12. Budget 116 Adequate financial provision is required to meet the management measures to be undertaken to mitigate the impacts as underlined in ESPPF. Based on past experience of implementation of similar projects, MSPCL estimates about 5-10 % overall project towards such measures for which necessary budget provisions shall be made during planning stage itself. Environmental and Social Policy and Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 96 13. Stakeholders Consultation 117 Consultation is an integral part of development of any policy framework. Accordingly from the beginning this aspect has been adopted as an important activity in designing and developing the ESPPF. Apart from meeting with individuals, consultations were held with various other stakeholders and utilities that were organized at different points in time during the preparation and finalization of the ESPPF. The details of various consultations that were held are provided in the table below: No. of Sl. Person Date Venue of Consultation Participants No. of Attended Representatives of MSPCL, 1. 7th & 8th MSPCL office, Manipur Government of Manipur, Forest & 8 Jan.’14 Loktak officials th th 2. 9 & 10 POWERGRID HVDC Representatives from 6 State Utilities, 26 Jan.’14 Office, Guwahati POWERGRID & World Bank MSPCL, Manipur Officials of various Deptt. of PEDM 6 th 3. 29 to 1 st Land/Rev. Dept. Land Resettlement officer & LAO 4 April’14 Government of Manipur Site visit to Thoubal S/S. EE, Site engineer 6 Panchayat/Tribal office Panchayat officer & Tribal officer 6 Government of Manipur Dy. Director & other Sr. officials of Directorate of Tribal Tribal Deptt. Govt of Manipur and 10 th 4. 13 to 15 th Office Representatives of MSPCL, POWERGRID & World Bank Nov.’14 MSPCL office & Officials of MSPCL and Representatives of POWERGRID & 12 Sec.(Power) Manipur World Bank 24th Mar’15 Hotel Brahmaputra Representatives from 6 State 40 5. Ashok, Guwahati Utilities, POWERGRID & World Bank 118. The above consultations culminated to state level consultation that was held at Imphal, Manipur on 21st April 2015. This consultation enabled to obtain valuable feedback, suggestions and inputs from all stakeholders for the Draft ESPPF that was circulated beforehand in both Environmental and Social Policy and Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 97 English and a translated copy to the local Manipuri language of the Executive Summary. All this was uploaded a few weeks before these consultations on the MSPCL website. In addition to this a hard copy of these documents were made available at the MSPCL Office for information and reference to be accessed by all stakeholders. As part of the preparation for this stakeholders’ workshop all the stakeholders including general public were informed regarding the details of date, venue and timing of consultations through a public notice in both English and local language. Besides this, separate invitations were sent to selected government departments of the State, Academia/Institutions, prominent NGOs, Council Members, Media and Project Affected Persons (PAPs – as affected under the project) and other stakeholders. 119 The workshop was organized at Auditorium of Hotel Imphal, Imphal participated by 165 people from diversified fields including general public, PAPs, NGOs, ADC members, Former Ministers/ Local Leaders s and representatives of Human Right organizations, Social Workers, Media (print and electronic), Academicians and Institutions, Government officials/ local administration such as Commissioner of Power Deptt., Forest, Legal Department, Land Record & Settlement, etc. Representatives from the MPSCL & POWERGRID were also present and coordinated the activities of workshop. The workshop was chaired by Shri. N.Sarat Singh, Managing Director, MSPCL. 120 The workshop was kicked off by Mr. Shanti Kumar, DGM, MPSCL by welcoming all the dignitaries and stakeholders and also coordinated the session throughout event. After welcoming, he invited ED (Tech.) MSPCL to address the gathering about power development programme taken up by Environmental and Social Policy and Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 98 state of Manipur and importance of this workshop. 121. Shri Ng. Sarat Sing, ED (Tech.), MSPCL outlined the present infrastructure availability for electricity transmission and distribution network in the State and on-going T&D project of MPSCL in the State. He also highlighted the proposed investment under Tranche -1 of NERPSIP would enhance T&D network and enhance the power system in the state to achieve the objective of 24 x 7 power supply to all consumers in the State. He also explained the need for adopting this ESPPF for managing environmental and social issues for sustainable development in the state. 122. Subsequent to this, Shri.N. Sarat Singh, MD, MSPCL in his key note address mentioned that in addition to various T & D issues, the state also had shortage of generation of power and the government of Manipur was developing various modalities for addressing this issue by not only exploring potential sources for generation of power but also engage with Government of India in bringing in power through the national grid to meet the power demand in the state. He briefly mentioned about the importance of sustainable development and emphasized that without addressing environmental and social concerns in planned and structured manner projects could not be completed in a timely manner. He also mentioned that Dr. R K Srivastava, Addl. General Manager (AGM), Env. & Social Management Deptt. of POWERGRID has been instrumental in formulation of this framework which has been adopted by the MPSCL. He also mentioned that Dr. Srivastava had vast experience in not only preparing similar policy documents, but also had extensive experience in implementing these policies at the ground level. Thus he requested the audience to participate actively & clarify any issues related to the ‘ESPPF’ as adopted by MPSCL with Dr. Srivastava during the discussion session. 123 This was followed by technical session by Dr. R K Srivastava, AGM, POWERGRID. He made a structured presentation briefly explaining major features of ESPPF. During his presentation he highlighted the potential environment and social issues/concerns associated with T & D Projects and how these can be mitigated through integration of suitable management measures into the project cycle. He also explained in details the various provisions of the Environmental and Social Policy and Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 99 environmental, health & safety safeguard measures suggested in the ESPPF and significance of these measures especially in the environmentally and socially sensitive conditions which exist in the state. The provisions which have been incorporated in the document were explained to the audience in details. The institutional support for implementation of ESPPF, Grieveneve Redressal Mechanism (GRM) and the capacity building efforts which have been planned were also highlighted during the presentation. 124 After completion of presentation, participants were invited for clarification to the panelists from MSPCL & POWERGRID on any of the terminologies, processes presented in the document, any gaps that they may have observed that need to be addressed and difficulties in adopting and implementing the ESPPF. The discussion on feedback and suggestions has been summarized below; 125 Shri Kamo Bihari Singh, from Yerembam (also Member of Senior Citizen NGO) raised doubt that approach road to substation was not considered as an important issue/concern which may cause health and safety hazard to nearby communities and requested to incorporate the same as a potential issue under substation. Shri Singh also suggested that to undertake plantation in and around substation to suppress air borne dust and better aesthetic appeal of the area. Dr. Srivastava explained that these aspects have already been taken care in Environment Management Plan/ ESPPF. 126. Dr. M. Nara Singh, Former Minister and also coordinator of Senior Citizen Society, a NGO welcome the proposed investment in the state for power infrastructure. He was very optimistic that the quality of life of the people of Manipur would be better with the completion and suggested for speedy implementation of the project. Environmental and Social Policy and Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 100 127. Shri. Kiran Kumar Singh, Joint Secretary Power suggested that this policy document should be translated in local language and distributed /made easily accessible so that general public are more sensitized about the project. MSPCL official clarified that the translated copy of Executive Summary in Manipuri has been already circulated to participants and posted on website for information to all stakeholders’ for better understanding and MSPCL is ready to make available sufficient copy as and when required. He also suggested creation of separate web base system/ email in state govt. website for continuous input/suggestion from public about this project. The above suggestion was well taken up by panelists. 128. One of the participants raised concern over forest destruction in Hill area due to construction of transmission line and suggested for suitable mitigation measures in ESPPF to address such issue. Dr. Srivastava explained that tree felling in forest area is restricted to RoW only and that too complete felling is done in one strip of 3mts each side below one conductor only as per MoEF guideline under strict supervision of forest authorities. Moreover to compensate the loss of vegetation and forest cover, Utility has to undertake compensatory afforestation on twice the area diverted as per existing norms/guidelines. 129. Mr. Robin Singh, ED (HR) concluded the consultation workshop after summing up the issues raised during discussion/feedback session and thanked all participants for their contribution with the assurance that process of consultation will continue during different stages of project implementation. 130 The information about the public consultations was widely published in the local newspapers and electronic media indicating the importance of the NERPSIP to the region and in improving the power supply scenario to the State of Manipur in particular. The coverage Published in also mentioned that a positive coverage for developing ESPPF The Sangai of this category was being done for the first time with Express, 22nd involvement of all stakeholders and the community. This was a April 2015, Imphal welcome process which could be replicated by the state government in future also including in other projects. Environmental and Social Policy and Procedures Framework (ESPPF) 101 Annexure-1 Comprehensive details about Manipur State and its Environmental & Social Sensitivities’ Manipur State -Background Manipur literally meaning “A jewelled land” nestle deep within a lush green corner of North East India. This State lies between at latitude of 230 50’N to 250 42’N and longitude of 92 058’E -94 045’E. The state is bounded by Nagaland (204Km) in the north, Mizoram (95Km) in the south, Assam (204.1Km) in the west, and by the International borders of the country Burma/Myanmar352Km) in the east as well as in the south. The state capital is Imphal, located in the centre of the state. The total area covered by the state is about 22,347 km². The capital lies in an oval-shaped valley of approximately 700 square miles (2238km 2) surrounded by blue mountains and is at an elevation varies from 790 metres to 2020 m above the sea level. The slope of the valley is from north to south. The mountain ranges prevent the cold winds from the north from reaching the valley and bar cyclonic storms originating from the Bay of Bengal. Like other north-eastern states, it is largely isolated from the rest of India. Besides air services, National Highway NH-102 links Manipur with the rest of the country through the railway stations at Dimapur in Nagaland at a distance of 215 km from Imphal. National Highway 37 also connects Manipur with another railway station at Silchar in Assam, which is 269 km away from Imphal. The road network of Manipur, with a length of 8648Km (with surfaced & un-surfaced as 4573 and 4075 Km approx. respectively) connects all the important towns and distant villages. MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 1 1 Manipur existed as a princely State in its early stage and involved in a number of disputes with its neighbour Burma (Myanmar ). As per the Peberton Report, 1835, the territory of Manipur was very large as compared to the present one. It had never been static rather fluctuated at various times of different kings. King Pamheiba generally known by his other name Garibaniiwaj, was one of the great conquerors of Manipur. During his reign the Manipuris had acquired very considerable power. In the years 1725, 1735, 1738 and 1749, King Garibaniwaj repeatedly invaded Burma (now Myanmar), defeated Burmese Armies and devastated many parts of Burma. Manipur also faced Burmese invasion in her later period say in the year 1890 which led the so called seven years devastation in her history. During this period the then king Gambhir Singh of Manipur took shelter in Cachhar district of Assam. There he re-organised the army with the assistance of the British and ousted the Burmese from Manipur. Slowly, the British started interfering in the administration of Manipur. This ultimately led to a full fledged war with the British in 1891. The Manipuri heroes faced the wellarmed (with guns) and massive British forces with swords and spears. The last phase of this battle was fought at Khongjom and ended on 23rd April 1891. The Manipuri forces at Khongjom, led by Major Paona were defeated eventually by the British forces. Many soldiers, including Major Paona himself, had laid down their lives in the battle field. So this day, the 23rd April has been commemorated every year by the Manipuris as “Khongjom Day“ by delcaring a state holiday. After the battle of Khongjom , the palace “Kangla” was captured by the British and subsequently Yuvraj Tikendrajit along with General Thangal were executed at a public place, on 13th August 1891.This day is still remembered and observed as “The Patriots Day“ since 1891,.After the defeat in the war, Manipur came under British rule. Another significant event is that the first free Indian tricolour flag was hoisted on the Indian soil at Moirang (45 k.m. from Imphal) in Manipur on 14th April, 1944 by the I.N.A. led by Netaji Subashchandra Bose. Again in the second world war, Manipur was in the scene of many fierce battles between the Japanese and Allied forces. Many soldiers and officers of the Allied forces lost their lives in these battles and their final resting places are still maintained in two cemeteries by the British War Graves Commission at Imphal in Manipur. MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 1 2 In the year 1947 on August 15, Manipur regained her lost political status of a Sovereign independent Kingdom. The Maharaja of Manipur enacted the Manipur Constitution Act ,1947, establishing a democratic form of government with the Maharaja as the Executive Head and an elected legislative assembly. Shortly after this, on 15th October 1949 Manipur was merged into India through a merger agreement between the Government of India and the then Maharaja of Manipur and ended the era of the independent kindgom of Manipur. Hereafter, Manipur became a part of the Indian union. The State achieved its statehood in the year 1972. The 73rd and 74th Constitutional Amendments Acts marked a new era in the federal democratic set up of the country so far as it conferred constitutional status to the panchayats and municipalities and recognized them as the third tier of Government. The Constitutional amendment provide for devolution of powers and responsibilities with respect to preparation of plans and programmes for economic development and social justice and implementation of 29 subjects and 18 subjects listed in XI and XII Schedule of the Constitution of India. Post 73rd Constitutional Amendment the Government enacted the Manipur Panchayati Raj (MPR) Act and established a two-tier Panchayati Raj Institutions (PRIs) system at the village and district levels. The State has 9 districts of which 5 districts are located in the hill areas and 4 districts are spread out in the valley. As on March 2012 there were 4 Zilla Parishads and 165 Gram Panchayats in the State. Consequent upon the 74th Constitutional Amendment the Government enacted the Manipur Municipality Act 1994. There are three categories of Urban Local Bodies (ULBs) in the State e.g.Municipal Councils (MCs), Nagar Panchayats (NPs) and Small Town. However, the state is unique and distinguished by the existence of separate legislative, governance and judiciary systems for tribal areas. Meeteilon (Manipuri) and English languages are official language of the State. The present administrative setup of state given below. Administrative Setup in Manipur Sl. Area Districts Population Headquarters no. (km2) MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 1 3 1. Bishnupur 530 240,363 Bishnupur 2. Churachandpur 4570 271,274 Lamka 3. Chandel 3313 144,028 Chandel 4. Imphal East 709 452,661 Porompat 5. Imphal West 519 514,683 Lamphelpat 6. Senapati 3271 354,972 Senapati 7. Tamenglong 4391 140,143 Tamenglong 8. Thoubal 514 420,517 Thoubal 9. Ukhrul 4544 183,115 Ukhrul Source: Census 2011 Administration in Tribal Areas: The administrations of the Tribal areas are carried out by the Deputy Commissioners concerned, who on the other hand act as District Magistrates with support of the District level officer and Block Development officers. At the District level, there are Autonomous Districts Councils (ADCs). There are two (2) ADCs in the Senapati District and one ADC in each of the remaining hill districts constituted under the Manipur (Hill Areas) Districts Councils Act, 1971. The above Act “The Manipur (Hill Areas) District Council Act, 1971,” passed by the Parliament paved the way for establishment of six Autonomous District Councils in Manipur. In accordance with the powers vested on the Governor of Manipur, following six Autonomous Districts Councils were constituted on 14th February, 1972: 1. Chandel Autonomous District Council, 2. Churachandpur Autonomous District Council, 3. Sadar Hills Autonomous District Council, Kangpokpi 4. Manipur North Autonomous District Council, Senapati 5. Tamenglong Autonomous District Council, 6. Ukhrul Autonomous District Council. In accordance with this Act Autonomous Hill District Councils (AHDC) of Manipur are empowered to maintain and manage of property: movable and immovable, and institutions under their MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 1 4 jurisdiction (e.g. in the field of agriculture, animal husbandry, community development, social and tribal welfare, village planning, management of any forest except RF, regulation of the Jhum / shifting cultivation or any other matter.) At the State level there is Hill Area Committee constituted under the Manipur Legislative Assembly (Hill Areas Committee) order, 1972. The Hill areas Committee comprises of all M. L. As elected from the hill areas of the State as its members. The members then elect Chairman and Vice Chairman and other functionaries through nomination/consensus. This is the highest body in the State at the legislative level to oversee the planning, implementation and monitoring of all development activities in the hill areas of the State. 1. Environment Baseline 2.1 Land use in Manipur The size of the cultivated area is about 7.41% only of the total geographical area of the State. Of this total cultivated area, 52% is confined to the valley. Therefore, half of the total valley area which accommodates 67% of the total population is occupied for agriculture purposes. The pressure on land in the valley is thus quite conspicuous. Agriculture and allied activities are the backbone of the state's economy. Agriculture being the main occupation of the people of Manipur, it has an important place in the economy of the state. Agriculture sector contributes a major share to the total state domestic product and provides employment to about 52.19 percent of the total workers in Manipur. In fact, the state domestic product fluctuates depending on the performance of agriculture sector. Despite the crucial importance of this primary sector in the state's economy, the irregular and erratic behavior of monsoon accompanied by inadequate irrigation facilities have resulted in severe fluctuations in agriculture production. Agriculture becomes a living proposition rather than a commercial proposition. Thus, from the view point of employment and income, agriculture plays a very crucial role in the state's economy. Land use pattern of the State is illustrated in Table below. Table- Land Use Pattern Land Use Area in ‘000 ha Percentage Total geographical area 2,233 MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 1 5 Reporting area for land utilization 2142 100.00 Forests 1742 81.33 Not available for cultivation 27 1.26 Permanent pastures and other grazing lands 1 0.05 Land under misc. Tree crops and groves 6 0.28 Culturable wasteland 1 0.05 Fallow lands other than current fallows 0 0.00 Current fallows 0 0.00 Net area sown 365 17.04 Source: Land Use Statistics, Ministry of Agriculture, GoI, 2011 2.2 Soil The soil of Manipur belong to 4 orders, 8 suborders, 13 greatgroups and 23 subgroups. It is observed that the Inceptisols are the dominant soils followed by Ultisols, Entisols and Alfisols and occupy 38.4%, 36.4%, 23.1% of the total geographical area of the State, respectively. Lake and marshy land occupy 1.9 percent. The area- wise distribution of soil at order and suborder levels of Taxonomy are given below. 1. Distribution of Soil Order of Manipur Sl. No Soil order Suborder Area('000 ha) Percent of TGA 1. Inceptisols 858.3 38.4 Ocrepts 654.6 29.3 Acrepts 203.7 9.1 2. Ultisols 811.0 36.4 Humults 374.0 16.8 Udults 436.9 19.6 3. Entisols Orthents 515.6 23.1 4 Alfisols Udalfs 3.8 0.2 5 Miscellaneous Marshy land 42.4 1.9 Total 2231.0 100.0 Source: www.hortimanipur.nic.in 2.3 Geology and Mineral resources  Geology The geological framework of Manipur including Indo-Burma range along its eastern frontier is closely linked up with the evolution of Neogene Surma basin, Inner Palaeogene fold belt and Ophiolite suture zone. The ophiolite belt occurring along Indo-Myanmar border in Manipur, forms a MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 1 6 part of Naga-Arakan Yoma flysch trough of Upper Cretaceous-Middle Miocene age. Geological data collected so far mainly relates to Ophiolite zone and adjoining terrain. A large part of the state is yet to be covered by systematic geological mapping. About 64% of the total area of the state has been covered by systematic geological mapping on 1: 50,000 scale. These are the main mineral-bearing areas which have already been covered. The study of the rock formations in and around ophiolite belt elucidates and helps in understanding the broad stratigraphy and structure of the whole terrain. Available information brings forth a geological picture depicting the spread of Tertiary rocks over the entire state with small patches of Quaternary sediments in the central part (e.g. Imphal valley) and a long narrow N-S trending ophiolite belt towards the eastern margin of the state. It, thus, emerges that geotectonically three distinct domains exist which are: (1) Neogene Surma basin, (2) Inner Palaeogene fold belt and (3) Ophiolite zone associated with Late Mesozoic-Tertiary sediments.  Mineral Resources The principal minerals of some economic significance in Manipur are limestone, chromite, dimension stone, lignite and clay. The limestones occur in Upper Disang and Ophiolite zone. The important deposits are located at Ukhrul(25° 06' 45'' : 94° 27' 30''), Hungdung (25° 03' 00'' : 94° 20' 30''), Khangoi (25° 03' 07'' : 94° 21' 50''), Lambui (25° 00' : 94° 16'), New Paoyi and Narum(24° 28' 45'' : 94° 19' 25''). Chromite is reported mainly from Ukhrul(25° 06' 45'' : 94° 27' 30''), Gamnom(25° 00' 30'' : 94° 27' 30'') and Moreh (24° 14' : 94° 19'') areas. The lignite, associated with clay, occurs in Kangvai area of Southern Manipur. The other minerals having little or no economic significance include copper, nickel and cobalt bearing minerals, magnetite, asbestos and salt. Dimension stones occur in the ophiolite zones and Barail rocks. 2.4 Climate Manipur is blessed with a clean climate round the year. The state has two main seasons separated by two transitions: the winter season and the monsoon season. The winter season is from December to February. Then is the Pre-Monsoon season in the months of March and April. The monsoon season is from the month of May to September, and the the post-monsoon season in the month of October and November. 2.5 Temperature MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 1 7 Temperature ranges from sub-zero to 36 degrees Celsius. The maximum temperature in summer is 32 degrees. In winter the weather remains much cold. The temperature goes down below zero degrees. The region also experiences snowfall. 2.6 Rainfall The southwest monsoon chiefly determines the weather and rainfall throughout the state. The state has tropical to temperate climate depending upon elevation. Rainfall varies from 1000 mms to 3500 mms and average rainfall is 1500 mms. 2.7 Humidity The mean of the daily humidity is highest during the month of July-Sept; which varies from 80-96% and differs from place to place. 2. 8 Wind Speed Wind speed more than 20-61 Km. per hour was 2 times in the month of May and total of 8 days speedy wind blows in a year where as the wind speed between 1-19 km. per hr. is present 243 days a year during the data of 24 years. 2.9 Environment Sensitiveness 2.9.1 Recorded Forest Area: Forest classification Area in sq. km. P.C. (%) to Total Forest Area Reserved Forest 1,467 8.40 Protected Forest 4,171 24.00 Other Forest 11,780 67.60 Total 17,418 100.00 Source: mastec.nic.in Forest is an integral part of the culture and tradition of Manipur as its protection maintains the ecology of the State. The State has a geographical area of 22,327 sq. km. of which 17418 sq.km. (78 %) is the recorded forest area; Reserved Forests constitute 8.40%, Protected Forests 24% and Un- classed Forests constitute 67.60%. MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 1 8 The deforestation for Jhumming (shifting cultivation)is an age-old practice in the hills of Manipur. But during the last 20 years there is a tremendous increase in the area of Jhum cultivation, mostly in the dense forest areas caused by rapid increase of population of the tribal living in forest. There are more than 104 species of animals (fauna) used as age-old medicine and more than 5000 Sacred Groves have been reported. Many of these animals of ethnozoological importance are in threat due to over exploitation. Moreover, many of the sacred Groves are going to disappear. Forest Map Manipur District-wise Forest Cover Sl. District Geographi 2011 Assessment (Area in km²) Percent Scrub No. cal Area Very Mod. Open Total of GA MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 1 9 (in km²) Dense Dense Forest Forest Forest 1. Bishnupur 496 0 1 20 21 4.23 0 2. Chandel 3,313 0 744 2,085 2,829 85.39 0 3. Churachandpur 4,570 37 1,683 2,555 4,275 93.54 0 4. Imphal East 669 0 53 167 220 32.88 0 5. Imphal West 559 0 24 31 55 9.84 0 6. Senapati 3,271 233 870 1,080 2,183 66.74 0 7. Tamenglong 4,391 279 1,784 1,839 3,902 88.86 0 8. Thoubal 514 0 4 52 56 10.89 0 9. Ukhrul 4,544 181 988 2,380 3,549 78.10 1 Grand Total 22,327 730 6,151 10,209 17,090 76.54 1 Source: State Forest Report, 2013 2.9.2 Protected Areas: Manipur has one National Parks (NP) and one Wildlife Sanctuaries (WLS) covering an area of 224.4 km², constituting 5.75% of the total geographical area of the State. Besides, there are also other NP & WLS which are proposed & awaiting settlement proceedings. These are listed in Table 1. below: Table- 1.5: List of Protected Area Sl. Conservation site District Area in Important Flora and Fauna found No. sq. km 1 Keibul Lamjao Bishnupur 40.00 Many fauna & flora: Aquatic/ . National Park mammal/ Amphibian of Invertebrate& Vertebrate 2 Yangoupokpi Chandel 184.80 -do- . Lokchao Wildlife Sanctuary In-situ Conservation 3 Bunning Wildlife Tamenglong 115.80 Alpine grassland and Forests . Sanctuary (Proposed) ecosystem including canes & bamboos, Animals: Tiger, Leopard/Clouded Leopard, Sambar etc. and many other important flora MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 1 10 4 Zeilad Wildlife Tamenglong 21.00 Abode of migratory birds, Many . Sanctuary (Proposed) important fauna & flora Aquatic/ mammal/ Amphibian (Invertebrate& Vertebrate) 5 Kailam Wildlife Churachandpur 187.50 Sub-tropical Wet Hill Forests . Sanctuary (Proposed) (8B/C2), Home of five varieties of horn bills & i/c Tiger, Leopard/Clouded Leopard, Sambar etc. and many other important flora. 6 Jiri-Makru Wildlife Tamenglong 198.00 Virgin forests of catchments area of . Sanctuary (Proposed) Jiri & Makru rivers hosting varieties of flora and fauna. 7 Shiroi Hill National Ukhrul 41.00 Home of unique and endemic . Park (Proposed) ground lily 2.9.4 Wetlands: The National Wetland Atlas 2010, developed by Space Application Centre, Indian Space Research Organization sponsored by the Ministry of Environment & Forests, Govt. of India, has identified 167 wetlands (≥ 2.25 Ha) and 541 wetlands (<2.25 Ha) which is covering of 63,616 ha i.e. 2.85% of total geographic area under different types of wetlands like lake / pond (61.5%), river/steam (26.2%), waterlogged (5.5%) and aquaculture pond. Out of that, 19 (nineteen) important wetlands from 7 (seven) districts of Manipur, including 2 hill wetlands viz. Zaimeng at Senapati and Zailad at Tamenglong, has been identified by the Directorate of Environment, Government of Manipur, the State Nodal Agency for conservation of Wetlands in Manipur. Analysis of wetland status in terms of open water and aquatic vegetation showed that around 71 % of wetland area is under open water category during post monsoon and 62% during pre-monsoon respectively. Aquatic vegetation (floating/emergent) occupies around 26 % of wetland area during post monsoon and 37 % during pre-monsoon respectively. MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 1 11 Loktak Lake largest wetland covering 61% of the wetland regime (468 sq km) within Manipur River Basin, supporting livelihood of about 1 lakh people living in and around the wetlands. •Traditionally it is widely used for fisheries and agriculture. It is a source of 105 MW Hydropower. It supports rich floral and faunal biodiversity including Brow Antlered Deer (Sangai) of Keibul Lamjao National Park. Loktak Wetland has been identified as Ramsar site under National Wetland Conservation Program. 3.0 Social Baseline 3.1 Demographic Features The population of Manipur as per census 2011 was 2570390. Decadal growth of population in the State during 2001-2011 was 18.65 % and males growth were 17.88 % and females were 19.44 % respectively.. Basic features of Manipur Geographical location 23.83ºN and 25.68ºN latitude and 93.03ºE and 94.78ºE longitude. Area 22,327 Sq. km. Population 2570390 Population density 115 per sq. km. Sex ratio 992 females per 1000 males Literacy rate 68.8% Decadal Growth percentage 12.5% Source: Census 2011 3.2 Table below shows the total population of Manipur. Manipur has a population of 2570390. Out of these about 1290171 are males and remaining 1280219are females. Out of these about 1736236are settled in rural areas. Table : Manipur State Population State TRU Total Population Total Male Total Female Total 2570390 1290171 1280219 Manipur Rural 1736236 878469 857767 Urban 834154 411702 422452 Source: Census 2011 3.3 Table below shows the literacy level of Manipur. As per census 2011, about 68.79% are literate. Table : Manipur State Literacy Level Female State TRU Population Literate Male Literate Literate Manipur Total 1768181 960015 808166 MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 1 12 Rural 1142564 630291 512273 Urban 625617 329724 295893 Source: Census 2011 3.4 Table below shows the SC and ST population of Manipur State as per census 2011. Schedule Caste population is 3.77% of the total population, whereas Schedule Tribe population is about 35.12% of the total population. Table : Manipur State Population SC and ST State TRU Population SC Population ST Total 97042 902740 Manipur Rural 47563 791126 Urban 49479 111614 Source: Census 2011 3.5 Table below shows the worker population of Manipur State. About 45.09% of the total population are working. Table : Manipur State Worker Population Total Work Total Male Total Female State TRU Population Worker Worker Total 1159053 665463 493590 Manipur Rural 813604 460140 353464 Urban 345449 205323 140126 Source: Census 2011 MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 1 13 Annexure -3 SOCIAL MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK Part A: Acquisition of Lands and Structures. 1. The availability of land for substations is a potential social issue as fresh lands will be required for construction of substations. MSPCL shall secure/acquire the required land either through direct purchase on willing buyer & willing seller basis on negotiated rate or by invoking provisions of RFCTLARRA, 2013. The present land availability status of substations involved in tranche-1 is provided in Table –1. Table – 1: Land Availability Status for Substation Sl. Name of the substation Scope of work Land Status No. A. Transmission Substations 1 132/33 kV Gamphajol New 2 132/33 kV Imphal Extension 3 132/33 kV Ningthoukhong Extension 4 132 kV Kackching Extension Land for all substations are available 5 132 kV Yainganpokpi Extension with MSPCL except for Gamphajol. 6 132/33 kV Kongba Extension 7 132 kV Churachandpur Extension 8 132/33 kV Rengpang Augmentation 9 132/33 kV Jiribam Augmentation B. Distribution Substations 1 33/11 kV Distribution New/ Land for 13 substations available Substation (24 Nos.) Augmentation with MSPCL. For remaining substation land being acquired through private purchase on negotiated rate. 2. As per the provisions of ESPPF land for substations covered under tranche-1 can be secured through following three methods; i) Purchase of land on willing buyer & Willing Seller basis on negotiated rate; ii) Voluntary Donation; and iii) Involuntary Acquisition. . 3. In case of procurement of land through private purchase, MSPCL shall ensure that compensation/rate for land is not less than the rate provided in the new land acquisition act, 2013. The finalization of land price/negotiation shall be through a committee. In order to comply with this provision MSPCL may organize an awareness camp where provisions of new act in respect of basis/modalities of compensation calculation shall be explained to land owners with specific State provision if any. MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 3 1 4. In the case of voluntary donation of land, it is to ascertained that the land owner/user(s) are not subjected to undue pressure for parting of land. Apart from this following shall also be ensured:  All out efforts shall be made to avoid any physical relocation/displacement due to loss of land;  The MSPCL shall facilitate in extending ‘gratitude’ to the land donor(s) in lieu of the ‘contribution’ if so agreed. The same shall be documented in the shape of MoU between donor and utility.  Subsequently title of land shall be transferred in the name of MSPCL. All land donations (as well as purchases) will be subject to a review/ approval from a committee comprising representatives of different sections including those from the IA and GoMan. 5. In case of land acquired through involuntary acquisition, provisions of RFCTLARRA, 2013 shall be adopted. RFCTLARRA, 2013 has replaced the old Land Acquisition Act, 1894 and has come into force from 1st January 2014. The new act i.e. RFCTLARRA, 2013 authorizes State Govt. (i.e. GoMan) or its authorized Government agency to complete the whole process of acquisition of private land by following the laid down procedures in the act/rules which include detailed Social Impact Assessment (SIA) and preparation/disclosure of Social Impact Assessment Plan (SIMP). Responsibility for SIA and R&R rests with the government of Manipur and MSPCL’s responsibility is limited to identification and selection of suitable land based on technical requirement and ensuring budget allocation. 6. The provisions of new RFCTLARR Act, 2013 has brought about synergies with the World Bank policy and practices. These imply provisions like Social Impact Assessment; R&R Provisions and Entitlements; Focus on those losing livelihoods; Census surveys and R&R Plan; Providing options and choices; Replacement cost of Land and Assets (Net of Taxes); Additional provisions for disadvantaged groups; Full payment of compensation and R&R prior to taking over of land and assets and Consultations & Disclosures, Post implementation social audit and impact evaluation etc that are also key to the World Bank Involuntary Resettlement Policy. Safeguards against land acquisition: 7. The act has many provisions which will safeguard against indiscriminate acquisition of farm land and associated impacts like project specific SIA to conclude whether the proposed acquisition serves the public purpose; estimation of affected families and families likely to be displaced; extent of lands, public and private, houses, settlements and other CPRs likely to be affected; whether the extent of land proposed is absolutely bare minimum requirement; whether other alternative sites were considered and found not feasible and whether the social benefits outweigh social costs. Act has special provisions for land inhabited by SCs, STs; provisions restricting acquisition of land in excess of requirement. It discourages acquisition of multi-crop and irrigated land, and makes consent of land owners mandatory for private & PPP projects. MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 3 2 Entitlements: 8. The entitlements with regard to compensation and assistances towards land acquisition or loss of any assets or livelihood for all categories of people being affected due to land acquisition is briefly outlined in Table – 2. Table -2 : Compensation and R & R Entitlement framework for Land Acquisition A. Comprehensive Compensation Package Eligibility for Entitlement Provisions The affected families Determination of Compensation :  Land Owners: includes any person1. Market value of the land i) whose name is recorded as (he  as specified in the Indian Stamp Act, 1899 owner of the land or building or or part thereof, in the records of the  the average of the sale price for similar type of land authority concerned; situated in the village or vicinity, or or ii) any person who is granted forest rights under the Scheduled Tribes  consented amount of compensation as agreed in case and Other Traditional Forest of acquisition of lands for private companies or for Dwellers (Recognition of Forest public private partnership project. Rights) Act, 2006 or under any whichever is higher other law for the time being in Market value x Multiplier* between 1 to 2 in rural force; areas only (No multiplier in urban areas). or iii)who is entitled to be granted Patta 2. Value of the assets attached to land: rights on the land under any law Building/Trees/Wells/Crop etc. as valued by relevant of the State including assigned govt. authority; lands: Land compensation = 1+2 or iv) any person who has been 3. Solatium: 100% of total compensation declared as such by an order of Total Compensation : 1+2+3 the court or Authority; (*) Precise scale shall be determined by the State Govt. The indicative values of multiplier factor based on distance from urban areas as provided in the act. Radial Distance from Urban area (Km) Multiplier Factor 0-10 1.00 10-20 1.20 20-30 1.40 30-40 1.80 40-50 2.00 B. R&R Package Elements of Rehabilitation and Resettlement Entitlements for all the affected families (both land owners and the families whose livelihood is primarily dependent on land acquired) in addition to compensation provided above MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 3 3 Sl. Elements of R& R Provision No. Entitlements Subsistence grant/allowance 1. Rs. 3000 per month per family for 12 months for displaced families a. Where jobs are created through the project, mandatory employment for one member per affected family; or b. Rupees 5 lakhs per family; The affected families shall or 2. be entitled to: c. Rupees 2000 per month per family as annuity for 20 years, with appropriate index for inflation; The option of availing (a) or (b) or (c) shall be that of the affected family i. A constructed house shall be provided as per the Indira Awas Yojana specifications. Housing units for ii. A constructed house shall be provided, which will be not displacement: less than 50 sq. mts. in plinth area. i) If a house is lost in rural 3. In either case the equivalent cost of the house may also be areas: provided in lieu of the house as per the preference of the ii) If a house is lost in urban project affected family. areas The stamp duty and other fees payable for registration of the house allotted to the affected families shall be borne by the Requiring Body. Transportation cost for 4. Rs 50,000/- per affected family displaced families Resettlement Allowance 5. Onetime Rs 50,000/- per affected family (for displaced families) Onetime financial assistance as appropriate for construction 6. Cattle shed/ petty shop cost as decided by St. Govt. subject to minimum of Rs.25,000/- Artisan/small traders/others Onetime financial assistance as appropriate as decided by St. 7. (in case of displacement) Govt. subject to minimum of Rs.25,000/- Special Provisions for SCs/STs In addition to the R&R package, SC/ST families will be entitled to the following additional benefits: 1. One time financial assistance of Rs. 50,000 per family; 2. Families settled outside the district shall be entitled to an additional 25% R&R benefits; 3. Payment of one third of the compensation amount at very outset; 4. Preference in relocation and resettlement in area in same compact block; 5. Free land for community and social gatherings; 6. In case of displacement, a Development Plan is to be prepared 7. Continuation of reservation and other Schedule V and Schedule VI area benefits from MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 3 4 displaced area to resettlement area. Social Impact Management Plan (SIMP): Establishment of Institutions 9. The following bodies are to be established permanently in the state (to cater to all projects proposed in future):  The State Social Impact Assessment Unit;  selecting the SIA team for each project from the individuals and institutions registered/empanelled in the State Database  To develop Project specific ToR  Ensuring no conflicts of interest involving the team members  Land Acquisition Rehabilitation and Resettlement Authority  Appointment of Presiding Officer  The office of the Commissioner Rehabilitation & Resettlement  Appointment of Commissioner Rehabilitation and Resettlement  Appointment of Project Specific Administrator for Rehabilitation and Resettlement  The State Level Monitoring Committee  User-friendly website as a public platform to disclose entire work flow of each acquisition case.  Formulation of Expert group to study SIA report and recommendation  Commissioner, R&R to appoint the members of the Expert Group  Names of group members to be publically disclosed 10. On confirmation of the scheme and finalization of land after exploring alternative site, the MSPCL would submit a proposal for acquisition of private selected land detailing the extent of land and its exact location. After due process of approval the government shall notify the affected area where selected land is situated for conducting detailed social assessment. Social Impact Assessments  A detailed Social Impact Assessment (SIA) studies shall be undertaken by an Independent Agency/Institution on a project specific TOR. The SIA agency shall first consult the concerned Panchayat, Municipality, District/Village Council at village level or ward level in the affected area to carry out SIA study. SIA shall assess the purpose of acquisition and estimate the affected families, gender, social group carry out analysis regarding impact on community properties, assets and infrastructure particularly roads, public transport, drainage, sanitation, sources of drinking water, sources of water for cattle, community ponds grazing land, plantations, public utilities electricity supply and health care facilities. The SIA agency shall also prepare a Social Impact Management Plan (SIMP) listing ameliorative measures required for addressing the likely impact vis-à- vis intended benefit of the project. The SIA report and SIMP shall be subject to public hearing in the affected area after giving adequate publicity for the venue, time etc to ascertain the views of affected families/communities which shall be included in the SIA. MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 3 5 The final SIA report shall be published including its translation in local language and shall also be made available to Panchyats, District/Village Councils & Deputy Collector/District Magistrate office for wider circulation. Explicit consent will be required in the case of lands in respect of tribal areas from the Village Councils. The process flowchart of SIA is presented in Fig-1. Fig-1 Process Flow chart of Social Impact assessment (SIA) Compensation and Rehabilitation and Resettlement (R&R):  Based on the SIMP, the Collector shall discuss the Package in a meeting with the Rehabilitation and Resettlement committee at project level, and submit the Package to Commissioner Rehabilitation and Resettlement along with his/ her remarks.  The Commissioner Rehabilitation and Resettlement shall, after due vetting, accords approval to the scheme and make it available in public domain.  After approval of R & R plan by Commissioner R & R, the Collector shall issue two awards one for land compensation based on procedures described in act & State’s rules MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 3 6 and second for R & R as per approved SIMP .  The Collector shall take possession of land after ensuring that full payment of compensation as well as rehabilitation and resettlement entitlements are paid or tendered to the entitled persons within a period of three months for the compensation and a period of six months for the monetary part of rehabilitation and resettlement entitlements as approved and commencing from the date of the award.  The Collector shall be responsible for ensuring that the rehabilitation and resettlement process is completed in all its aspects before displacing the affected families.  The Collector shall, as far as possible. not displace any family which has already been displaced by the appropriate Government for the purpose of acquisition under the provisions of this Act, and if so displaced, shall pay an additional compensation equivalent to that of the compensation determined under this Act for the second or successive displacements. The complete activity flow chart is described in Fig -2. It may take about three years to complete the processes. It is also mandatory that no construction can start without the full payment of the compensations. Fig. -2 : Activity Chart of RFCTLARRA,2013 MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 3 7 PART B: Compensation Plan for Temporary Damages (CPTD) towards Erection of Tower/ Poles for Transmission/ Distribution lines 1. Land requirements for erecting tower/ poles for transmission/ distribution lines are just minimal. All it requires is to place the foot, four of which warrants an area of 4-6 sq- ft. Lands in respect of the right of way are not acquired as agricultural activities can continue beneath the tower. Further, line alignments are done in such a way so as to avoid settlements and / or structures. Due to inherent flexibility in locating the poles, MSPCL avoids habituated area completely hence no relocation of population on account of TL/DL lines are envisaged. Thus, the actual impact is restricted to 4 legs of the tower. Agriculture can continue, as clearly depicted in the Figure-3. As per existing law, land for tower/pole and right of way is not acquired and agricultural activities are allowed to continue after construction activity. However, MSPCL pays compensation to the affected persons/ community for all damages including cost of land below tower to its owner without acquiring it. Thus, compensations are made for following: (i) Land cost of tower footings; (ii) Standing crops; (iii) Trees, if any; (iv) Other assets like well and (v) Any other damages/ effects. Capturing all these, the Implementing agency (IA) will prepare a Compensatory Plan for Temporary Damage (CPTD). The content/coverage of a typical CPTD is placed at the end. 2. Process. MSPCL through its “Bee” line survey (i.e. a desk review) on Survey of India (SOI) map (topo-sheets) preferably on 1:50,000 Scale, the Forest Atlas and or Google Earth map examine various route options at least 3 (Three) alternatives referring ‘Bee’ line as a guiding one between two or multiple origins of proposed transmission/distribution line avoiding/minimizing environmentally and socially sensitive areas based on base line data/information. 3. Taking reference to this desk review, a reconnaissance survey in-house or through other agency/ or walk-over survey is undertaken with hand-held GPS for on-site verifications to confirm findings of desk review survey or otherwise. During Recce or W/O survey it may also be possible to identify other better option of route following the criteria of avoidance & minimization, if so the same, after having collected/updated information/data may be considered as another alternative. 4. A Social (and Environmental) Assessment is conducted in respect of each of the chosen lines of alignment. The process involved extensive consultations with land owners/farmers and different stakeholders. MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 3 8 FIG. 3 : TYPICAL PLAN OF TRANSMISSION LINE TOWER FOOTING X a a T R A Y N S M I S S ACTUAL POSITION ON GROUND INDICATIVE MEASURES X & Y = 10-15 METERS a = 300- 450 mm MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 3 9 5. During the process public views and necessary inputs about surroundings/ villages/crops etc. are also necessary and noted for screening/scoping. After comparison and analysis of all E & S parameters so gathered for all alternatives and considering other significant economic benefit associated with the project/subproject, the most optimum route having minimum environment & social impact is selected for further investigation. 6. Site office will consults with state forest departments if the line is passing through forest areas. Revenue authorities will be consulted for their views on revenue/other lands. Experts’ assistance will be taken, as appropriate, on valuing crops, trees and other assets. 7. Social Assessment concludes with: (i) selection of an optimum line; and (ii) a Social Management Plan viz., CPTD. All these are disclosed widely among the stakeholders as well as on the internet and evince a feedback. Due approval will be sought from District/ Village Councils. In case the scheme/project is implemented in predominantly tribal area a separate and comprehensive analysis in respect of likely impact both positive and negative shall be carried out and will be incorporated in the CPTD. 8. Responsibility for the conduction of SA, preparation of CPTD rests with the IA. The ultimate authority for vetting the affected persons and the nature and extent of compensations rests with the Collector. The entitlement matrix for planning compensation for possible impact is as follows: Entitlement Matrix for CPTD S. No ISSUE/IMPACT BENEFICIARY ENTITLEMENT OPTIONS 1. Land area below Owner 100% land cost at market value as tower base. ascertained by revenue authorities or based on negotiated settlement without actual acquisition/title transfer. 2. Loss/damage to Owner/Tenant/ Compensation to actual cultivator at market crops and trees in sharecropper/ rate for crops and 8 years income for fruit line corridor leaseholder bearing trees*. APs will be given advance notice to harvest their crops. All timber* will be allowed to retain by the owner. 3. Other damages Actual cost as assessed by the concerned (if applicable) All APs authority. 4. Loss of structure (i) House Titleholders Cash compensation at replacement cost (without deduction for salvaged material) plus Rs. 25,000/- assistance (based on prevailing GOI norms for weaker section housing) for construction of house plus transition benefits as per category-5 below. (ii) Shop/ Institutions/ Individual/ Cash compensation plus Rs. 10000/- for Cattle shed Titleholders construction of working shed/shop plus MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 3 10 S. No ISSUE/IMPACT BENEFICIARY ENTITLEMENT OPTIONS transition benefits as per category-5 below 5. Losses during Family/unit Provision of transport or equivalent cash for transition under (i) shifting of material/ cattle from existing & (ii) above for place to alternate place Shifting / Transport 6 Tribal/ Vulnerable Vulnerable APs1 One time additional lump sum assistance not APs exceeding 25% of total compensation on recommendation of State Authority/ADC/VC. * Assistance/help of Forest department for timber yielding trees and Horticulture department for fruit bearing trees shall be taken for assessing the true value. 9. A notice under Indian Telegraph Act/Electricity Act, 2003 is served to the landowners informing that the proposed transmission line is being routed through the property of the individual concerned. The notice shall contain the particulars of the land, ownership details and the details of the trees/crops inevitability likely to be damaged during the course of the construction of the proposed transmission line and acknowledgement received from land owner. A copy of said notice is further issued to the Revenue Officer, who has been authorized by the Manipur Govt. for the purpose of assessment/valuation and disbursement of compensation to the affected parties. 10. The revenue officer shall further issue a notice of intimation to the concerned landowner and inspect the site to verify the documents related to the proof of ownership and a detailed Mouja list is prepared for the identified trees and crops inevitability damaged during the course of the construction. For assessing the true value of timber yielding trees help of forest officials is taken and for fruit bearing trees help of Horticulture department is taken. 11. The Mouja list shall contain the land owner details type of tree/crop, its present age, variety, yielding pattern etc. and the same is prepared at site in the presence of the land owner. These Mouja lists are further compiled and a random verification is conducted by the concerned District Collector or his authorized representative in order to ascertain the assessment carried out by the revenue office is genuine and correct. After this process the District collector issues a tree cutting permit to MSPCL to enable removal / damage to the standing tree/crop identified in the line corridor. 12. Once the tree/crop is removed / damaged, MSPCL shall issue a tree cutting/crop damaged notice to the land owner with a copy to the Revenue Officer to process the compensation payment. Based on the above the compensation payment is generated by means of a computerized programme developed by the National Informatics Center exclusively for this purpose. The detailed Valuation statement thus generated using this programme is verified at various levels and approval of payment of compensation is accorded by the concerned District Collectors. 1 Vulnerable APs include scheduled tribes residing in scheduled areas/ physically handicapped/ disabled families etc. MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 3 11 13. On approval of compensation, the revenue officer shall further intimate the amount payable to the different landowners and MSPCL arranges the payment by way of Demand Draft to the affected parties. The payment is further disbursed at the local village office after due verification of the documents in presence of other witnesses. Content of Compensation Plan For Temporary Damages (CPTD) Section - I: Project Description: Brief description of the background, benefits of the project, objective of compensation plan. Section – II: Project Impacts : Minimization of impacts, description of alternative studies made for proposed route of transmission line including systematic analysis of different alternative studied with reference to particular environmental & social parameters like involvement of forest, protected areas, significant economic benefit associated with the project and without the project etc. and reason for selection of proposed route, analysis of impacts including numbers of affected persons/household, land use traversed etc. . Section – III: Socio-economic and Environmental Analysis for CPTD: Description of the physical, physiographical, socio-economic condition of the project area including other demographic features of the project area, Preliminary Social assessment, Impact due to project location and design and Critical social review criteria Section -IV: Compensation Framework: Description of compensation plan, Procedure for tree/crops/land compensation. Section – V: Stakeholders Participation & Compensation: Public Consultation during Preliminary Survey and peoples reaction/suggestion if any, Plan for further consultation during implementation Section – VI: Institutional Arrangements for Implementation and Monitoring: Describing the implementation schedule, Grievances Redressal Mechanism, Disclosure, Evaluation and monitoring plan. Budget provision for compensation MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 3 12 Part C: Tribal People Development Framework The preliminary assessments made during the project preparation have established that there are tribal people in the project area. It is also ascertained that they do have a collective attachment to the project area particularly in the scheduled area and that they may get affected by the project interventions. Accordingly, to ensure focused and exclusive attention towards such tribals it is envisaged to develop a “Tribal People Development Plan” (TPDP). Since proposed investment programs involve many sub-projects/schemes linear in nature running in different geographical area of state due to which precise information about the tribal people likely to be impacted is not yet firmed up. In order to overcome this limitation, a Tribal People Development Framework (TPDF) is developed which sets out approach and methodology for the preparation of a TPDP. TPDF Objectives and Policies 1. The objectives of the TPDF are to ensure that if indigenous peoples2(referred to as tribal in India) tribal are affected by a project/scheme they: i) are adequately and fully consulted; ii) receive benefits and compensation equal to that of the mainstream population: iii) are provided with special assistance as per laws and policies because of their vulnerabilities vis-à-vis the mainstream population; and iv) receive adequate protection against project adverse impacts on their culture identities. There are several policies which provide a legal framework for ensuring dedicate attention to the tribals. Article 366(25) of the Indian constitution refers to Scheduled Tribes (STs) as those communities who are scheduled in accordance with Article 342 of the Constitution. According to Article 342 of the Constitution, STs are the tribes or tribal communities or part of or groups within these tribes and tribal communities which have been declared as such by the President through a public notification. Identification of tribes is a State subject. Thus, classification of a tribe would 2 * Indigenous People (IP) referred as tribal in India are the distinct groups identified based on their social, cultural, economic, and political traditions and institutions, which are distinct from the mainstream or dominant society and culture. Tribal with similar cultural characteristics are known as ‘Adivasi’ in Hindi and are recognized as Schedule Tribes (STs) as per the Indian Constitution. As per OP-4.10 definition these are Members of a distinct indigenous cultural group, Collective attachment to geographically distinct habitats or ancestral territories in the project area and to the natural resources in these habitats and territories, Customary cultural, economic, social, or political institutions that are separate from those of the dominant society or culture, An indigenous language, often different from the official language of the country or region MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 3 13 depend on the status of that tribe in the respective State. Further the Fifth and Sixth Schedule of the constitution provides special provision for tribals in selected regions of the country. 2. The World Bank’s Operational Policy on Indigenous Peoples (OP 4.10) aims at ensuring that the development process fosters full respect for the dignity, human rights and cultures of indigenous peoples, thereby contributing to the Bank’s mission of poverty reduction and sustainable development. It also recognizes that the identities, cultures, lands and resources of indigenous peoples are uniquely intertwined and especially vulnerable to changes caused by development programs hence require special measures to ensure that they are included in and benefit from these programs as appropriate. Identification of Indigenous Peoples 3. The term “Indigenous Peoples” is used in a generic sense to refer to a distinct, vulnerable, social and cultural group possessing the following characteristics in varying degrees: (a) Self-identification as members of a distinct indigenous cultural group and recognition of this identity by others; (b) Collective attachment to geographically distinct habitats or ancestral territories in the project area and to the natural resources in these habitats and territories; (c) Customary cultural, economic, social, or political institutions that are separate from those of the dominant society and culture; (d) An indigenous language, often different from the official language of the country or region. 4. The hill areas of the State are governed by a special State legislation i.e the Manipur Hill Areas District Councils Act, 1971. This Act has provisions similar to those contained in the Sixth Schedule and has established six Autonomous Hill District Councils in Manipur, covering 5 districts. Tribal People Development Framework (TPDF) 5. The TPDF seeks to ensure that tribal communities are informed, consulted, and mobilized to participate in the subproject preparation. The Framework is intended to guide selection and preparation of additional subprojects under the Project where impacts on tribal people are identified to ensure better distribution of the Project benefits and promote development of the indigenous peoples in the Project areas. The framework is prepared in accordance with both the Indian Constitution provisions, RFCTLARRA, 2013 and World Bank’s OP-4.10 and serves the following purposes: (a) Identification of the tribal people likely to be impacted by the project interventions; MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 3 14 (b) Assess the nature and extent of impacts likely to occur as a result of the project interventions; (c) Prepare a plan (TPDP) outlining measures towards avoiding/ minimizing the negative impacts as well as enhance positive impacts; (d) Outlines an approach for the conduction of social assessment for ensuring free, prior, and informed consultation with the affected tribal communities at each stage of project preparation and implementation; (e) Putting in place an implementation arrangements of the TPDP, its disclosure and mechanisms to address any grievances. . TPDF – Land Acquisition and Resettlement 6. Whenever after initial screening it is found that some land belonging to tribal community /communities is being needed to be involuntary acquired for setting up of a substation demonstrating/substantiating such acquisition is done only as a last resort by completing the technical investigation including assessment of alternatives and detailed surveys. The detailed report along with land requirement is submitted to the Government of Manipur (GoMan) for further processing as per provisions of RFCTLARRA, 2013. GoMe then initiates a SIA through an Independent Agency with a project specific terms of reference. The SIA agency shall first consult the concerned Panchayat, Municipality, District/Village Council at village level or ward level in the affected area to carry out SIA study. SIA shall assess the purpose of acquisition and estimate the affected families, gender, social group carry out analysis regarding impact on community properties, assets and infrastructure particularly roads, public transport, drainage, sanitation, sources of drinking water, sources of water for cattle, community ponds grazing land, plantations, public utilities electricity supply and health care facilities. The SIA agency shall also prepare a Social Impact Management Plan (SIMP) listing ameliorative measures required for addressing the likely impact vis-à-vis intended benefit of the project. The SIA report and SIMP shall be subject to public hearing in the affected area after giving adequate publicity for the venue, time etc to ascertain the views of affected families/communities which shall be included in the SIA. The final SIA report shall be published including its translation in local language and shall also be made available to Panchayats, District/Village Councils & Deputy Collector/District Magistrate office for wider circulation. Detailing of the same is provided below: (i) the prior consent of the concerned Gram Sabha or the Panchayats or the autonomous District Councils at the appropriate level in Scheduled Areas under the Fifth Schedule to the Constitution, as the case may be, shall be obtained in all cases of land acquisition in such areas, before issue of a notification under this Act, or any other Central Act or a State Act for the time being in force. (ii) Provided that the consent of the Panchayats or the Autonomous Districts Councils shall be obtained in cases where the Gram Sabha does not exist or has not been constituted. (iii) In the case of a project involving land acquisition on behalf of a Requiring Body which MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 3 15 involves involuntary displacement of the Scheduled Castes or the Scheduled Tribes families, a Development Plan shall be prepared in such a form as may be prescribed. laying down the details of procedure for settling land rights due, but not settled and restoring titles of the Scheduled Tribes as well as the Scheduled Castes on the alienated land by undertaking a special drive together with land acquisition. This plan is targeted at both SCs and STs, but, for the current purpose, it is referred to as Tribal People Development Plan (TPDP) and contents of such a Development Plan are provided at the end. (iv) the TPDP also contain a program for development of alternate fuel, fodder and non- timber forest produce resources on non-forest lands within a period of five years sufficient to meet the requirements of tribal communities as well as the Scheduled Castes. (v) In the case of land being acquired from the members of the Scheduled Castes or the Scheduled Tribes, at least one-third of the compensation amount due shall be paid to the affected families initially as first instalment and the rest shall be paid after taking over of the possession of the land. (vi) The affected families of' the Scheduled Tribes shall be resettled preferably in the same Scheduled Area in a compact block so that they can retain their ethnic, linguistic and cultural identity. (vii) The resettlement areas predominantly inhabited by the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes shall get land, to such extent as may be decided by the appropriate Government free of cost for community and social gatherings. (viii) Any alienation of tribal lands or lands belonging to members of the Scheduled Castes in disregard of the laws and regulations for the time being in force shall be treated as Null and void. and in the case of acquisition of such lands, the rehabilitation and resettlement benefits shall be made available to the original tribal land owners or land owners belonging to the Scheduled Castes. (ix) The affected Scheduled Tribes. other traditional forest dwellers and the Scheduled Castes having fishing rights in a river or pond or dam in the affected area shall be given fishing rights in the reservoir area of the irrigation or hydel projects. (x) Where the affected families belonging to the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes are relocated outside of the district. then they shall be paid an additional 25% rehabilitation and resettlement benefits to which they are entitled in monetary terms along with a one-time entitlement of Rs. 50,000/-. (xi) All benefits, including the reservation benefits available to the Scheduled Tribes and the Scheduled Castes in the affected areas shall continue in the resettlement area. (xii) Whenever the affected families belonging to the Scheduled Tribes who are residing in the Scheduled Areas referred to in the Fifth Schedule or the tribal areas referred to in the Sixth Schedule to the Constitution are relocated outside those areas, than, all the statutory safeguards. entitlements and benefits being enjoyed by them under this Act shall be extended to the area to which they are resettled regardless of whether the resettlement area is a scheduled Area referred to in the said Fifth Schedule or a tribal area referred to in the said Sixth Schedule. or not. (xiii) Where the community rights have been settled under the provisions of the Scheduled 'tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006. The same shall be quantified in monetary amount and be paid to the individual conceded who has been displaced. MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 3 16 Following entitlement matrix shall be the basis for providing compensation and compatible R&R measures for tribal peoples: COMPENSATION & R&R ENTITLEMENTS FOR LAND ACQUISITION A. Comprehensive Compensation Package Eligibility for Entitlement Provisions The affected families Determination of Compensation :  Land Owners: includes any person- 4. Market value of the land  as specified in the Indian Stamp Act, 1899 v) whose name is recorded as (he owner or of the land or building or part  the average of the sale price for similar type of land thereof, in the records of the situated in the village or vicinity, authority concerned; or or vi) any person who is granted forest  consented amount of compensation as agreed in rights under the Scheduled Tribes case of acquisition of lands for private companies and Other Traditional Forest or for public private partnership project. Dwellers (Recognition of Forest whichever is higher Rights) Act, 2006 or under any other Market value x Multiplier* between 1 to 2 in rural law for the time being in force; areas only (No multiplier in urban areas). or vii) who is entitled to be granted 5. Value of the assets attached to land: Patta rights on the land under any Building/Trees/Wells/Crop etc. as valued by relevant law of the State including assigned govt. authority; lands: or Land compensation = 1+2 viii) any person who has been 6. Solatium: 100% of total compensation declared as such by an order of the court or Authority; Total Compensation : 1+2+3 (*) Precise scale shall be determined by the State Govt. The indicative values of multiplier factor based on distance from urban areas as provided in the act. Radial Distance from Urban area (Km) Multiplier Factor 0-10 1.00 10-20 1.20 20-30 1.40 30-40 1.80 40-50 2.00 B. R&R Package Elements of Rehabilitation and Resettlement Entitlements for all the affected families (both land owners and the families whose livelihood is primarily dependent on land acquired) in addition to compensation provided above Elements of R& R Sl. No. Provision Entitlements Subsistence grant/allowance 1. Rs. 3000 per month per family for 12 months for displaced families d. Where jobs are created through the project, mandatory The affected families shall employment for one member per affected family; 2. or be entitled to: e. Rupees 5 lakhs per family; MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 3 17 or f. Rupees 2000 per month per family as annuity for 20 years, with appropriate index for inflation; The option of availing (a) or (b) or (c) shall be that of the affected family iii. A constructed house shall be provided as per the Indira Awas Yojana specifications. Housing units for iv. A constructed house shall be provided, which will be displacement: not less than 50 sq. mts. in plinth area. iii) If a house is lost in In either case the equivalent cost of the house may 3. rural areas: also be provided in lieu of the house as per the iv) If a house is lost in preference of the project affected family. urban areas The stamp duty and other fees payable for registration of the house allotted to the affected families shall be borne by the Requiring Body. Transportation cost for 4. Rs 50,000/- per affected family displaced families Resettlement Allowance 5. Onetime Rs 50,000/- per affected family (for displaced families) Onetime financial assistance as appropriate for 6. Cattle shed/ petty shop cost construction as decided by St. Govt. subject to minimum of Rs.25,000/- Artisan/small traders/others Onetime financial assistance as appropriate as decided by 7. (in case of displacement) St. Govt. subject to minimum of Rs.25,000/- Special Provisions for SCs/STs In addition to the R&R package, SC/ST families will be entitled to the following additional benefits: 8. One time financial assistance of Rs. 50,000 per family; 9. Families settled outside the district shall be entitled to an additional 25% R&R benefits; 10. Payment of one third of the compensation amount at very outset; 11. Preference in relocation and resettlement in area in same compact block; 12. Free land for community and social gatherings; 13. In case of displacement, a Development Plan is to be prepared 14. Continuation of reservation and other Schedule V and Schedule VI area benefits from displaced area to resettlement area. Consultations and Participation Framework 7. The World Bank OP 4.10 on Indigenous Peoples too emphasizes “a process of free, prior, and informed consultation with the affected tribal People’s communities at each stage of the project, and particularly during project preparation, to fully identify their views and ascertain their broad community support for the project. To ensure peoples participation in the planning phase and aiming at promotion of public understanding and fruitful solutions of developmental problems various sections of project affected persons and other stakeholders were and will be engaged in consultations throughout the project planning and implementation stages. In this project, however, MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 3 18 it will go beyond consultations, as it is mandatory for the project to seek consent for all plans (SIMP and CPTD) from the Tribal Councils. 8. Public participation, consultation and information dissemination begins with initial phases of project preparation. Public consultation activities and information dissemination to PAPs and local authorities continues as the project preparation activities proceed in a project. Through respective local governments and civil society, PAPs are regularly provided with information on the project and the resettlement process prior to and during the project preparation and implementation stages. Information dissemination and consultations shall be a continuous process during preparation, implementation, Monitoring and Evaluation. The information dissemination and consultation with PAPs shall include but not be limited to the following: (i) project description and its likely impacts, (ii) objective of the surveys (iii) entitlement provisions for different impacts. (iv) Mechanisms and procedures for public participation and consultation (v) Resettlement options (vi) Grievance redress mechanisms and procedures (vii) Tentative implementation schedule (viii) Role and responsibilities of different actors (ix) Preferences for mode of compensating for affected fixed assets (x) Household consultations for skill improvement training, use of compensation amount and livelihood restoration 9. A detailed consultation and communication procedure placed at Annexure-23 shall be used for each subproject as part of the TPDP. Some of the methods that can be used for the purpose of communication will include provisions of information boards, pamphlets distribution, wall paintings, drum beating, organizing meetings with key informants and village committees and opinion gathering through post cards, phones and Short Messaging services (SMSes). The GRM as detailed out in main document shall also be applicable without any discrimination for TPDF. The following information shall be included in the TPDP:  Description followed by analysis of the social structure of the population.  Inventory of the resources and analysis of the sources of income of the population  Information about the systems of production practiced by tribals  Relationship of tribal groups to the proposed project  Examination of land tenure issues including lands under customary rule and assurance of continued use of these resources by the groups involved.  Strategy for local participation including mechanisms defined with the assistance and in consultation with tribal peoples for their participation in decision making process throughout project planning, implementation and evaluation cycle.  Summary of Public Consultation process. MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 3 19  Identification of development interventions or mitigation activities including measures to enhance tribal participation in the activities proposed under the project  An implementation schedule with benchmarks to assess progress  Monitoring and evaluation, including specific indicators  Detailed cost estimates/budget and financing plan and sources of funds for the TPDP covering planned activities.  Organisation support/ institutional capacity like the government institutions responsible for tribal development  Maps Tribal Land Acquisition Process: 10. Land acquisition processes that need to be completed in a sequence has already been discussed in main ESPPF report and Annexure-4. However, special provisions as applicable to the lands acquisition in Tribal /scheduled areas are enumerated below: S. Aspects Actions Special provisions for tribal No. /Scheduled Areas 1 Preliminary Notification for the As far as possible, no acquisition of land Investigation commencement of Social shall be made in the Scheduled Areas for Impact assessment study to be determination made available in local Where such acquisition does take place of Social language to concerned it shall be done only as a demonstrable Impact and Panchayat/Municipality and to last resort public offices of district collector/sub- purpose. divisional magistrate/tehsil (hereinafter referred to as local bodies) Consultation with the Land for traditional tribal institutions concerned Panchayat, and burial and cremation grounds taken Municipality or Municipal into consideration while conducting the Corporation, as the case may SIA be and carry out a social impact assessment (SIA) study SIA study to be made public in manner specified in the Act Preparation of Social Impact In case of a project involving land Management Plan (SIMP) acquisition /involuntary displacement of the Scheduled Castes or the Scheduled Tribes families, a Development Plan shall be prepared laying down the details of procedure for settling land rights due but not settled and restoring titles of the scheduled Tribes as well as the Scheduled Castes on the alienated land by undertaking a special drive together with land acquisition b) The Development Plan shall also contain a programme for development of alternate fuel, fodder and non-timber MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 3 20 forest produce resources on non-forest lands within a period of five years sufficient to meet the requirements of tribal communities as well as the Scheduled Castes. Public hearing for Social Impact Assessment (when prepared under section-4 of the act) 2 Appraisal of SIA report is evaluated by an SIA by expert independent multi-disciplinary group Expert Group, as may be constituted by appropriate Govt. Recommendations of the expert group made available to the local bodies and in the affected areas in local language The appropriate govt. would recommend the such area for acquisition after examining the expert group report (and report from the collector if any) 3 Publication Notification (hereinafter ln case of acquisition or alienation of of preliminary referred to as preliminary any land in the Scheduled Areas, the notification notification) to that effect prior consent of the concerned Gram along with details of the land Sabha or the Panchayats or the to be acquired in rural and autonomous District Councils, at the urban areas shall be published appropriate level in Scheduled Areas (Notification to be issued under the Fifth Schedule to the within 12 months from DoA of Constitution, as the case may be, shall SIA) be obtained. in all cases of land acquisition in such areas, including acquisition in case of urgency, before issue of a notification under this Act, or any other Central Act or a State Act for the time being in force. Immediately after issuance of the notification, the concerned Gram Sabhas at the village level, municipalities in case of municipal areas and the Autonomous Councils in case of the areas referred to in the Sixth Schedule to the Constitution, shall be informed of the contents of the notification issued under the said sub-section in all cases of land acquisition at a meeting called especially for this purpose. MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 3 21 After issuance of notice, the Collector shall, before the issue of a declaration under section 19, undertake and complete the exercise of updating of land records as prescribed within a period of two months. Preliminary survey of land Payment for damage (if any) during survey 4 Preparation Upon the publication of the of preliminary notification by Rehabilitation the Collector, the and Administrator for Resettlement Rehabilitation and Scheme by Resettlement shall conduct a the survey and undertake a census Administrator of the affected families The Administrator shall, based The affected families of the Scheduled on the survey and census Tribes shall be resettled preferably in prepare a draft Rehabilitation the same Scheduled Area in a compact and Resettlement Scheme block so that they can retain their ethnic, (including time limit) linguistic and cultural identity. The resettlement areas predominantly inhabited by the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes shall get land, to such extent as may be decided by the appropriate Government free of cost for community and social gatherings. The affected Scheduled Tribes, other traditional forest dwellers and the Scheduled Castes having fishing rights in a river or pond or dam in the affected area shall be given fishing rights in the reservoir area of the irrigation or hydel projects. The draft Rehabilitation and Resettlement scheme referred to in sub-section (2) shall be made known locally by wide publicity in the affected area and discussed in the concerned Gram Sabhas or Municipalities A public hearing shall be Provided further that the consultation conducted in such manner as with the Gram Sabha in Scheduled may be prescribed, after giving Areas shall be in accordance with the adequate publicity about the provisions of the Provisions of the MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 3 22 date, time and venue for the Panchayats (Extension to the Scheduled public hearing at the affected Areas) Act, 1996. area: The Administrator shall, on completion of public hearing submit the draft Scheme for Rehabilitation and Resettlement along with a specific report on the claims and objections raised in the public hearing to the Collector. The Collector shall review the draft Scheme submitted by the Administrator with the Rehabilitation and Resettlement Committee at the Rehabilitation project level constituted under section 45: The Collector shall submit the draft Rehabilitation and Resettlement Scheme with his suggestions to the Commissioner Rehabilitation and Resettlement for approval of the Scheme. Approved Rehabilitation and Resettlement Scheme to be made public Publication of declaration and summary of Rehabilitation and Resettlement. 5 Land to be The Collector shall thereupon marked out, cause the land to be marked measured and out and measured, and a plan planned to be made of the same. including marking of specific areas 6 Notice to The Collector to publish the persons public notice on his website interested and and cause public notice to be making of given at convenient places, to statements stating that the Government intends to take possession of the land, and that claims to compensations and rehabilitation and resettlement for all interests in such land may be made to him The collector may require a statement containing the name MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 3 23 of every person possessing any interest in the land and nature of interest for three years preceding the date of statement 7 Enquiry and the Collector shall proceed to land enquire into the objections (if acquisition any) which any person award by interested has stated Collector The Collector shall make an award within a period of twelve months from the date of publication of the declaration under section 19 8 Determination Determination of market value In case of land being acquired from of amount of of the land by the collector members of the Scheduled Castes or compensation the Scheduled Tribes, at least one-third of the compensation amount due shall be paid to the affected families initially as first instalment and the rest shall be paid after taking over of the possession of the land. The market value is multiplied by a factor as described in the first schedule of the Act Determination of value of things attached to land or building Determination of value of things attached to land or building 9 Rehabilitation The Collector shall pass Where the affected families belonging and Rehabilitation and to the Scheduled Castes and the Resettlement Resettlement Awards for each Scheduled Tribes are relocated outside Award for affected family in tenns of the of the district, then, they shall be paid an affected entitlements provided in the additional twenty-five per cent R&R families Second Schedule benefits to which they are entitled in monetary terms along with a one-time entitlement of fifty thousand rupees. b) Where the community rights have been settled under the provisions of the Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006, the same shall be quantified in monetary amount and be paid to the individual concerned who has been displaced due to the acquisition of land in proportion with his share in such community rights. Provision of infrastructural All benefits, including the reservation MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 3 24 amenities in resettlement area benefits available to the Scheduled Tribes and the Scheduled Castes in the affected areas shall continue in the resettlement area b) Whenever the affected families belonging to the Scheduled Tribes who are residing in the Scheduled Areas referred to in the Fifth Schedule or the tribal areas referred to in the Sixth Schedule to the Constitution are relocated outside those areas, than, all the statutory safeguards. Entitlements and benefits being enjoyed by them under this Act shall be extended to the area to which they are resettled regardless of whether the resettlement area is a Scheduled Area referred to in the said Fifth Schedule or a tribal area referred to in the said Sixth Schedule or not. MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 3 25 Annexure - 4 Salient Features of the Right to fair compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition, Resettlement and Rehabilitation Act, 2013 Scope of the LARRA, 2013: Both LA and R&R Provisions will apply when: 1. Government acquires land for its own use, hold and control 2. Government acquires land with the ultimate purpose to transfer it for the use of private companies for stated public purpose 3. Government acquires land for Public Private Partnership Projects Note I: Public purpose for 2. & 3. above, once stated, cannot be changed Note II: - Land Acquisition under 2. can take place provided that the consent of 80% of the affected families is obtained. - Land Acquisition under 3. can take place provided consent of 70 % of affected families is obtained. Only R&R provisions will apply when:  Private companies purchase land for a project, and the same exceeds the area thresholds set by the State Governments for such purchase Salient Features of LA, R & R, 2013 Definition of Public Purpose 1. Land for strategic purposes relating to armed forces, national security or defense, police, safety of the people; 2.Land for infrastructure:(i)items listed in circular of Government of India, Department of Economic Affairs (Infrastructure Section) number 13/6/2009-INF dated the 27th March, 2012 excluding private hospitals, private educational institutions and private hotels (ii)projects involving agro-processing, supply of inputs to agriculture, warehousing, cold storage facilities, marketing infrastructure for agriculture and allied activities such dairy, fisheries, and meat processing as set up or owned by the appropriate(iii)project for industrial corridors or mining activities, national investment and manufacturing zones as designated in the national manufacturing Policy;(iv)project for water harvesting and water conservation structures, sanitation;(v)project for Government administered and government aided educational and research schemes or institutions;(vi)project for sports, health care, tourism, transportation, space programme, (vii) Any infrastructure facility as may be notified in this regard by the Central Government and after tabling of such notification in Parliament; 3. Land for the project affected people MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 4 1 4. Land for planned development or improvement of village or urban sites or for residential purpose to weaker sections; 5. Land for persons residing in areas affected by natural calamities or displaced Urgency Clause: The Urgency Clause can only be invoked in the following cases: 1. National defense and security purposes 2. Resettlement & Rehabilitation needs in the event of natural calamities such as floods or earthquakes In case there is doubled is placement of any individual they will receive an additional compensation of up to 75% of the compensation already provided for under the new law. Definition of ‘Affected Families’  Land Owners: 1. Family or company whose land/other immovable properties have been acquired; 2. Those who are assigned land by the Governments under various schemes; 3. Right holders under the Forest Rights Act, 2006  Livelihood Losers: 1. Over the last three years, a family whose livelihood is primarily dependent on the land being acquired, including agriculture labourers, tenants or sharecroppers 2.Over the last three years, families which are dependent on forests or waterbodies for their livelihoods when these are acquired; including forest gatherers, hunters, fisher folk and boatmen 3.Over the last three years, any family whose livelihood is dependent primarily on the land being acquired in the urban areas or any family who is residing on the land being acquired in the urban areas Safeguarding Food Security 1. Multi-crop irrigated land will not be acquired except as a demonstrably last resort measure, which in no case should lead to acquisition of more than such limits as have been set by the State Government under this law. 2. Wherever multi-crop irrigated land is acquired an equivalent area of cultivable wasteland shall be developed for agricultural purposes (or an amount equivalent to the value of the land acquired shall MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 4 2 be deposited with the appropriate Government for investment in agriculture for enhancing food- security). 3. States are also required to set a limit on the area of agricultural land that can be acquired in any given district. 1. and 2. above shall not apply in the case of linear projects (such as railways, highways, major district roads, power lines, and irrigation canals) Minimum Compensation for Land Acquisition A Comprehensive Compensation Package (First Schedule) 1. Market value of the land: a) the minimum land value, if any, specified in the Indian Stamp Act, 1899 for the registration of sale deeds in the area, where the land is situated; or b) the average of the sale price for similar type of land situated in the immediate areas adjoining the land being acquired, ascertained from fifty per cent of the sale deeds registered during the preceding three years, where higher price has been paid; or whichever is higher: provided that the market value so calculated for rural areas shall be multiplied by a multiplier factor of up to ‘two’. 2. Value of the assets attached to land: Building/Trees/Wells/Crop etc as valued by relevant govt. authority; Total compensation = 1+2. , 3. Solatium: 100% of total compensation 4. Where land is acquired for urbanisation, 20% of the developed land will be reserved and offered to land owning project affected families, in proportion to their land acquired and at a price equal to cost of acquisition and the cost of development. In case the project affected family wishes to avail of this offer, an equivalent amount will be deducted from the land acquisition compensation package payable to it . 5. The Company for whom land is being acquired may offer shares limited to 25% of the Compensation amount. In case the project affected family wishes to avail of this offer, an equivalent amount will be deducted from the land acquisition compensation package payable to it. Minimum Compensation for Land Illustrative Sliding Scale: MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 4 3 The multiplier factor will gradually rise from 1 to 2 as we move away from Urban locations into Rural areas The Precise slabs will be left to respective St. Govts. Illustrative Sliding Scale (Precise Scale to be determined by each St. Govt.) Radial Distance from Multiplier Factor Urban area (Km) 0 -10 1.00 10-20 1.20 20-30 1.40 30-40 1.80 40-50 2.00 MINIMUM R&R ENTITLEMENTS A Comprehensive R&R Package (Second Schedule) 1. Subsistence allowance at Rs. 3000 per month per family for 12 months; 2. The affected families shall be entitled to: (a) Where jobs are created through the project, mandatory employment for one member per affected family or (b) Rupees 5 lakhs per family; or (c) Rupees 2000 per month per family as annuity for 20 years, with appropriate index for inflation; The option of availing (a) or (b) or (c) shall be that of the affected family 3. If a house is lost in rural areas, a constructed house shall be provided as per the Indira Awas Yojana specifications. If a house is lost in urban areas, a constructed house shall be provided, which will be not less than 50sqmts in plinth area. In either case the equivalent cost of the house may also be provided in lieu of the house as per the preference of the project affected family; MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 4 4 4. One acre of land to each family in the command area, if land is acquired for an irrigation project if possible BUT the same shall be in lieu of Compensation; 5. Rs 50,000 for transportation; 6. A one-time „Resettlement Allowance‟ of Rs 50,000; Special Provisions for SCs/STs In addition to the R&R package, SC/ST families will be entitled to the following additional benefits: 1. Land to be given to each family in every project even in the case of irrigation projects; 2. One time financial assistance of Rs. 50,000 per family; 3. Families settled outside the district shall be entitled to an additional 25% R&R benefits; 4. Payment of one third of the compensation amount at very outset; 5. Preference in relocation and resettlement in area in same compact block; 6. Free land for community and social gatherings; 7. In case of displacement, a Development Plan is to be prepared .8. Continuation of reservation and other Schedule V and Schedule VI area benefits from displaced area to resettlement area. ENHANCED ROLE FOR PANCHAYATI RAJ INSITUTIONS ESP. GRAM SABHAS SIA in consultation with PRIs: The Social Impact Assessment (SIA) has to be carried out in consultation with the representatives of the Panchayati Raj Institutions (PRI) SIA Reports To Be Shared: Reports prepared under the Social Impact Assessment are to be shared with these individuals in their local language along with a summary. Representation in Expert Group: The Expert Group has to have two members belonging to the Panchayati Raj Institutions. This is a powerful body that has the power to reject a project. Hearings in All Gram Sabhas: In case where an affected area involves more than one Gram Panchayat or Municipality, public hearings shall be conducted in every Gram Sabha where more than twenty five per cent of land belonging to that Gram Sabha is being acquired. Consent of Gram Sabha : The Consent of Gram Sabha is mandatory for acquisitions in Scheduled Areas under the Fifth Schedule referred to in the Constitution Representation of Panchayat Chairpersons on R&R Committee MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 4 5 at Project Level: The Rehabilitation and Resettlement Committee at Project Level has to have the Chairpersons of the Panchayats located in the affected area or their nominees as representatives. Panchayat Ghars have to be provided as per the list of Infrastructural amenities given in the Third Schedule. Special Provisions for Farmers: Acquisition only if necessary: The Collector has to make sure that no other unutilised lands are available before he moves to acquire farm land. Enhanced Compensation: All farmers in rural areas will get up to 4 times the highest sales prices in a given area. Strict Restrictions on Multi-Crop Acquisition: The acquisition of agricultural land and multi-crop land has to be carried out as a last resort. Consent: shall be prior-consent required from 70 per cent of land losers and those working on government assigned lands only in the case of Public-Private Partnership projects and 80 per cent in the case of private companies. This consent also includes consent to the amount of compensation that shall be paid. Return of Unutilized land: Land not used can now be returned to the original owners if the State so decides. Share in Sale of Acquired Land Increased: The share that has to be distributed amongst farmers in the increased land value (when the acquired land is sold off to another party) has been set at 40%.Income Tax Exemption: All amounts accruing under this act have been exempted from Income tax and from Stamp duty. Special Safeguards for Farmers : Damage to crops to be included in price: The final award has to include damage to any standing crops which might have been harmed due to the process of acquisition (including the preliminary inspection). Share in Developed Land: In case their land is acquired for urbanization purposes twenty per cent of the developed land will be reserved and offered to these farmers in proportion to the area of their land acquired and at a price equal to the cost of acquisition and the cost of development. Fishing Rights: In the case of irrigation or hydel projects, affected families may be allowed fishing rights in the reservoirs, in such manner as may be prescribed by the appropriate Government. Reduced Role for Collector There has been a significant reduction of the powers that the Collector enjoyed under the 1894 Act: Under the 1894 Act, the Collector had complete authority to decide what activity constituted 'public purpose'. Under the new law he has been completely stripped of this function. Public purpose must fall strictly within the parameters prescribed under this law. The Collector cannot add or subtract to the list given. Under the 1894 Act, the Collector could decide what quantum of compensation could be paid to those displaced. Under the new law, there is a formula that does not require the Collector to exercise any discretion. All he has to do is make sure that the rate is MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 4 6 calculated as directed. Under the 1894 Act; the Collector could decide when to take possession. He could dispossess any family by giving a moment’s notice. Now possession can only be taken once all the requirements under the law relating to the payment of compensation, rehabilitation and resettlement have been discharged. Under the 1894 Act, the Collector had sweeping powers to invoke the urgency clause. What constituted an urgent situation was entirely af unction of the Collector's interpretation. This loop hole has been plugged conclusively by limiting urgency to only two cases-natural disasters and national defence. The Collector can no longer acquire land citing 'urgent' reasons. Benefits for Tenants and Sharecroppers: The Law also covers all Tenants who may not own any land but are engaged in any form of tenancy or holding a usufructury right and; Share-croppers Artisans who have been working in the affected area for three years prior to the acquisition and whose primary source of livelihood stands affected by the acquisition of land . They will receive not just the Rehabilitation and Resettlement Benefits but also a share in the compensation to be provided. Infrastructural Amenities under R&R (Third Schedule) 25 infrastructural amenities to be provided in the Resettlement area, including:  Schools and playgrounds;  Health Centres;  Roads and electric connections;  Assured sources of safe drinking water for each family as per Govt. norms;  Panchayat Ghars as appropriate;  Anganwadi‟s providing child and mother supplemental nutritional services as per Govt. norms;  Places of worship and burial and/or cremation ground depending on the caste-communities at the site and their practices;  Village level Post Offices, as appropriate, with facilities for opening saving accounts;  Fair price shops and seed-cum-fertilizer storage facilities if needed Retrospective Effect Clause Retrospective operation: Where no award under Section 11 of the 1894 Act has been made, the new law will apply with regard to compensation; -Where an award has been made but the affected individuals have not accepted compensation or have not yet given up possession, and the proceedings have been pending for 5years or more, provisions of the new law will apply. MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 4 7 -Where a majority of individuals in an affected area have not received compensation then the new law will apply. Compliance with other Laws The Provisions of the New Law shall be fully compliant with other laws such as:  The Panchayats (Extension to the Scheduled Areas) Act, 1996;  The Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006;  Land Transfer Regulations in Schedule V Areas. In fact, while the above legislations provide for ‘consultation’ with Gram Sabhas, the new law goes one step ahead and provides for ‘consent’. Safeguards against indiscriminate acquisition Social Impact Assessment made mandatory except for Irrigation Projects. To be concluded in 6 months; •Draft Notification to include: –Summary of SIA –Particulars of Administrator for R&R who prepares R&R scheme •Draft Declaration to include: –Summary of R&R package •No Change of Purpose: No change from the purposes specified in the Land Use Plan submitted at the time of land acquisition will be allowed. •Change of Ownership: No change of ownership without specific permission of Appropriate Government is allowed; •Land not Used: Land that is not used within 5 years in accordance with the purposes for which it was acquired at the time of acquisition, shall be transferred to the State Government‟s Land Bank OR to the original land owner. •Sharing appreciated value: Upon every transfer of land without development, 40% of the appreciated land value shall be mandatorily shared with the original owner whose land has been acquired MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 4 8 Transparency Provisions  Social Impact Assessment –Gram Sabha to be consulted –Summary of SIA notified along with Draft Notification –SIA document made available for public scrutiny  R&R Scheme –Summary notified along with Draft declaration –Made available for public scrutiny •Individual Awards passed •Public Disclosure –All documents mandatorily to be made available in the public domain and on the website Penalties: Stringent and Comprehensive Penalties Regime for Companies and Government: • Punishment for false information, mala fide action, etc. • Penalty for contravention of provisions of Act. Awards: Collector passes 2 types of Awards: 1. Award for Land Acquisition –Award made in respect of every affected family whose land is being acquired (this will include landless tenants as well) and containing details of LA compensation as listed in the First Schedule; 2. Award for R&R –Award made in respect of every affected family, regardless of whether they may be losing land or not, containing details of R&R entitlements as listed in the Second Schedule. Timelines: 1. Compensation will be given within a period of three months from the date of the award; MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 4 9 2. Monetary R&R entitlements will be provided within a period of six months from the date of the award; 3. Infrastructure R&R entitlements will be provided within a period of eighteen months from the date of the award; 4. No involuntary displacement will take place without completion of R&R; 5. In irrigation or hydel projects, R&R shall be completed six months prior to submergence Impact of the new law on Existing Legislations related to Land Acquisition 1. There are 13 Acts of the Central Government in force that allow for land acquisition. These are listed in the Fourth Schedule of the Act (and include legislations relating to National Defence, National Highways, Railways etc).The new law does not apply to the activities covered under these Acts. 2. However, within one year, the provisions of the new Law which relate to compensation, rehabilitation and resettlement will be applied to the 13 Acts by a notification of the Central Government. Flexibility given to States: 1. The sliding scale on the basis of which compensation is to be calculated (2-4 times market value) has been left to the discretion of the State Governments 2. Thresholds for multi-crop irrigated lands 3. Thresholds at which R&R provisions apply to private purchases 4. States are encouraged to adopt the option of “lease” instead of acquisition. 5. States are also empowered by this law to provide for benefits and safeguards that go over and above the provisions of this law. MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 4 10 Annexure-5 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE ELECTRICITY ACT, 2003 Objective: An Act to consolidate the laws relating to generation, transmission, distribution, trading and use of electricity and generally for taking measures conducive to development of electricity industry, promoting competition therein, protecting interest of consumers and supply of electricity to all areas, rationalization of electricity tariff, ensuring transparent policies regarding subsidies, promotion of efficient and environmentally benign policies, constitution of Central Electricity Authority, Regulatory Commissions and establishment of Appellate Tribunal and for matters connected therewith or incidental thereto PART-I: This part deals with the jurisdiction of the law and important definitions PART-II: This part deals about National Policy and Plan to be prepared by Central Govt. in consultation with state Govt. National Policy and National Electricity plan needs to be published in Gazette / News paper once in 5 years. PART-III: This part deals about generation of electricity  Generating company and requirement for setting up of generating station  Hydro-electric generation  Captive generation  Duties of generating companies  Directions to generating companies PART-IV: This part deals licensing for transmission of electricity, distribution and undertaking trading in electricity. 1. Authorised persons to transmit, supply, etc. electricity 2. Power to exempt 3. Grant of license 4. Procedure for grant of license 5. Conditions of license 6. Licensee not to do certain things 7. Amendment lf license 8. Revocation of license 9. Sale of utilities of licensees 10. Vesting of utility in purchaser 11. Provisions where no purchase takes place 12. Directions to licensees 13. Suspension of distribution license and sale of utility PART V: This part deals transmission of electricity including inter-state, regional and inter-regional transmission system. 14. Inter-State, regional and inter-regional transmission 15. National Load Despatch Centre 16. Constitution of Regional Load Despatch Centre 17. Functions of Regional Load Despatch Centre 18. Compliance of directions 19. Intra-State transmission 20. Transmission within a State 21. Constitution of State Load Despatch Centres MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 5 1 22. Functions of State Load Despatch Centres 23. Compliance of directions 24. Grid Standards 25. Intervening transmission facilities 26. Charges for intervening transmission facilities 27. Directions by Appropriate Government 28. Central Transmission Utility and functions 29. State Transmission Utility and functions 30. Duties of transmission licensees 31. Other business of transmission licensee PART-VI: This deals with provisions of distribution of electricity with respect to distribution licensee 32. Duties of distribution licensee and open access 33. Duty to supply on request 34. Exceptions from duty to supply electricity 35. Power to recover charges 36. Power to recover expenditure 37. Power to require security 38. Additional terms of supply 39. Agreements with respect to supply or purchase of electricity 40. The Electricity Supply Code 41. Other businesses of distribution licensees 42. Provisions with respect to electricity trader 43. Control of transmission and use of electricity 44. Use, etc. of meters 45. Disconnection of supply in default of payment 46. Standards of performance of licensee 47. Different standards of performance by licensee 48. Information with respect to levels of performance 49. Market domination PART-VII: This chapter deals about terms and conditions for the determination of tariff. 50. Tariff regulations 51. Determination of tariff 52. Determination of tariff by bidding process 53. Procedure for tariff order 54. Provision of subsidy by State Government 55. Development of market PART-VIII: This part deals work of licensees includes provision as to opening up of streets, railways etc., overhead lines, notice to telegraph authority. 56. Provision as to opening up of streets, railways, etc 57. Overhead lines 58. Notice to telegraph authority PART-IX: This part deals about constitution and functions of Central Electricity Authority PART-X: This part deals about Regulatory Commissions and its constitution, power and functions of central commission PART-XI: This part deals about appellate tribunal for electricity MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 5 2 PART XII: This part deals about investigation, enforcement of assessment for electricity consumed by consumer by State Govt. or board or licensee. PART XIII: This part deals about reorganization of Electricity Board PART XIV: This part deals mainly about offences and penalties for misusing/theft of electricity. PART XV: This part deals constitution of special courts for the purpose of providing speedy trial of offences referred to in sections 135 to 139 PART XVI: This part deals mainly resolution of dispute by arbitration under this Act. PART XVII: This part deals mainly protection of railways, highways, airports and canals, docks, wharfs and piers, protection of telegraphic, telephonic and electric signalling lines, amendment of sections 40 and 41 of Act 1 of 1894 PART XVIII: This part mainly deals miscellaneous matter includes following: 59. Coordination Forum 60. Exemption of electric lines or electrical plants from attachment in certain cases 61. Protection of action taken in good faith 62. Members, officers, etc., of Appellate Tribunal, Appropriate Commission to be public servants 63. Recovery of penalty payable under this Act 64. Services of notices, orders or documents 65. Transitional provisions 66. Inconsistency in laws 67. Act to have overriding effect 68. Provisions of this Act to be in addition to and not in derogation of other laws 69. Power of Central Government to make rules 70. Powers of Authority to make regulations 71. Powers of Central Commission to make regulations 72. Rules and regulations to be laid before Parliament 73. Powers of State Governments to make rules 74. Powers of State Commissions to make regulations 75. Rules and regulations to be laid before State Legislature 76. Power to remove difficulties 77. Provisions of Act not to apply in certain cases 78. Repeal and saving The Electricity Act, 2003 does not explicitly deal with environmental/social implications of activities related to power transmission/distribution project other than, section 68 (5 & 6) and or Section 67 of the Electricity Act 2003 which provides the basis for compensation to be paid for any damages. However, the applicable legal provisions under Section 68 of EA, 2003 i) Prior approval of the Govt. of Manipur (GoMan) u/s 68(1) of EA, 2003 is a mandatory requirement to undertake any new transmission/Sub-transmission project (33kV& above) MSPCL is a deemed licensee after corporatization & takes authorization U/Section 164 of EA, 2003 from GoMan. MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 5 3 Annexure-6 TOWER FOUNDATION/FOOTING LAND /TREE / CROP COMPENSATION PROCESS OTHER THAN FOREST LAND COMPENSATION As per the statutory requirements (IS-5613, Part 3, 1989) all the trees and bushes, including saplings coming in the ROW limit i.e. clearance belt of transmission lines must be cut and removed. The procedure for clearing of trees and crops is as illustrated below. As per the provisions of Indian Telegraph Act1885 Part III Section 10 (b) which prohibits acquisition of any rights other than that of use only, land for tower and right of way is not acquired and agricultural activities are allowed to continue. However, as per clause 10 (d) of same act stipulates that the user agency shall pay full compensation to all interested for any damages sustained during the execution of said work. Accordingly, MSPCL pays compensation to land owners towards damages if any to trees or crop during implementation of transmission project as well as during Operation and maintenance phase. The procedure followed for such compensation is as follows: MSPCL follows the principle of avoidance, minimization and mitigation in the construction of line in agricultural field having crop due to inherent flexibility in phasing the construction activity and tries to defer construction in cropped area to facilitate crop harvesting. However, if it is unavoidable and is likely to affect project schedule, compensation is given at market rate for standing crops. All efforts are also taken to minimize the crop damage to the extent possible in such cases. As regards trees coming in the Right of Way (ROW) following procedure is adopted for enumeration: All the trees which are coming within the clearance belt of ROW on either side of the center line are identified and marked/numbered from one AP (Affected Person) to the other and documented. Type, Girth (Measured 1 m. above ground level), approximate height o the tree is also noted for each tree. Trees belonging to Govt., Forest, Highways and other local bodies may be separately noted down or timely follow up with the concerned authorities for inspection and removal. Guava, Lemon and other hybrid trees which are not of tall growing nature are not marked for cutting since these trees can be crossed using standard tower extensions if required. MSPCL also pay compensation to affected land owners for utilization of their land for tower footing. A notice under Indian Telegraph Act/Electricity Act, 2003 is served to the landowners informing that the proposed transmission line is being routed through the property of the individual concerned. The notice shall contain the particulars of the land, ownership details and the details of the trees/crops inevitability likely to be damaged during the course of the construction of the proposed MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 6 & 6a 1 transmission line and acknowledgement received from land owner. A copy of said notice is further issued to the Revenue Officer, who has been authorized by the Manipur Govt. for the purpose of assessment/valuation and disbursement of compensation to the affected parties. The revenue officer shall further issue a notice of intimation to the concerned landowner and inspect the site to verify the documents related to the proof of ownership and a detailed Mouja list is prepared for the identified trees and crops inevitability damaged during the course of the construction. For assessing the true value of timber yielding trees help of forest officials is taken and for fruit bearing trees help of Horticulture department is taken. The Mouja list shall contain the land owner details type of tree/crop, its present age, variety, yielding pattern etc. and the same is prepared at site in the presence of the land owner. These Mouja lists are further compiled and a random verification is conducted by the concerned District Collector or his authorized representative in order to ascertain the assessment carried out by the revenue office is genuine and correct. After this process the District collector issues a tree cutting permit to MSPCL to enable removal / damage to the standing tree/crop identified in the line corridor. Once the tree/crop is removed / damaged, MSPCL shall issue a tree cutting/crop damaged notice to the land owner with a copy to the Revenue Officer to process the compensation payment. Based on the above the compensation payment is generated by means of a computerized programme developed by the National Informatics Center exclusively for this purpose. The detailed Valuation statement thus generated using this programme is verified at various levels and approval of payment of compensation is accorded by the concerned District Collectors. On approval of compensation, the revenue officer shall further intimate the amount payable to the different landowners and MSPCL arranges the payment by way of Demand Draft to the affected parties. The payment is further disbursed at the local village office after due verification of the documents in presence of other witnesses. MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 6 & 6a 2 TOWER FOUNDATION/FOOTING LAND /TREE / CROP COMPENSATION PROCESS OTHER THAN FOREST LAND COMPENSATION Walk over / preliminary survey of route alignment Detailed / Check Survey of final route alignment to fix the angle point and tower spotting If the line passing through private cultivable/Jote land/areas. As per land document/Khaitan produced by Land owner, compensation notice served to land Owner with copies to SDM & Tahasildar of Sid-Mouja for verification Preparation of Mouja list by Revenue official at site in presence of landowner, MSPCL and two witnesses. Inspection/verification of plot by SDM/DC or his authorized representative to assess the plot being affected & its rate etc. Issue of tree cutting permit, if any by DC Cutting of trees by MSPCL and issue of cutting certificate to land owner and revenue official by MSPCL Input: Govt. /Local rate Grievance Procedure APs may represent if not Preparation of checklist and valuation satisfied with assessment Association of Horticulture/ statement by revenue official Forest Deptt. for assessment to revenue to SDM/DC for revision/review. of fruit bearing trees and value of timber respectively. If he/she Despite land Approval of valuation statement by SDM/DC is still not compensation either individual or group basis satisfied, if owner do they may not permit to move to installation of Disbursement of compensation of Court. tower Crops/trees/land to affected farmers/owner MSPCL shall and acknowledgement approach Local SDM/DC for Court resolution MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 6 & 6a 3 Annexure-6 a TYPICAL PLAN OF TRANSMISSION LINE TOWER FOOTINGS X a a T R A N S M I Y S S I O N L I N E ACTUAL POSITION ON GROUND INDICATIVE MEASURES X & Y = 5-10 METERS a = 100- 200 mm MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 6 & 6a 4 Annexure-7 HEALTH AND SAFETY CHECKLIST Safety Related Check List during Construction of Transmission Lines Name of the Circle: ............................ Date of Safety Audit:..................... Name of Tr. Line: ..............................................................................................................……… Loc. No: ...............................………………………………………Voltage Level: .................... Name of Contractor: ..........................................................................................................…… Name of Sub Contractor: .................................................................................................……… A. DURING TOWER FOUNDATION : SN Description of Activity Feed Remarks back I) EXCAVATION : 1. Dumping of Excavated soil. (Minimum 1.5 Mts. or half the depth of the pit whichever is more) Yes / No. 2. Whether angle of repose of soil as per design in the foundation is maintained or not. Yes / No. 3. De-watering arrangement is available ( If necessary) Yes / No. 4. Working area has been protected properly to avoid against fall of passerby or animal in the excavated pit. Yes / No. 5 Shoring & Shuttering to protect the loose rock / soil against fall exists. Yes / No. 6 Arrangement of illumination at construction site is available. (if required ) Yes / No. 7 Check proper/adequate arrangement is made for extension of electric supply. (Proper size of cable, Use of fuse, No loose Yes / No. connection for De-watering Pumps/ Illumination / Electric compressors etc. if applicable). 8 Check for damage / Uneven settlement of foundation. Yes / No. 9 Ensure Life saver arrangements have been made during construction of well foundation in river bed. (Where necessary) Yes / No. 10 Check that the adequate arrangement is made for the storage of blasting material at safe place. (if required) Yes / No. 11 Check that the blasting materials is handled with due care at site. ( If required ) Yes / No. MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 7 1 SN Description of Activity Feed Remarks back 12 Check that during blasting operation, Labour / Workmen / Passerby are at safe places and arrangement is made to inform Yes / No. public by caution markings (Red Flag) / Public Notices. 13 Check that the Blaster is holding the proper license issued by the appropriate authority as per the Indian Explosive Act. Yes / No. 14 Check that the length of the fuse wire used during blasting operation is adequate. Yes / No. 15 Ensure Laying of temporary cable used for operation of Machines used during construction should not cause any danger Yes / No. for electrocution of workmen. 16 Check that PPEs i.e. Safety helmets, Safety Shoes, is used by blaster and their gang members during blasting. Yes / No. 17 Ensure that Shuttering and timbering has been made as detailed in I:S: 3764. Yes / No. 18 Ensure that before undertaking excavation, the soil has been tested and in case of availability of any explosive / dangerous Yes / No. gas, necessary arrangement must be made to remove / dilute such gases. 19 The positions of underground installations such as sewers, water pipes and electrical cables have been verified and in case of their Yes / No. existence, they must be isolated. 20 Arrangement shall be made to prevent external vibrations due to rail / road traffic (If required). Yes / No. 21 Safety is ensured during the construction of Tr. Lines for buildings, structures etc. which are coming in the vicinity of the Yes / No. excavated area from collapse. ( If required ) 22 Check that sufficient strong ladder of suitable length is available for ingress / outgress of persons in the pit Yes / No. 23 Lone worker should not be allowed to work in the excavated area beyond shoulder level. Yes / No. 24 Check for any possibility of seepage of water from nearby pond / river should be estimated and taken care of. Yes / No. 25 After excavation the work has been completed speedily and back filling done at the earliest. Yes / No. II) CASTING OF FOUNDATION / CONCRETING : 1 Check construction materials are stacked at safe place and also does not cause any danger. (Away from pit by 1.5 Mtrs. Or half Yes / No. the depth of pit, whichever is more. ) 2 Check arrangement of illumination at Construction Site. (If required). Yes / No. 3 Ensure life saver arrangements have been made during construction of Well foundation in River Bed. MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 7 2 SN Description of Activity Feed Remarks back Yes / No. 4 Check that the Concreting Mixer machine is placed at a safe place. (Not very near to pit.) Yes / No. 5 Check proper / adequate arrangement is made for extension of electric supply. (Proper size of cable, Use of fuse, No loose Yes / No. connection for De-watering Pumps / Illumination / Electric compressors etc. if applicable). 6 Check that laying of temporary cables used during construction Yes / No. activities should not cause any danger for electrocution to workmen. 7 Inspection of excavations shall be made by a Competent Person every day. In case, possible cave in or slide is apparent, all Yes / No. working in the excavation shall be seized until the necessary precautions have been taken to safeguard the possible cave in or slide. 8 Jacks and vertical supports shall be positioned in such a manner that the vertical loads are distributed equally and do not exceed Yes / No. the capacity of the jacks and the jacks are placed away from pit edge etc. 9 Proper Jacking arrangement is made to take the entire load of template. Yes / No. 10 In case of long template in stub setting, more jacks have been provided and check that the Jacks are placed on levelled and hard Yes / No. surface to avoid the unbalancing and fallen. 11 Wire mesh rolls shall be secured in order to prevent dangerous recoiling action. Yes / No. 12 Lone worker should not be allowed to work in the excavated Yes / No. area. 13 Check that sufficient strong ladder of suitable length is available for ingress / outgress of persons in the pit Yes / No. B. TOWER ERECTION : SN Description of Activity Feed back Remarks 1 Check proper communication facility is available at site during Tower erection. (If required) Yes / No. 2. Check damages or uneven settlement of foundation. Yes / No. 3. Ensure the derrick used before tower erection has been checked for adequate strength/ size. Ensure for copy of test certificate for all the Yes / No. lifting machines and tackles. 4. Ensure that the pulleys used before tower erection has been checked MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 7 3 SN Description of Activity Feed back Remarks for adequate strength / proper size (diameter). Also in case of open Yes / No. type pulleys proper locking arrangements like providing of Safety Pin is made. Ensure for copy of test certificate for all the lifting machines and tackles. 5. Ensure that the ropes used before tower erection has been checked for adequate strength / physical condition (Free from break of Yes / No. strands and knots etc. 6. Check that the lifting tools and tackles i.e. Winch Machine, Chain Pulley Block, Trifor, D - Shackle etc. are in healthy condition and Yes / No. has been tested periodically. (Attach copy of test certificate). 7. Ensure that permission has been obtained from Aviation Authority for erection of special towers. (Where necessary). Yes / No. 8. Ensure that permission has been obtained from Aviation Authority for erection of towers which comes in the vicinity of flying zone. Yes / No. (Where necessary) 9. Check that the safety measures has been taken before undertaking for the Road / Rail / River Xing jobs involving likewise stretches. Yes / No. 10. For rail or road crossing check whether written working plan is available at site with specific reference to safety e.g. local earthing, Yes / No. skilled & experience manpower, proper T&P, strength and height of scaffolding to maintain the required clearance etc. 11. Ensure that all the members and proper size of Nuts and Bolts of lower section are fitted properly before erection of the upper section Yes / No. of tower is taken up. 12. Check that the anti climbing devices are provided in the tower after erection job. Yes / No. 13. Check that the danger plates have been provided. Yes / No. 14. Check that only erection team members are allowed to stand near the tower while erection is in process and should wear the safety Yes / No. helmet / Safety Shoes. 15. Working area of the tower has been demarcated during erection. Yes / No. 16 Check that proper guying arrangement has been made. And also to see that proper size of the crow bars has been used which has been Yes / No. fixed at hard surface in case of sandy soil or loose soil. 17 Check that proper arrangement is made while lifting the tower members and fixing them at height i.e. Proper size and strength of Yes / No. the hook used for lifting the tower members. 18 Check sufficient numbers of guys are made while lifting the assembled cross arm and also avoiding use of single sheeve pulleys Yes / No. while lifting the assembled cross arm / heavy load. C. CONDUCTOR STRINGING: SN Description of Activity Feed back Remarks 1. All drivers and plant operators are holding the valid driving license. Yes / No. 2. Check that the permit has been obtained from the Competent MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 7 4 SN Description of Activity Feed back Remarks Authority for stringing of conductor while crossing through Road / Yes / No. Rail / River / Venerable areas etc. ( Where necessary ) 3. Check that required painting has been made on tower falling in the vicinity of aviation zones. (Where necessary.) Yes / No. 4. Check that all safety measures have been taken during stringing of conductor crossing the HV / LT lines (Earthing of existing lines Yes / No. etc.) 5. Ensure that proper size of Nuts and Bolts is rigidly tightened and punching / tacking / tack welding is done in towers before Yes / No. undertaking stringing job. 6. Ensure that proper scaffolding arrangements made during stringing of conductor ( While Road Xing / Power Line Xing etc. Yes / No. 7. Ensure that all members are fitted in tower before undertaking conductor stringing work. Yes / No. 8. Check that the back filling of the foundation has been done as per specification. Yes / No. 9. Ensure that the discharge rod is electrically tested before use. Yes / No. 10. Stringing Machine / Tension puller Machine are properly earthed. Yes / No. 11. Check the brake arrangement of the TSE Machines is working. Yes / No. 12. Ensure that the pulleys used before conductor stringing has been checked for adequate strength / proper size (diameter), also in case Yes / No. of open type pulleys proper locking arrangements like providing of Safety Pin is made Ensure for copy of test certificate for all the lifting machines and tackles. 13. Ensure the ropes used before conductor stringing has been checked for adequate strength / physical condition (Free from break of Yes / No. strands and knots etc. 14. Check that the lifting tools and tackles i.e. Winch Machine, Chain Pulley Block, Trifor, D - Shackle etc. are in healthy condition and Yes / No. has been tested periodically. (Attach copy of test certificate). 15. Check for the brake arrangement of the Drum reel of conductor during laying / paying out of conductor. Yes / No. 16. Check that proper communication facility is available at site during of stringing of conductor ( If required ) Yes / No. 17. Whether the tower has been permanently earthed. Yes / No. 18. Check that Sag Board is provided at two locations. Yes / No. 19. Check that the Sag Board arrangement is made by the experienced / trained persons. Yes / No. 20. Check approved Sag tension chart is available and followed at site. Yes / No. 21. While clamping of conductor / EW to be done, check for earthing. Yes / No. 22. Ensure sending signal to puller to stop when last layer of conductor / EW being pulled. Yes / No. 23. Check tension applied on the dynamo meter dial and check values with approved data. Yes / No. MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 7 5 SN Description of Activity Feed back Remarks 24. Before stringing starts check that the villagers do not come underneath the job of the concerned section. Yes / No. 25. Only nylon or polypropylene ropes should be used during conductor stringing in vicinity of live overhead lines. Yes / No. 26. Ensure that PTW has been taken from the concerned authority. Yes / No. 27. Ensure that Winch, Pulleys etc. are properly earthed. Yes / No. 28. For LT lines, whether special persons are posted at each point of isolation till return of permit (PTW). Yes / No. 29. Whether the network of LT lines has been thoroughly checked and precautions taken Against inadvertent charging. Yes / No. 30. Check that proper arrangement is made / available for development and use of a Portable Earthing and Short – Circuiting Devices which Yes / No. can be engaged and disengaged to and from the LT lines, keeping away from the LT lines, until all operations on the same are completed and all men and materials are removed from LT lines. 31. Check the provision and proper positioning for the guying and back staying (Where necessary). Yes / No. 32. Check demarcation of feeder is done for D/c Line. Yes / No. 33. Ensure that all the insulator strings are thoroughly checked for availability and proper fixing of cotter / split pins before hoisting the Yes / No. same. MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 7 6 General Points common for all activities during Excavation, Casting of Foundation A. ERECTION OF TOWER AND STRINGING OF CONDUCTOR : SN Description of Activity Feed back Remarks 1. Check whether the contractor had procured required quantity of PPEs considering maximum numbers of erection gangs deployed Yes / No. at one time. 2. Supervisors/ Workmen have been provided with required healthy PPEs, like Safety helmet / Safety Belts / Safety Shoes / Gum Yes / No. Boot etc. as applicable. 3. Availability of First Aid Box with required medicines at site. Yes / No. 4. Instruction register is available at site. Yes / No. 5. Ensure that Supervisor / Gang Leader always issues instruction to the Workmen before start of work. Yes / No. 6. Ensure that supervisory staff from Power Grid is available at site during construction. Yes / No. 7. All driver and plant operators are holding valid driving license. Yes / No. 8. Check the vehicle for rescue is available at site. Yes / No. 9. Ensure engaged labour are aware of the job. Yes / No. 10. Check that the unskilled labourers are not engaged in skilled job. Yes / No. 11. Ensure that supervisor / workmen engaged in the field are aware of First Aid Techniques ( Such as in case of Electric Shock, Fall Yes / No. from the height, Snake bite and the person rescued from buried under the debris etc. 12. Check for nearby Hospital / Doctor in case of emergencies Yes / No. arises. 13. While transporting heavy consignment of conductor / EW drums from central store to site by the use of Cranes, Truck, and Yes / No. Tractor. The safety aspect for construction and failure of brake system of moving machinery is to be checked. 14. At least one dry powder type of portable fire extinguisher shall be provided especially where explosive or blasting agents are Yes / No. used for excavation. 15. Check the competence (Qualification / Experience) of supervisor / gang leader of contractor. Yes / No. REMARKS IF ANY: Signature Signature Signature Name : Designation : Name : Name : Representative of Designation: Designation: Contractor MSPCL Rep. from Site. MSPCL Rep. from Circle office MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 7 7 Safety Related Check List during Construction of Sub - Station Name of the Circle : ............................ Date of Safety Audit:...................... Name of Sub Stn. / Switching Stn.: .......................................................................................……… Name of Contractor: ..........................................................................................................………. Contractor License / Registration No.:……………….............................Validity...............……..... Name of Sub Contractor : .................................................................................................………. A. SUB- STATION CIVIL WORKS : SN Description of Activity Feed back Remarks I): SAFETY DURING EXCAVATION : 1. Check Substation area has been protected by constructing boundary wall all around the substation to avoid entry of Yes / No. passerby / unauthorized person or animal in the substation. 2. De watering arrangement is available ( If necessary ) Yes / No. 3. Check proper / adequate arrangement is made for extension of electric supply. (Proper size of cable, Use of fuse, No loose Yes / No. connection and no naked wire connection to Pumps / Illumination / Electric compressors etc. if applicable). 4. Check arrangement of illumination at construction site is Yes / No. available. 5. Check dumping of Excavated soil (Minimum 1.5 Mts. Or half the depth of the pit whichever is more from the edge of the pit.) Yes / No. 6. Check Shoring & Shuttering to protect the loose rock / soil Yes / No. against fall. (if required). 7. Check lone worker is not allowed to work in the excavated area. Yes / No. 8. Ensure Laying of temporary cables used for operation of Yes / No. Machines used during construction should not cause any danger for electrocution of persons / animals. 9. Ensure that before undertaking excavation, the soil has been tested and in case of availability of any explosive / dangerous Yes / No. gas, necessary arrangement must be made to remove / dilute such gases. 10. The positions of underground installations such as sewers, water pipes and electrical cables has been verified and in case of their Yes / No. existence, they must be isolated before further excavation works to ensure Human Safety. 11. Check that the scaffolds are not overloaded in any case. Yes / No. Scaffolds are to be erected and supported properly. 12. Stability of the soil of the excavated pit for safe working is to be checked and certified by a competent person daily before start of Yes / No. MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 7 8 SN Description of Activity Feed back Remarks work. A register at site is maintained where competent person can certify accordingly. No manhole should remain uncovered during night & off days. 13. Check the provision of sufficient strong ladder of suitable length Yes / No. is available near the working place during excavation. 14. Check if any permission is required from local statutory body before excavation. Yes / No. 15. Check for No undercutting / toe cutting in soil. Yes / No. 16. Check after excavation the work should be speedily completed Yes / No. without delay and back filling done at the earliest. 17. Check for any possibility of seepage of water from nearby pond / Yes / No river has been estimated and taken care of. 18. Check to avoid slide / collapse of side walls of excavated pit, the Yes / No. excavation is to be done in trapezoidal cross – section. OF BLASTING II): SAFETY PRECAUTION DURING STORAGE , HANDLING AND USE MATERIAL : 1 Check that the adequate arrangement is made for the storage of blasting material at safe place. (Temporary Magazine is to be Yes / No. installed observing all norms) as per Indian Explosive Act. 2. Check that the blasting materials is handled by licensed blaster Yes / No. with due care at site. (If applicable) 3. Check smoking is prohibited in the vehicle carrying explosives. Yes / No. 4. Check that the Blaster is holding proper license issued by the Yes / No. appropriate authority. As per Indian Explosive Act. 5. Check that the length of the fuse wire used during blasting Yes / No. operation is adequate. 6. Check while transportation, no unauthorized person is allowed in Yes / No. vehicle carrying explosives. 7. Check that the loading and unloading of explosives is being done Yes / No. carefully. 8. Check explosives and detonators or blasting caps is not being Yes / No. transported in the same vehicle. 9. Check while transportation the detonators and explosives are not Yes / No. carried loose or mixed with other materials. 10 Check surplus explosives shall not be stacked near working area Yes / No. during loading / unloading. 11. Check explosives shall not be held in hands when lightening the Yes / No. fuse. 12. Check that blasting in the open has been carried out during the Yes / No. fixed hours every day or on fixed days in the week so that the public at large should know about this. 13. Check that arrangement has been made to display sufficient Yes / No. warnings / sign board to enable the people to get out of the MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 7 9 SN Description of Activity Feed back Remarks blasting area to get off the danger zone 14. Check that the danger zone has been suitably cordoned off. Yes / No. 15. Check during blasting operations begin / after the firing of explosives shall follow the loud siren. Yes / No. 16. Check that during blasting operation, Labour / Workmen / Passerby are at safe places and arrangement is made to inform Yes / No. public by caution markings ( Red Flag ) / Public Notices etc. 17. Check that PPEs i.e. Safety helmets, Safety Shoes, is used by blaster and their gang members during blasting and also the Yes / No. persons supervising the blasting operations. 18. For covered blasting ensure placement of cover plates of proper thickness and sufficient numbers of sand filled bags. Yes / No. 19. Ensure that permission for blasting has been obtained from the appropriate authority. Yes / No. III) SAFETY DURING CASTING OF FOUNDATION / CONCRETING : 1. Check construction materials are stacked at safe place and also does not cause any danger. (Away from pit) i.e. 1.5 Mtrs. or half Yes / No. the depth of the pit whichever is more.) 2. Check proper arrangement of illumination at Construction Site of Sub station is available. Yes / No. 3. Check that the Concreting Mixer/ Vibrator machines etc are placed at a safe place (Not very near to any pit at least 1.5 Mtr. Yes / No. from the edge of the pit) to avoid transfer of vibrations and should be operated by skilled persons. 4. Check proper / adequate arrangement is made for extension of electric supply. (Proper size of cable, Use of fuse, No loose Yes / No. connection for De watering Pumps / Illumination / Electric compressors etc. if applicable). 5. Check for laying of temporary cables used during construction activities should not cause any danger for electrocution to Yes / No. persons / animals. 6. All bracing, struts and shuttering in excavations shall be adequately secured so as to prevent their accidental Yes / No. displacement. 7. Ensure Shuttering and timbering has been made as detailed in I:S: 3764 for protecting the loose rock / soil against fall. Yes / No. 8. Check for proper placing of Hydraulic jacks with stability and constant watch of these instruments (which are continuously Yes / No. loaded) to avoid any danger of displacement causing sever accident. MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 7 10 B. SAFETY DURING STRUCTURE , EQUIPMENT ERECTION & CABLE LAYING ETC. : SN Description of Activity Feedback Remarks 1. Check Back filling done prior to erection activity. Yes / No. 2. Check the derrick used before structure erection has been Test certificate is checked for adequate strength / size and no joints are Yes / No. required apart permitted. from visual inspection. 3. Check that the pulleys used before structure erection / Test certificate is Equipment Erection has been checked for adequate Yes / No. required apart strength / proper size (diameter), also in case of open type from visual pulleys proper locking arrangements like providing of inspection. Safety Pin is made Safe working load should be punched. 4. Check the ropes used before structure erection / Equipment Test certificate is Erection has been checked for adequate strength / physical Yes / No. required apart condition (free from break of strands and knots etc. from visual inspection. 5. Check that the lifting tools and tackles are in healthy Test certificate is condition and has been tested periodically. Yes / No. required apart from visual inspection. 6. Check permission has been obtained from Aviation Authority for erection of Lightning Mast which comes in Yes / No. the vicinity of flying zone. (Where necessary ) 7. Check that all Nuts and Bolts are fitted in the structure before undertaking the job of other section of the structure Yes / No. and are tightened. 8. Check area has been cordoned off to prevent injuries to unauthorized persons from hitting against structural Yes / No. component or falling in the excavated pits. 9. Check that danger plates are available on all the equipment & structures in the switchyard. Yes / No. 10. Check demarcation of feeder is done for Double Circuit Yes / No. Line. 11. Check only erection team members are allowed to stand near the structure / Equipment while erection is in process Yes / No. and should wear the safety helmet / Safety Shoes. 12. Check proper guying arrangement has been made while lifting structure / Equipment, if necessary. Yes / No. 13. Check that proper arrangement is made while lifting the structure members and fixing them at height i.e. Proper Yes / No. size and strength of the hook used for lifting the structure members. 14. Check sufficient numbers of guys are made while lifting the assembled structure / heavy loads and also avoiding use Yes / No. of single sheeve pulleys while lifting the assembled MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 7 11 SN Description of Activity Feedback Remarks structure / heavy load. 15. Check arrangement has been made for equipment identification. Yes / No. 16. Check that required painting made on tower falling in the vicinity of aviation zones. (Where necessary.) Yes / No. 17 Check no live wires nearby. Take shut down if necessary. Yes / No. 18. Check the structure has been permanently earthed. Yes / No. 19. Check crane are preferably be used for erection of pipe structure in the substation building works ( if required.) Yes / No. 20. Check all safety procedures for erection work like use of safety helmets, Safety belts, use of guy wires, lowering / Yes / No. lifting of tools by rope etc. are strictly adhered to during structure erection works is in progress in the switchyard. 21. Check that correct size of spanner (Box or ring type) as well as DE spanners is being used. Yes / No. 22. Check working area of the structure has been demarcated during erection. Yes / No. 23. Check heavy structures are lifted with crane with proper Yes / No. safety. 24. Only polypropylene ropes are to be used to tie the aluminium tube / Bus bar since this is soft material and Yes / No. will not damage aluminium tube / Bus bar during erection. 25. Ensure that R clips in insulator caps are fixed properly to avoid disconnection of insulator discs. Yes / No. 26. Ensure that all the necessary security pins (split pins) are fixed. Yes / No. 27. Check all nuts of jumper fittings are properly tightened and live metal clearance have been maintained as per TSECL Yes / No. specification. 28. In case of tension fitting dead end joint dimensions before & after the compression are checked and recorded. Yes / No. 29. No damaged component of any hardware fitting should be used on works. Yes / No. 30. Length of jumpers has been measured properly to give it a parabolic shape. No sharp bend should exist. Yes / No. 31. Check surge counter erection facilitates proper reading and that earthing is done with minimum bends. Yes / No. 32. Check Surge monitor has been earthed by connecting it to main earth mat with (G I Flat 75 x 12 mm) and earth pit Yes / No. separately as per drawing. 33. Check the alignment of earth switch with isolator, earth switch of isolator is put into operation and the contacts are Yes / No. MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 7 12 SN Description of Activity Feedback Remarks cleaned. After completion of pre commissioning checks and formats are dully filled and signed. 34. Ensure that the rubber beedings are kept in good condition. Yes / No. 35. Check CT has been placed on the support structure very carefully and all nuts have been tightened. Earthing is done Yes / No. as per drawing. 36. Ensure the lattice structure of CT has been earthed at two points. Yes / No. 37. Check the marshalling box in the switchyard has proper illumination arrangement. Yes / No. 38. Check the capacitor unit is short circuited & earthed, until erection and commissioning works are being done on Yes / No. CVT. (The capacitor get charged by the electrical fields in the vicinity and they keep these charges for a long time, which can be dangerous to human life. Hence the shorting of capacitor unit is necessary). It should be removed before tests / use. 39. Check Fuses in the marshalling box are OK. Yes / No. 40. Check proper earthing of CVT tank has been done. Yes / No. 41. Check all housing accessories, mounting stools including bolts / Nuts for fixing Line Trap and insulators are of non Yes / No. magnetic material. 42. Check H.F. point of CVTs on which the coupling device is not mounted has been earthed. Yes / No. 43. Check the remaining CVTs have been earthed thro’ coupling device. Yes / No. 44. Cable drums after visual inspection should be stored preferably in the covered area. Cable ends should be Yes / No. clamped. 45. Ensure each cable and conduit run should be tagged with cable identity numbering as per the approved that appear in Yes / No. the cable and conduit schedule. 46. The tag should be of aluminium plate with ID number punched on it and securely attached to the cable conduit by Yes / No. not less than two turns. Cable tags should of rectangular shape for power cables and of circular shape for control cables. 47. Check underground cable markers should project 150 mm above ground and spaced at an interval of 30 Mts. They Yes / No. shall be located on both sides of road and drain crossing and also at every change in direction. 48. Check cable tags should be provided inside the switchgear, motor control centres, control and relay panels etc. Yes / No. wherever required for cable identification, where a number MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 7 13 SN Description of Activity Feedback Remarks of cables enter together through a gland plate. 49. The cable (power and control) between LT stations, Control room, DG set building and fire fighting pump Yes / No. house should be laid in the buried cable trenches. In addition to the above, for lighting purpose also, buried cable trench can be used in outdoor area.(as per Technical specification of specific contract ) 50. Cable route and joint markers and RCC warning covers should be provided wherever required. The voltage grade Yes / No. of cables should be engraved on the marker. 51. Tray Identification Number on each run of trays at an interval of 10 Mtrs should be painted. Yes / No. 52. In case the outer sheath of a cable is damaged during handling / installation, the same should be repaired to the Yes / No. satisfaction of the site. In case any other part of a cable is damaged, the same should be replaced by a healthy cable. Power cables should be at the top most layers. The armour of control cable is to be earthed. 53. All cable termination should be appropriately tightened to ensure secure and reliable connections. All the exposed Yes / No. parts of cable lugs should be covered with tape, sleeve or paint. 54. Power and control cables are laid on separate cable trays Yes / No. 55. Co-axial cable is laid separately from power cable. Yes / No. 56. All cable trays, racks and metallic ducts have been grounded by connecting each to earth / mat. ( As per Yes / No. Scheme ) 57. Check sections of cable trays have been bridged by copper jumpers/ G I to retain continuity of earthing. (As per Yes / No. Scheme) 58. Check earthing of panel is done by the erection contractor for connecting it with switchyard earth mat. ( As per Yes / No. Scheme ) 59. Auxiliary bus wiring for AC and DC supplies, Voltage Transformer circuits, annunciation circuits and other Yes / No. common services is provided near the top of the panels running through out the entire length of the panels. 60. All internal wiring to be connected to external equipment is terminated on terminal blocks, preferably vertically Yes / No. mounted on the side of each panel. 61. Check whether Mimic Diagram is available preferably made of anodized aluminium or plastic of approved fast Yes / No. colour material and screwed on to the panel that can be easily cleaned. MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 7 14 SN Description of Activity Feedback Remarks 62. Check the panels all equipment mounted on front and rear side as well as equipment mounted inside are provided Yes / No. with individual name plates with equipment designated engraved. 63. Check on top of each panel on front as well as rear side, large and bold name plates are provided for circuit / feeder Yes / No. designation. 64. Check all front mounted equipments are provided at the rear with individual name plates engraved with tag Yes / No. numbers corresponding to panel internal wiring to facilitate easy tracing of the wiring. 65. Check the name plates mounted directly by the side of the respective equipments should not be hidden by equipment Yes / No. wiring. 66. Check availability of 240V single phase 50 HZ, AC socket with switch suitable to accept 5 Amps and !5 Amps pin Yes / No. round standard plug, is provided in the interior of each cubicle with ON-OFF switch for connection of hand lamps. 67. Check that panels are provided with a fluorescent lighting fixture rated with 240 Volts single phase, 50 Hz supply for Yes / No. the interior illumination of the panel during maintenance. The fittings are complete with switch fuse unit and switching of the lighting is controlled by the respective panel door switch. Adequate lighting with fuse unit is also provided for the corridor in control panels. 68. Check control panels are provided with necessary arrangements for receiving, distributing, isolating and Yes / No. fusing of DC and AC supplies for various control, signalling, lighting and space heater circuits. The incoming and sub circuits are separately with switch fuse units. 69. Check panels are provided with a space heater rated for 240 V, single phase, 50 Hz, AC supply for the internal Yes / No. heating of the panel to prevent condensation of moisture. 70. Check all panels are equipped with an earth bus securely fixed Yes / No. 71. Check when several panels are mounted adjoining each other, the earth bus is made continuous with necessary Yes / No. connectors and clamps for this purpose. 72. Check provision is made for extending the earth bus bars to adjoining panels on either side. Yes / No. 73. Check provision is made on each bus bar of the end panels for connecting earthing grid. Yes / No. 74. Check all metallic cases of relays, instruments and panel MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 7 15 SN Description of Activity Feedback Remarks mounted equipment including gland plates are connected Yes / No. to the earth bus by copper wires of specified size. 75. Check the colour code of the earthing wire is green. Yes / No. 76. Check that earthing made with equipment is with Nuts and Bolts i.e. For such connection lugs should be pressed and Yes / No. tightened to the terminals through Nuts and Bolts. 77. Check that no equipment is mounted on the panel doors. Yes / No. 78. Check each switch should bear clear inscription identifying its function. Yes / No. 79. Check those who have sufficient knowledge of steel structural job have been employed in steel structural works Yes / No. only. 80. Check necessary instruction has been communicated by supervisor before start of the day’s works to workmen Yes / No. under his control. 81. Storing of equipments is to be made properly to avoid any accident during handling. Yes / No. 82. Check all Nuts and bolts are properly raised or lowered preferably using closed loop pulleys and gully bags / hand Yes / No. bags tied at the end for carrying nuts and bolts. 83. Check that Fire resistant sheets are used before entrance of control cable in control room. Yes / No. 84. Check air compressor tubing properly tightened. Yes / No. 85. Check all carrying connectors / clamps properly tightened. Yes / No. C. CONDUCTOR LAYOUT DURING CONSTRUCTION STAGE : SN Description of Activity Feed back Remarks 1. Check all members are fixed in structure and ensure proper size of Nuts and Bolts are rigidly tightened and punching / tacking / Yes / No. tack welding is done in towers / structures before undertaking conductor laying job. 2. Ensure proper scaffolding arrangements made during laying of conductor (While Power/Distribution Line crossing etc). Yes / No. 3. Ensure that all members are fitted in structure before undertaking conductor laying work. Yes / No. 4. Ensure that the discharge rod is electrically tested before use. Yes / No. 5. Ensure whether the structure is properly earthed. Yes / No. 6. Only nylon or polypropylene ropes should be used during conductor laying in vicinity of live overhead lines. Yes / No. 7. Ensure that PTW has been taken from the concerned authority when extension of existing substation is under execution. Yes / No. MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 7 16 SN Description of Activity Feed back Remarks 8. Ensure that Winch, Pulleys etc. are properly earthed. Yes / No. 9. For LT lines, check whether special persons are posted at each point of isolation till return of permit (PTW) if positioning of Yes / No. person is not possible then it is to be seen that all the point of isolation has been kept in the locked position till the work is in progress. 10. Whether the network of LT lines has been thoroughly checked and precautions taken against inadvertent charging. Yes / No. 11. Check that proper arrangement is made / available for grounding LT lines coming across during conductor laying. (This can be Yes / No. done by way of portable earthing and short circuiting devices which cab be engaged to and disengaged from LT lines, keeping away from the LT lines until all operations on the same are completed and all man and materials are removed from the LT lines). 12. Check the provision and proper positioning for the guying and back staying (Where necessary). Yes / No. 13. Check working of hydraulic crimping machine. Yes / No. 14. Check before and after crimping, dimensional changes in clamps and are in accordance with the drawings and specifications. Yes / No. D SWITCHYARD EARTHING DURING CONSTRUCTION STAGE : SN Description of Activity Feed back Remarks 1. Check that while earthing conductor crossing the road is laid 300 mm below the road or at greater depth depending upon the site Yes / No. conditions. 2. Check that while laying the Earthing conductor in outside area is buried at least 600 mm below the furnished ground level. Yes / No. 3. Check that the earthing pads have been provided for the apparatus / equipments at accessible position. Yes / No. 4. Check all steel columns, metallic stairs are connected to nearby earthing grid conductor by two earthing leads. Yes / No. 5. Check of earthing of lightening fixtures, receptacles switches, junction boxes lighting conduits has been done by a separate Yes / No. earthing conductor. 6. Check that the railway tracks within switchyard area has been earthed at a spacing of 30 Mts. / specified distance and also at Yes / No. both ends. 7. Check cable trays has been connected to earthing flat of 50X6 mm / specified sized earthing flat at intervals specified in Yes / No. approved drawing. 8. Check that this earthed flat is earthed at about 30 Mts. distance. Yes / No. 9. All accessories in transformer and reactor like radiators tank, MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 7 17 SN Description of Activity Feed back Remarks cooling banks etc are connected to the earthing grid at minimum Yes / No. two points. 10. Check metallic conduits are not used as earth continuity Yes / No. conductor. 11. Check flexible earthing connectors should be provided for the moving parts. Yes / No. 12. Check sheath and armor of single core power cable is earthed at switchgear end and equipment side. Yes / No. 13. Check contact surface of earthing pads for jointing free from scale, paint, enamel, grease, rust or dust. Yes / No. 14. Check that light poles, junction boxes on the poles, cable and cable boxes / glands, lockout switches etc. are connected to the Yes / No. earthing conductor running along with the supply cable which intern is connected to the earthing grid conductor at a minimum two points. Check earthing conductor which is generally buried 2000 mm 15. outside the switchyard fence. All the gates and every alternate Yes / No. post of the fence are to be connected to earthing grid. 16. Check megger used for measuring soil resistivity is calibrated with desired accuracy. Yes / No. 17. The earth resistivity has been measured in dry weather condition. Yes / No. 18. Check the earthing of Transformers and Shunt reactor, earth pits are constructed as per relevant standard / approved drawing. Yes / No. Check that the measured value of combined earth resistance 19. should be less than 1 Ohm. Yes / No. Check that for earth electrode and individual earth pits, this value 20. should not be more than one Ohm. Yes / No. Check all non current carrying metal parts shall be effectively 21. earthed by two separate and distinct earth connections ( Indian Yes / No. Electricity Rule 61,67 ) 22. Check that all pylon supports in the Fire Fighting HVSW system has been earthed to the earthmat. Yes / No. MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 7 18 E: GENERAL POINTS COMMON FOR ALL ACTIVITIES DURING EXCAVATION, CASTING OF FOUNDATION Erection of structures, laying of Conductor, storage and transportation of material: SN Description of Activity Feed back Remarks 1. Check Supervisors / Workmen have been provided with required healthy PPEs. Like ( Safety helmet / Safety Belts / Safety Shoes Yes / No. / Gum Boot etc. as applicable ) 2. Check availability of First Aid Box with required medicines at Yes / No. site. 3. Check Site Instruction register is available at site. Yes / No. 4. Ensure Supervisor / Gang Leader always issues instruction to the Workmen including contractor labour before start of work. Yes / No. 5. Ensure supervisory staff from Power Grid is available at site during construction. Yes / No. 6. Check all driver and plant operators are holding valid driving license. Yes / No. 7. Check the vehicle for rescue is available at site. Yes / No. 8. Ensure engaged labour are aware of the job. Yes / No 9. Ensure supervisor / workmen engaged in the field are aware of Yes / No. First Aid Techniques ( Such as in case of Electric Shock, Fall from the height, Snake bite and the person rescued from buried under the debris, rescue of person from drowning etc. 10. Check for availability and to keep a record of nearby Hospital / Doctor in case of emergencies arises. Yes / No. 11. While transporting heavy consignment of conductor / EW drums from central store to site by the use of Cranes, Truck, Tractor. Yes / No. The safety aspect for construction and failure of brake system of moving machinery is to be checked. 12. At least one dry powder type of portable fire extinguisher shall be provided especially where explosive or blasting agents are Yes / No. used for excavation. ( If applicable ) 13. Check the competence (Qualification / experience) of supervisor / gang leader of contractor. Yes / No. 14. Wire mesh rolls shall be secured in order to prevent dangerous Yes / No. recoiling action. 15. Proper unloading arrangement has been made at site (Preferably with crane) to unload the material. Yes / No. 16. After unloading the material visual inspection of the materials has been carried out along with the erection contractor to check Yes / No. that the material has not been damaged or not (Galvanizing is proper or not) As per approved Field Quality Plan etc. 17. While transporting the heavy laden equipment like transformer / Reactor by road from Rly Stn to Sub station check whether for Yes / No. MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 7 19 SN Description of Activity Feed back Remarks all safety precaution taken. Like safe lifting capacity of crane, safe load on culvert / Bridge / Nala / Drain etc.and working plan is available at site with specific reference to safety e.g. local earthing, skilled & experience manpower, proper T&P, strength and LT wires / HT wires interrupting the height of equipment and the required clearance maintained etc. Permission to be obtained from concerned authority if required. “Impact recorder on the equipment like Reactor / Transformer must be installed during transportation” 18. Check that the adequate and safe means of access and aggress has been provided for all work places as far as reasonably Yes / No. practicable and is being used by the workers. 19. Check proper illumination is provided at the work places and their approaches including passage ways. Yes / No. 20. Check that the lamps have been protected by suitable guards where necessary to prevent danger, in case the lamp breaks. Yes / No. 21. Check loose materials which are not required for use shall not be placed or left so as dangerously to obstruct work places or Yes / No. passage ways. 22. Check all projected nails has been removed or bent over to prevent injury. Yes / No. 23. Check scrap, waste and rubbish has not been allowed to accommodate on the site or the scrap materials has been stored at Yes / No. the isolated place. 24. Check that the worker while working at height scaffold materials, waste materials and tools are not being thrown by Yes / No. them to cause injury to any person. 25. Check whether contractor has procured required quantity of PPE considering maximum number of erection gangs deployed at one Yes / No. time. Check the quantity of PPEs. 26. Check that the PPEs required by the workmen are being utilized by them always. Yes / No. 27. Check the worker is under constant surveillance by the other person while working at height. Yes / No. 28. Check construction site has been barricaded for unauthorized persons / animals. Yes / No. 29. Check that lifting appliances and machines and vehicles used on the construction site is of sound material and good quality and is Yes / No. free from patent defects and is strong enough to with safely the load and stresses to which they will be subjected. 30. Check structures and equipment is being used only for the purpose for which they were intended. Yes / No. 31. Check equipment has been operated by the competent person. Yes / No. MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 7 20 SN Description of Activity Feed back Remarks 32. Check portable ladders shall not exceed 9 Mts. in length, Yes / No. otherwise may cause danger while climbing of person and back legs shall be equally braced. 33. Check unskilled labour are not utilized for skilled jobs and only experience persons are deployed for erection. Yes / No. 34. Check a well planed and documented procedure for the entire Construction works of Substation shall be prepared by contractor Yes / No. and get approved from TSECL for distribution to Contractors’ field staff and TSECL for follow up. 35. Check no metallic measuring tapes are being used during expansion of charged bays. Yes / No. 36. Check metal ladders are not being used in the vicinity of exposed live electrical equipment. Yes / No. 37. Check one bore well is available for water supply in case Municipal Construction supply is not available Yes / No. 38. Check charged area of a yard should be properly fenced off. Yes / No. 39. Check ladders / lengthy articles / lengthy equipments etc. should always be carried in horizontal position. Yes / No. 40. Check insurance by contractor for the labour to provide adequate Yes / No. coverage for any accident etc. REMARKS IF ANY: Signature Signature Signature Name : Name : Name : Designation: Designation: Designation : MSPCL Site Rep. Rep. from Contractor Rep. from MSPCL Divn. office MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 7 21 Annexure-9 Right of Way/Width (RoW) in Forest: 132 kV S/C Line DURING CONSTRUCTION A B C 3m 3m 3m 27 M-RoW Area where trees are lopped/pruned/pollarded. Area where trees are completely felled. AFTER CONSTRUCTION A B C 3m 3m 3m 27 M-RoW Area where trees are lopped/pruned/pollarded. Area kept clear of trees for O & M Area left for natural generation Note: RoW for : 132 kV-27M 220 kV-35M, 400kV S/C-52M, 400kV D/C-46M MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 9 1 FOREST CLEARANCE PROCESS (Forest Area up to 5 Hectares) Annexure- 10 GoMan order under Proposal submitted to Sec.68 (1) Nodal Officer (NO) by MSPCL Tree Enumeration/Forest Electricity Act 2003 Stretches Proposal Formulation by Cost Benefit Analysis Divisional Forest Office (DFO) (CBA) Identification of non- DFO forest land for Yes Recommendation No Compensatory Afforestation (CA) CF/CCF Yes Recommendation No Nodal Officer’s (NO) Yes Recommendation No PCCF’s Recommendation Yes No Sect. Forest (GoMan) Yes Recommendation No RMoEF’s No Examination & Final decision GoMan for according In-principle (i.e. 1 st Stage) approval MSPCL Compliance of conditions by Issue of Govt. orders (GO) Compliance report by St. Govt. to RMoEF by GoMan Final (2nd Stage) Approval by RMoEF MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 10 1 FOREST CLEARANCE PROCESS (Forest Area more than 5 up to 40 Hectare) GoMan order Proposal submitted to under Sec. 68 (1) Nodal Officer (NO) by MSPCL Tree Enumeration/Forest Electricity Act Stretches Proposal Formulation by Cost Benefit Analysis Divisional Forest Office (DFO) (CBA) Identification of non- DFO forest land for Yes Recommendation No Compensatory Afforestation (CA) CF/CCF Yes Recommendation No Nodal Officer’s (NO) Yes Recommendation No PCCF’s Recommendation Yes No Sect. Forest (GoMan) Yes Recommendation No State Advisory Group Yes RMoEF Recommendation No Meeting & Recommendation Minister’s (E&F) Approval GoMan In-principle (1 st Stage) Approval Accorded by RMoEF MSPCL Compliance of conditions by TSECL Issue of Govt. orders (GO) by Compliance report by St. Govt. to RMoEF GoMan Final (2nd stage) Approval by RMoEF MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 10 2 FOREST CLEARANCE PROCESS (Forest Area more than 40 hectares and above) GoMan order under Proposal submitted to Sec68 (1) Electricity Act 2003 Nodal Officer (NO) by MSPCL Tree Enumeration/Forest Stretches Proposal Formulation by Cost Benefit Analysis Divisional Forest Office (DFO) (CBA) Identification of non- DFO forest land for Yes Recommendation No Compensatory Afforestation (CA) CF/CCF for Scrutiny & Yes Recommendation No Nodal Officer’s (NO) Yes Scrutiny, remarks & No Recommendation PCCF’s Recommendation Yes No RMoEF Sect. Forest (GoMan) Yes No Inspection Recommendation (>100Ha.) Forest Advisory Yes MoEF/GOI No Committee (FAC) Minister’s (E & F) Approval GoMan In-principle (1 st Stage) Approval Accorded by MoEF MSPCL Compliance of conditions by TSECL Issue of Govt. orders (GO) by GoMan Compliance report by St. Govt. to MoEF Final (2nd Stage) Approval by MoEF Note : As per gazette notification dated 10th Oct. 2014 processing and approval of all linear projects including transmission and distribution line irrespective of area involved shall be done by respective Regional Offices MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 10 3 ABOUT THE MANUAL Audience This manual is meant for User Agencies/Stake Holders that are supposed to submit application for seeking prior forests clearances for diverting forest land for non-forestry purposes. Purpose The purpose of this document is to provide an interface between user and OSMFC, an “Online Submission and Monitoring of Forest Clearances Proposals”. It will help the user to understand major features, benefits and workflow of the system. It will also help to submit the details of the proposal along with all annexures and later on status of the proposal can be tracked. Authorship This manual has been prepared by Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change, Government of India, New Delhi – 110003. Copyright © 2014, Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change, Government of India, New Delhi – 110003. This manual contains information that is proprietary to Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change, which shall not be transmitted or duplicated without due permission from Ministry. The content of this manual may not be used in any misleading or objectionable context. Contact Information Mr Rajesh Kumar Pathak Senior Technical Director Environment, Forests and Climate Change Informatics Division (EFCCID) Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change New Delhi-110003 Website: forestsclearance.nic.in Email: monitoring-fc@nic.in;rkpathak@nic.in Phone: 011-24360465 • ABOUT FORESTS CLEARANCE PORTAL • INTRODUCTION In order to bring more transparency and accountability in the forests clearance process, Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate change, Government of India has rolled out a portal named “Online Submission and Monitoring of Forests Clearances Proposals”(OSMFCP). OSMFC is a web based, role based, G2C and G2G workflow application that are developed for online submission and monitoring of the proposals submitted by the user agencies for seeking forests clearances, for diverting forest land for non- forestry purposes. It automates the entire tracking of proposals which includes online submissions of a new proposal, editing/updating the details of proposals and displays status of the proposals at each stage of the workflow. The system is based on the Web Architecture. It uses dotNET as an application server and SQL as a database server. • OBJECTIVE The following are the main objectives of the SYSTEM: • Enhance efficiency, transparency and accountability in the forest clearance process. • Reduction in turnaround time for activity. • Enhance responsiveness through workflows automation and availability of real time information. • Enhance ease and convenience of citizens and businesses in accessing information and services. • Achieve standardization in processes across regional and state level. • CORE FEATURES OF POR TAL • A role based workflow application that helps User Agencies in online submission of the proposals seeking forest clearances for non-forestry purposes and tracking the proposals. • Facilitate management in effective monitoring. • Delays in the clearance process can be ascertained • Accessible from any PC having internet facility • 24x7 Online • ROLES The following Roles have been defined as per the responsibility: • USER AGENCY Any user Agency have to register with the FC portal before submitting any proposal for seeking prior approval of Central Government for the diversion of forests land for non-forestry purposes. When, UA register with the portal an acknowledgement slip containing user-id and password would be sent by the system automatically to UA‟s registered email id. UA can login into FC portal by using user-id and password communicated through email and then UA can upload Form-A online along with all relevant documents. The User Agency can track the status of the proposal after submitting it online. • NODAL OFFICER (STATE FOREST DEPTT) After receiving the proposal online, Nodal Officer can examine the proposal for its completeness and the same will be forwarded (after assigning State Serial No.) by him/her to the divisions affected with the diversion of forest land. If proposal is not complete, Nodal Officer can raise query and may ask UA to submit the complete proposal. The proposal will come again to Nodal Officer after the completion of process from Circle Office. After receiving the proposal from CF/CCF, the concerned Nodal Officer would process it and will upload his/her recommendations/SIR. When, Nodal officer upload these details, the proposal would be forwarded automatically to State Secretary. • DFO/DCF After receiving the proposal online from Nodal Officer, the concerned DFO can view the proposal (Form-A submitted by UA) and then may upload his/her Recommendations and Site Inspection Report. DFO level user does not have privileges to make any modification in the proposal, they can only fill up Part II of Form-A. When, DFO upload recommendation and SIR, the proposal would be forwarded to concerned Circle Officer (CF/CCF). • CF/CCF After receiving the proposal online from DFO/DCF, the concerned CF/CCF can view the proposal (Form-A submitted by UA) and recommendations of DFO and then may upload his/her Recommendations and Site Inspection Report. CF/CCF level user does not have privileges to make any modification in the proposal, they can only fill up Part III of Form-A. Or he/she may raise any query to concerned division, if required. When, Circle Officer uploads his/her recommendation and SIR, the proposal would be forwarded to concerned Nodal Officer. • STATE SECRETARY (STATE GOVT) After receiving the proposal online from Nodal Officer, the concerned State Secretary can view the proposal (Form-A submitted by UA) and recommendations of DFO, Circle and Nodal Officer and then may upload his/her Recommendations. When, State Secretary uploads these details, the proposal would be forwarded to either Regional Office or Head Office of Ministry depending upon the category and area of the project. • REGIONAL OFFICE After receiving the proposal online from State Secretary, the concerned RO can view the proposal (Form-A submitted by UA) and recommendations of DFO, Circle, Nodal Officer and State Secretary. RO level user may upload the State Advisory Group agenda, minutes on portal and then can send SAG approved proposals to RO (HQ), Delhi for the recommendation of the Competent Authority of the Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change (MoEFCC). • REGIONAL OFFICE (HQ), NEW DELHI After receiving the proposal online from RO, the RO (HQ) level user can view the proposal (Form-A submitted by UA) and recommendations of DFO, Circle, Nodal Officer, State Secretary and RO. RO(HQ) level user then process the file and process it for the approval for the Competent Authority of the MoEFCC. After taking approval of the Competent Authority, the status is updated on the portal and the proposal is forwarded to RO for issuing the Stage-I clearance. • MoEF HEAD OFFICE, NEW DELHI After receiving the proposal online from RO, the MoEFCC (HO) level user can view the proposal (Form-A submitted by UA) and recommendations of DFO, Circle, Nodal Officer, State Secretary and RO. MoEFCC (HO) level user then process the file and process it for the approval of the Competent Authority of MoEF CC. After taking approval of the Competent Authority, he/she has to update the status of the proposal and upload the approval letter on the portal. • District Collector (DC) After viewing the proposal, DC may upload FRA document. The same could be uploaded by Nodal Officer also. • WORK FLOW User Agency can register to get the login credentials from http://forestsclearance.nic.in. Thereafter, project details can be submitted along with all required documents [Form-A (Part-I) etc.]. When UA submits all these details, an acknowledgement letter would be sent (by System) to email-id of User Agency. Acknowledgement letter may contain some information including unique proposal number. UA may refer this unique proposal number for future reference. Nodal Officer scrutinizes the proposal (within 10 days) and sends an acceptance letter to User Agency, if all relevant documents are uploaded properly by UA. If any document is missing or any other information is needed, Nodal Officer may ask UA to upload those missing information. Timeline will start only, if Nodal officer accepts the proposal. When, Nodal Officer sends the acceptance letter to UA, proposal details are forwarded automatically to concerned DFOs and DCs for their necessary action. DFO can view the proposal after logging in to portal and can take print out (if needed) of the entire details and then process it. After that, he/she uploads the part-II of Form-A on the portal along with his/her recommendation and Site Inspection report. When, DFO uploads his/her recommendation and Site Inspection Reports on the portal, proposal details are forwarded automatically to concerned CF/CCF for the necessary action. District Collector (DC) can view the proposal after logging in to portal. He/she may upload FRA document (that must include Forest rights settlement details) on the portal. This document can be uploaded by Nodal Officer also when proposal reaches to him after processing by Circle office. CF/CCF can view the proposal and recommendation of DFO after logging in to portal and can take print out (if needed) of the entire details and then process it. After that, he/she uploads the part-III of Form-A on the portal along with his/her recommendation and Site Inspection report (if site inspection done). When, CF/CCF uploads his/her recommendation and Site Inspection Reports on the portal, proposal details are forwarded automatically to concerned Nodal Officer for the necessary action. Nodal Officer can view the proposal and recommendations of DFO and CF/CCF after logging in to portal and can take print out (if needed) of the entire details and then process it. After that, he/she uploads the part-IV of Form-A on the portal along with his/her recommendation and Site Inspection report (if site inspection done). When, Nodal Officer uploads his/her recommendation and Site Inspection Reports on the portal, proposal details are forwarded automatically to concerned State Secretary for the necessary action. State Secretary can view the proposal and recommendations of DFO, CF/CCF and Nodal Officer after logging in to portal and can take print out (if needed) of the entire details and then process it. After that, he/she uploads the part-V of Form-A on the portal along with his/her recommendation. When, State Secretary uploads his/her recommendation on the portal, proposal details are forwarded automatically to concerned Regional Office or Head Office, Delhi as per the flow defined in the system. Note: • All proposals related with diversion of forest land from 0 to 40 ha are forwarded to Regional Office. • All proposals related with diversion of forest land for more than 40 ha are forwarded directly to Head Office, Delhi for the processing at Head Office (MoEF, Delhi). Regional Office can view the proposal and recommendations of DFO, CF/CCF, Nodal Officer and State Secretary after logging in to portal and can take print out (if needed) of the entire details and then process it. • The fate of the proposals related with diversion of forest land up to 5 ha (except mining and regularization of encroachments) is decided at RO (without any State Advisory Group/Regional Empowered Committee meeting). • RO conducts SAG/REC meetings for the proposals related with diversion of forest land up to 5 ha (Mining and regularization of encroachments only) and all other projects related with diversion of forest land from 5 to 40 ha. Then, RO forwards these proposals (along with recommendation of SAG/REC) to RO(HQ), Delhi for the approval of Competent Authority of Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change. Regional Office (HQ), Delhi can view the proposal and recommendations of DFO, CF/CCF, Nodal Officer, State Secretary and Regional Office after logging in to portal and can take print out (if needed) of the entire details and then process it for the approval of the Competent Authority of the MoEFCC. HO (Delhi)can view the proposal and recommendations of DFO, CF/CCF, Nodal Officer, State Secretary and Regional Office after logging in to portal and can take print out (if needed) of the entire details and then conducts FAC meetings. • HO may ask Regional Office to upload site inspection reports in cases in which area is more than 100 ha. • FAC recommendations (along with decision of Competent Authority) and agenda and minutes of the meeting are uploaded on portal. Automatic mailer notifications will be triggered for each and every transaction committed in the OSMFC System. The status of proposal will be updated at each transaction and the same would be reflected automatically in the reports available in public domain. • NEW USER AGENCY REGISTRATION AND LOGIN • NEW REGISTRATION User Agency: For submitting the proposal, a user agency has to register Online at FC portal. Registration can be done in the following manner: • Type http://forestsclearance.nic.in in the address bar of the web browser i.e. Internet Explorer, Mozilla Firefox, Google Chrome etc. and press Enter. A Home page of OSMFCP portal will appear as shown in Figure-2.1. • Click on Register New User Agency as shown in the Figure-2.1. Figure-2.1: Home Page of OSMFCP portal New User Registration Form of the Online Submission and Monitoring of Forests Clearances Proposals portal will appear as shown in Figure-2.2. Figure-2.2 : New User Registration Form of OSMFCP • Fill-in the data in the above mentioned form and then press „SUBMIT‟ button. After successful registration, new user will get the notification on registered email-id. • LOGIN To login into the FC portal, do the following: • Click on the Login (User Agency) as shown in figure 2.3. Figure-2.3: Home Page of OSMFCP Login Form of FC portal will appear as shown in the figure 2.4 Figure-2.4: Login Page of OSMFCP • Type the user id in the text box. • Type the password in the Password text box. • Type the code in the text box shown in the Captcha image below it. • Click on Login button as shown in Figure-2.4. After successful login, Change password page will be displayed as shown in figure 2.5 Figure- 2.5: Change password screen User Agency has to change password assigned through email generated after registration. When User Agency changes the password, the following page (Figure-2.6) would be displayed on screen. Figure- 2.6: First time logged in page for the UA The option for changing password is available under „My Account’ tab also as shown in the figure 2.7. Figure- 2.7: Change password screen • LOGOUT To logout from OSMFCP portal, click on the option “Logout” at the right corner of the screen as shown in the figure 2.6. • ADDING, EDITING &TRACKING PROPOSALS • ADD NEW PROPOSAL User Agency can submit details of the proposals (Form-A, Part-I) seeking prior forests clearance for the diversion of forests land to be diverted for non-forestry purposes. After submitting the proposal details, UA can track the status of the proposal submitted as per the flow defined in the system. They are supposed to check their emails and SMSs for further action at their end. To submit a new proposal, following procedure may be adopted: • To add a new proposal, click on „My Proposals‟ tab. Then click on the Allocation of Fresh Forest land (Form-A) link available under „Add New Proposal’ link as shown in Figure 3.1. Figure 3.1: First screen for Adding New Proposal • After clicking on „Allocation of Fresh Forest land (Form-A)‟, Form-A will be displayed on screen as shown in figure-3.2. Figure: 3.2 Details of Form-A, Part-I to be filled in by UA • Fill up the form (Form-A, Part-I) displayed at Figure 3.2. Note: Form-A contains four (7) pages for the proposals for all categories except Mining sector. Form-A for Mining cases contains Five (9) pages. User Agency is advised to follow all the instructions given on the pages. The parameters marked with * are mandatory. • User Agency can save the proposal in Draft mode by clicking on „Save as Draft‟ button available on first page of Form-A, Part-I or they may click on „Next‟ button for filling up other pages. If „Save as Draft‟ button is clicked, a Unique proposal no. will be generated automatically by the system and the same would be communicated to the user through pop-up message. If user clicks on „OK‟ of pop- up message, control will come back to the first page. Then UA may fill up other pages by clicking on „Next‟ button. • User Agency has to click on „Save as Draft‟ or „Save and lock’ button available on last page for saving the entire form. Note: Modifications can be made in the proposal, if it is saved by clicking on „Save in Draft’ button. No change can be made in the proposal, if it is saved by clicking on „Save & lock‟ button. Please ensure that all details have been uploaded properly before saving in lock mode. • After successfully addition of proposal, an acknowledgement letter is emailed automatically to the email-id of User Agency and the proposal is sent to the concerned Nodal Officer for further necessary action. Concerned Nodal Officer will get the email notification alert. User Agency can submit original proposal to Nodal Officer along with acknowledgement letter and other relevant documents. Similarly, other proposals (Form-B and Form-C) can be submitted through the portal. • UPDATE NEW PROPOSAL The details of the proposals can be updated by User Agency if these details have been submitted by clicking on „Save as Draft‟ button. No change can be made if proposal is saved and locked. To update the submitted proposal, the following procedure may be adopted: Step 1: To update a proposal, click on „My Proposals‟ tab. Then click on the View/Edit Form-A link available under „View/Edit New Proposal‟ link as shown in Figure 3.4. Figure 3.4: First screen for viewing/editing new proposal Step 2: After clicking on „View/Edit Form-A‟ link, the following will be displayed on screen as shown in figure-3.5 Figure 3.5: Second screen for viewing/editing new proposal • Step 3: Click on Edit icon displayed against proposal no. to view/edit the proposal details. After clicking on Edit icon, Edit/View form will be displayed as shown in Figure-3.6. User Agency can update the information and then may submit it by clicking on „Save & lock‟ button. Once application is saved by using this option, no further changes can be made in the proposal. Similarly, other proposals (Form-B and Form-C) can be edited on the portal. Figure 3.6: Second screen for viewing/editing new proposal • VIEW STATUS OF SUBMI TTED PROPOSALS User Agency can see online decision and status of concerned submitted proposals by clicking on the View Status of Submitted Proposals link under My Project option as shown in the Figure 3.7. Similarly, status of other proposals (Form-B and Form-C) can also be viewed on portal. Figure-3.7: Status of Submitted Proposals • ESSENTAIL DETAILS SO UGHT BY FOREST DEPAR TMENT After submission of proposal successfully, Forest department may sought essential details from User Agency at any level (Nodal Officer/DFO/Circle etc) during processing of proposal. An email/sms alert will be sent by Forest department to User Agency for the same. User Agency can view the details needed by forest department for further processing. The following steps could be followed for the same. • Click on Essential Details Sought by Forest Department link under My Proposals. Then, the following details will be displayed on screen. Figure-3.8 Screen showing summary of proposals in which essential details have to be submitted by UA • User Agency can view the Essential Details Sought (EDS) by Forest department as shown in figure 3.9 and then may reply to the query. The system will show the status of the proposal as „Pending at UA” till the reply is uploaded on portal. Figure-3.9Form for submitting reply by UA This completes the process at User Agency. • ANNEXURE A Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) • What does OSMFCP stand for? Ans. Online Submission and Monitoring of Forests Clearances Proposals. • What does UA stand for? Ans. User Agency. • How UA can register and login on the OMSFCP portal? Ans. User Agency can click on Register (New User Agency) tab available on main page of the portal (http://forestsclearance.nic.in). Then a registration form will be displayed on the screen. When UA submits Registration form, then a user-id (email of UA) and password will be emailed automatically to UA‟s email-id. UA can login with these credentials. • Where is all the information regarding the OSMFCP residing? Ans. All the proposal information is available on Forests Clearance portal. Click here to visit. • What are the key benefits for the department adopting the Online Submission and Monitoring of Forests Clearances Proposals? Ans. It provides transparency and efficiency in the working environment, minimizes the processing delay, helps in timely disposal of important issues, enables one to work from anywhere, anytime, leads to a paperless working and provides ease and flexibility in the retrieval of various reports. • Are all the necessary fields required to be filled while submitting the proposal online? Ans. All the required field should be filled otherwise system will not allow submitting the proposal. • Is it possible to add more proposals after the acceptance for consideration of the proposal submitted by UA? Ans. Yes, the UA can add more proposals after acceptance of a proposal by forest department. • How Forest department will inform UAs if any additional information is sought from them? Ans.UA will receive an email if any additional information is sought by forest department. The same could be viewed by UA by clicking on Essential Details sought by Forest department under My proposals. • Is it possible to see the contact detail of Ministry Nodal Officer for Private Entrepreneur? Ans. Yes, List of Nodal Officers is available on the website. • Can Private Entrepreneur/UA track the progress of their proposal? Ans. Yes, they can see the progress as well as the decisions. • Is Captcha code necessary? Ans. Yes, due to the Security Guidelines, it is necessary to insert the code at every transaction. • Is it mandatory to change the password from default given password? Ans. Yes, it is mandatory to change the password on first login after receiving the default password. • Is it possible to see the list of all the proposals submitted by UA? Ans. Yes, the list of projects considered by PMG is available on the website. • Can more than one proposal be added by one user agency? Ans. Yes, more than one proposal can be added by one user agency. Annexure -11 SPECIFIED PROJECT CATEGORIES AS LISTED IN SCHEDULE OF ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT NOTIFICATION, 2006 (MOEF) REQUIRE PRIOR ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE Category with threshold limit Conditions if any Project or Activity A B 1 Mining, extraction of natural resources and power generation (for a specified production capacity) (a) (2) (3) (4) (5) (1) 1 Mining of minerals  50 ha. of mining lease area <50 ha General Condition  5 ha .of mining shall apply Asbestos mining irrespective of lease area. Note 1(a) mining area Mineral prospecting (not involving drilling) are exempted provided the concession areas have got previous clearance for physical survey 1(b) Offshore and All projects Note onshore oil and gas Exploration Surveys exploration, (not involving development & drilling) are production exempted provided the concession areas have got previous clearance for physical survey 1(c) River Valley (i)  50 MW hydroelectric power (i) < 50 MW  25 General Condition projects generation; MW hydroelectric shall apply (ii)  10,000 ha. of culturable power generation; command area (ii) < 10,000 ha. of culturable command area 1(d) Thermal Power  500 MW (coal/lignite/naphta & < 500 MW General Condition Plants gas based); (coal/lignite/naptha shall apply  50 MW (Pet coke diesel and all & gas based); other fuels ) <50 MW  5MW (Pet coke ,diesel and all other MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 11 1 fuels ) 1(e) Nuclear power All projects - projects and processing of nuclear fuel 2 Primary Processing 2(a) Coal washeries  1 million ton/annum <1million ton/annum General Condition shall throughput of coal throughput of coal apply (If located within mining area the proposal shall be appraised together with the mining proposal) 2 (b) Mineral  0.1million ton/annum < 0.1million ton/annum General Condition shall beneficiation mineral throughput mineral throughput apply (Mining proposal with Mineral beneficiation shall be appraised together for grant of clearance) 3 Materials Production 3(a) Metallurgical a)Primary metallurgical industries (ferrous industry & non ferrous) All projects b) Sponge iron Sponge iron manufacturing General Condition shall manufacturing <200TPD apply for Sponge iron ≥ 200TPD manufacturing c)Secondary Secondary metallurgical metallurgical processing industry processing industry i.)All toxic All toxic and heavy andheavymetal producing metal producing units units  20,000 tonnes <20,000 tonnes /annum /annum ii.)All other - non –toxic secondary metallurgical processing industries >5000 tonnes/annum MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 11 2 3( b) Cement plants  1.0 million <1.0 million tonnes/annum General Condition shall tonnes/annum production capacity. All apply production capacity Stand alone grinding units 4 Materials Processing (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 4(a) Petroleum refining All projects - - industry 4(b) Coke oven plants 2,50,000 <2,50,000 & - tonnes/annum 25,000 tonnes/annum 4(c ) Asbestos milling All projects - - and asbestos based products 4(d) Chlor-alkali 300 TPD production <300 TPD production Specific Condition shall industry capacityor a unit capacity apply located out side the and located within a notified industrial area/ notified industrial area/ No new Mercury Cell estate estate based plants will be permitted and existing units converting to membrane cell technology are exempted from this Notification 4(e) Soda ash Industry All projects - - 4(f) Leather/skin/hide New projects outside All new or expansion of Specific condition shall processing the industrial area or projects located within a apply industry expansion of existing notified industrial area/ units out side the estate industrial area 5 Manufacturing/Fabrication 5(a) Chemical All projects - - fertilizers 5(b) Pesticides industry All units producing - - and pesticide technical grade specific pesticides intermediates (excluding formulations) 5(c) Petro-chemical All projects - - complexes - (industries based on processing of petroleum fractions & natural gas and/or MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 11 3 reforming to aromatics) 5(d) Manmade fibres Rayon Others General Condition shall manufacturing apply 5(e) Petrochemical Located out side the Located in a notified Specific Condition shall based processing notified industrial area/ industrial area/ estate apply (processes other estate than cracking & - reformation and not covered under the complexes) 5(f) Synthetic organic Located out side the Located in a notified Specific Condition shall chemicals industry notified industrial area/ industrial area/ estate apply (dyes & dye estate intermediates; bulk drugs and intermediates excluding drug formulations; synthetic rubbers; basic organic chemicals, other synthetic organic chemicals and chemical intermediates) 5(g) Distilleries (i)All Molasses based All Cane juice/non- General Condition shall distilleries molasses based distilleries apply – (ii) All Cane juice/ non- <30 KLD molasses based distilleries 30 KLD 5(h) Integrated paint - All projects General Condition shall industry apply 5(i) Pulp & paper Pulp manufacturing and Paper manufacturing General Condition shall industry excluding industry without pulp apply manufacturing of Pulp& Paper manufacturing paper from waste manufacturing industry paper and - manufacture of paper from ready pulp with out bleaching 5(j) Sugar Industry -  5000 tcd cane crushing General Condition shall - capacity apply 5(k) Induction/arc - All projects General Condition shall furnaces/cupola - apply furnaces 5TPH or more MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 11 4 6 Service Sectors 6(a) Oil & gas All projects - transportation pipe line (crude and refinery/ petrochemical products), passing through national parks /sanctuaries/coral reefs /ecologically sensitive areas including LNG Terminal 6(b) Isolated storage & - All projects General Condition shall handling of apply hazardous chemicals (As per threshold planning quantity indicated in column 3 of schedule 2 & 3 of MSIHC Rules 1989 amended 2000) 7 Physical Infrastructure including Environmental Services 7(a) Air ports All projects - - 7(b) All ship breaking All projects - - yards including ship breaking units 7(c) Industrial estates/ If at least one industry Industrial estates housing Special condition shall parks/ complexes/ in the proposed at least one Category B apply areas, export industrial estate falls industry and area <500 ha. processing Zones under the Category A, Note: (EPZs), Special entire industrial area Industrial Estate of area Economic Zones shall be treated as below 500 ha. and not (SEZs), Biotech Category A, housing any industry of Parks, Leather irrespective of the area. category A or B does not Complexes. require clearance. Industrial estates with Industrial estates of area> area greater than 500 500 ha. and not housing ha. and housing at least any industry belonging to one Category B Category A or B. industry. 7(d) Common All integrated facilities All facilities having land General Condition shall hazardous waste having incineration fill only apply MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 11 5 treatment, storage &landfill or and disposal incineration alone facilities (TSDFs) 7(e) Ports, Harbours  5 million TPA of < 5 million TPA of cargo General Condition shall cargo handling capacity handling capacity and/or apply (excluding fishing ports/ harbours 10,000 harbours) TPA of fish handling capacity 7(f) Highways i) New National High i) New State High ways; General Condition shall ways; and and apply ii) Expansion of ii) Expansion of National / National High ways State Highways greater greater than 30 KM, than 30 km involving involving additional additional right of way right of way greater greater than 20m involving than 20m involving land acquisition. land acquisition and passing through more than one State. 7(g) Aerial ropeways All projects General Condition shall apply 7(h) Common Effluent All projects General Condition shall Treatment Plants apply (CETPs) 7(i) Common All projects General Condition shall Municipal Solid apply Waste Management Facility (CMSWMF) 8 Building /Construction projects/Area Development projects and Townships 8(a) Building and ≥20000 sq.mtrs and #(built up area for Construction <1,50,000 sq.mtrs. of built- covered construction; in projects up area# the case of facilities open to the sky, it will be the activity area ) ++ 8(b) Townships and Covering an area ≥ 50 ha All projects under Area Development and or built up area Item 8(b) shall be projects. ≥1,50,000 sq .mtrs ++ appraised as Category B1 Projects requiring Site Clearance from MoEF: Site clearance from the MoEF is to be obtained in case of the following projects:  Mining;  Pit-Head thermal power stations;  Hydropower, major irrigation projects and/or their combination including flood control; MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 11 6  Ports and harbours (excluding minor ports);  Prospecting and exploration of major minerals in areas more that 500 hectares.  Industrial Estate For obtaining site clearance, application is to be submitted giving the location of the project along with requisite details, to the MoEF. MoEF will convey its decision about the suitability of the proposed site within a maximum period of 30 days. MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 11 7 Annexure-12 FORM –8 FOR DISPOSAL OF BATTERIES MINISTRY OF ENVIRONMENT AND FORESTS NOTIFICATION New Delhi, the 16th May, 2001 FORM – VIII [see rule 10 (2)(ii)] FORM FOR FILING RETURNS OF USED BATTERIES [To be submitted by the bulk consumer to the State Pollution Control Board (SPCB) by 30th June (for the period October-March) and 31 st December (for the period April-September) every year] 1. Name and address of the bulk consumer 2. Name of the Authorised person and full address with telephone and fax number 3. Number of new batteries of different categories purchased from the manufacturer / importer / dealer or any other agency during October- March and April-September Category : Automotives (i) No. of Batteries (ii) Approximate Four wheeler weight ( in Metric Tonnes) Two wheeler Industrial UPS Motive Power Stand-by Others 4. Number or used batteries of categories mentioned in Sl. No. 3 and Tonnage of scrap sent to manufacturer / dealer / importer / registered recycler / or any other agency to whom the used batteries scrap was sent Place ____________ Signature of the authorised person Date ____________ Enclose list of manufacture / dealer / importer / registered recyclers / or any other agency to whom the used batteries scrap was sent. MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 12 1 Annexure-14 FORM – 2 [See rule 4(8), 5(5) and 9 (5)] Form for Maintaining Records of E-Waste Handled / Generated Quantity in Metric Tonnes (MT) or Kilograms (Kg) per year 1. Name & Address: Producer /Collection Centre/Dismantler? Recycler/ Bulk consumer * 2. Date of Issue of Authorization* Registration * 3. Validity of Authorization* /Registration* 4. Types & Quantity of e-waste handled/ Category Quantity generated Item Description 5. Types & Quantity of e-waste stored Category Quantity Item Description 6. Types & Quantity of e-waste sent to authorized Category Quantity collection centre/ registered dismantler or recycler Item Description 7. Types & Quantity of e-waste transported* Category Quantity Quantity Name, address and contact details of the destination 8. Types & Quantity of e-waste refurbished* Category Quantity Item Description Name, address and contact details of the destination of refurbished materials 9. Types & Quantity of e-waste dismantled* Category Quantity Item Description Name, address and contact details of the destination 10. Types & Quantity of e-waste recycled* Category Quantity Types & Quantity of materials recovered Item Description Quantity Name, address and contact details of the destination 11. Types & Quantity of waste treated & disposed Category Quantity Item Description * Strike off whichever is not applicable MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 14 1 Annexure-15 Pro-forma for Environment and Social details for Transmission Line and Sub-Stations Environmental and Social details for Transmission Lines SN DESCRIPTION ALIGNMENT-I ALIGNMENT-II ALIGNMENT-III 1. Route particulars i) Length ii) Terrain 2. Environmental Details i) Town in) Alignment (Near By) ii) House within ROW iii) Forest In Km / Ha a) Type of forest b) Density of forest c) Type of Fauna & Flora d) Endangered species if any e) Historical/Cultural monument f) Any other relevant information 3. Compensation cost i) Crop ii) Forest 4. No. of Crossing i) Railway ii) Transmission line iii) River Xing etc 5. Construction Problem 6. O & M Problem 7. Overall Remarks 8. Reasons for selection of final route: MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 15 1 Environment and Social details for Sub-station Sl.No. Study Point Alt.I Alt.II Alt.III Remarks 01. Location 02. Village Name 03. Size of Land 04. Type of Land (Govt./Pvt./others) 05. General Geography of Area 06. Agricultural/Cropping Pattern Main types of crops Irrigation Facility 07. Socio-economic condition of area : i) Profession of existing population Agricultural (Self employment, Merchants, manufacturer, Transporters & Handicrafts etc.) ii) Wage Earner (Skilled/Unskilled Labour) iii) Others if any iv) Natural Resource base v) Political Influence 08. No./Name of villages effected I. Partly II. Fully 09. Total No. of families likely to be effected 10. No. of families whose part holding likely to be acquired 11. No. of families whose total holding likely to be acquired Land + Home Land Only Home only 12. Caste of PAPs/PAFs a) GC b) OBC c) SC/ST General Pattern of Cultivation i.e. By owner On 13. lease (Registered/ Un-registered) 14. Loss of Structure House/Shop along with the status of occupants (Owner/Tenant/ Lease holder/squatter) 15. Others a) Common property resources like School, Ponds Grazing Ground, Religious Places b) Drainage facility 16. Tree/Plantation/Orchards (Approx.) 17. Cost of Land 18. Reasons for selection/rejection MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 15 2 Annexure-16 Format: Statement for details of Sites identified for Substations Sl. No. Criteria Site-I Site-II Site-III 1.0 Land 1.1 Size (Acre) (Mtr. x Mtr.) 1.2 Govt. Private/Forest land 1.3 Agriculture/Wasteland 1.4 Development 1.5 Approximate cost 1.6 Type of soil 1.7 No. of owners 1.8 Environment/Pollution in the vicinity 1.9 Location with reference to nearest town 1.10 H.F.L. Data 1.11 Diversion of Nallah/Canal required 1.12 Slope 1.13 Extent of levelling required 1.14 Land acquisition feasibility 1.15 Rate of Govt. land 1.16 No. of owners 1.17 Extn. of approach 1.18 Planned/unplanned development 1.19 Size of sites 1.20 No. of families displaced 1.21 Required Government value 1.22 Level of site with ref. to road level 1.23 Distance from sea shore 2.0 Approach 2.1 What are the Obstacles in reaching site? 2.2 Approach road 2.3 Length of approach road 2.4 Distance from main road MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 16 1 2.5 Unloading facility at Railway Station 2.6 No. of Culverts required 3.0 Community Facilities 3.1 Drinking Water 3.2 Drainage 3.3 a) Post Office b) Telephone c) Telex 3.4 Market 3.5 Security 3.6 Amenities 3.7 Availability of construction water 3.8 Availability of water 3.9 Nearest EHC line 3.10 Length of line between this site & nearest substation 3.11 Length of line estimate 3.12 Additional crossings 3.13 Frontage for line take off 3.14 Telephone/Telegraph line 4.0 Others MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 16 2 Annexure- 17 FORM OF SAFETY PLAN TO BE SUBMITTED BY THE CONTRACTOR WITHIN SIXTY DAYS OF AWARD OF CONTRACT [TO BE EXECUTED ON A NON JUDICIAL STAMP PAPER WORTH RS. TWENTY ONLY] SAFETY PLAN THIS SAFETY PLAN is made this ……….………...... day of ….……..... 20...... by ………….………………… a Company registered under the Companies Act, 1956/Partnership firm/proprietary concern having its Registered Office at ………….................[to be modified suitably for JV Contractor] (hereinafter called as ‘Contractor' which expression shall include its successors and permitted assigns) for approval of ......(insert name of the Employer) ........, a company incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956 having its Registered Office at ...... (insert registered address of the Employer)........ for its Contract for .……………….…...... ......(insert package name, project name alongwith Specification number of the Contract)......... WHEREAS ......(abbreviated name of the Employer)........ has awarded to the Contractor the aforesaid Contract vide its Notification of Award/Contract No. ……..……….... dated ....…………..and Amendment No. ..................... (applicable when amendments have been issued) (hereinafter called the "Contract") in terms of which the Contractor is required to submit ‘Safety Plan’ alongwith certain documents to the Engineer In-Charge/Project Manager of the Employer within Sixty (60) days of Notification of Award for its approval. NOW THEREFORE, the Contractor undertakes to execute the Contract as per the safety plan as follows: 1. THAT the Contractor shall execute the works as per provisions of Bidding Documents including those in regard to Safety Precautions / provisions as per statutory requirements. 2. THAT the Contractor shall execute the works in a well planned manner from the commencement of Contract as per agreed mile stones of work completion schedule so that planning and execution of construction works goes smoothly and consistently through out the contract duration without handling pressure in last quarter of the financial year/last months of the Contract and the shall be finalized in association with EMPLOYER Engineer In-charge/Project Manager from time to time as required. 3. THAT the Contractor has prepared the safe work procedure for each activity i.e. foundation works including civil works, erection, stringing (as applicable), testing & commissioning, disposal of materials at site / store etc. to be executed at site, which is enclosed at Annexure – 1A (SP) for acceptance and approval of Engineer In-charge/Project Manager. The Contractor shall ensure that on approval of the same from Engineer In-charge/Project Manager , the approved copies will be circulated to Employer’s personnel at site [Supervisor(s)/Executive(s)] and Contractor’s personnel at site [Gang leader, supervisor(s) etc.] in their local language / language understood by gang. THAT the Contractor has prepared minimum manpower deployment plan, activity wise as stated above, which is enclosed at Annexure – 1B (SP) for approval of Engineer In-charge/Project Manager. MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 17 1 4. THAT the Contractor shall ensure while executing works that they will deploy minimum 25% of their own experienced work force who are on the permanent roll of the company and balance 75% can be a suitable mixed with the hired gangs / local workers / casual workers if required. The above balance 75% work force should be provided with at least 10 days training by the construction agencies at sites and shall be issued with a certificate. No worker shall be engaged without a valid certificate. Hired gang workers shall also follow safe working procedures and safety norms as is being followed by company’s workmen. It should also be ensured by the contractor that certified fitters who are climbing towers / doing stringing operations can be easily identifiable with a system like issue of Badge / Identification cards (ID cards) etc. Colour identification batches should be worn by the workers. Contractor has to ensure that inexperience workers / unskilled workers should not be deployed for skilled job. 5. THAT the Contractor’s Gang leader / Supervisor / Senior most member available at every construction site shall brief to each worker daily before start of work about safety requirement and warn about imminent dangers and precautions to be taken against the imminent dangers (Daily Safety Drill). This is to be ensured without fail by Contractor and maintain record of each gang about daily safety instructions issued to workers and put up to EMPLOYER site In-charge for his review and record. 6. THAT the Contractor shall ensure that working Gangs at site should not be left at the discretion of their Gang Leaders who are generally hired and having little knowledge about safety. Gang leader should be experienced and well versed with the safe working procedures applicable for transmission line/ Sub Station works. In case gang is having Gang leader not on permanent roll of the company then additional Supervisor from company’s own roll having thorough knowledge about the works would be deployed so as to percolate safety instructions upto the grass root level in healthy spirits. Contractor has to ensure close supervision while executing critical locations of transmission lines / sub stations and ensures that all safety instructions are in place and are being followed. 7. THAT the Contractor shall maintain in healthy and working condition all kind of Equipments / Machineries / Lifting tools / Lifting tackles / Lifting gears / All kind of Ropes including wire ropes / Polypropylene ropes etc. used for Lifting purpose during execution of the project and get them periodically examined and load tested for safe working load in accordance with relevant provisions and requirement of Building & other construction workers Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Services Act and Central Rule 1998, Factories Act 1948, Indian Electricity Act 2003 before start of the project. A register of such examinations and tests shall be properly maintained by the contractor and will be promptly produced as and when desired by the Engineer In- charge/Project Manager or by the person authorised by him. The Contractor has to ensure to give special attention on the formation / condition of eye splices of wire rope slings as per requirement of IS 2762 Specification for wire rope slings and sling legs. THAT the Contractor has prepared a list of all Lifting machines, lifting Tools / Lifting Tackles / Lifting Gears etc. / All types of ropes and Slings which are subject to safe working load is enclosed at Annexure – 2 (SP) for review and approval of Engineer In-charge/Project Manager. 8. THAT the Contractor has to procure sufficient quantity of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)conforming to Indian / International standards and provide these equipment to every workman at site as per need and to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge/Project Manager of EMPLOYER. The Contractor’s Site Supervisor/ Project Manager has to ensure that all workmen must use Personal Protective Equipment at site. The Contractor shall also ensure that Industrial MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 17 2 Safety helmets are being used by all workmen at site irrespective of their working (at height or on ground). The Contractor shall further ensure use of safety shoes by all ground level workers and canvas shoes for all workers working at height, Rubber Gum Boots for workers working in rainy season and concreting job, Use of Twin Lanyard Full body Safety Harness with attachment of light weight such as aluminium alloy etc. and having features of automatic locking arrangement of snap hook, by all workers working at height for more than three meters and also for horizontal movement on tower shall be ensured by contractor. The Contractor shall not use ordinary half body safety harness at site. The Contractor has to ensure use of Retractable type fall arrestors by workers for ascending / descending on suspension insulator string and other similar works etc., Use of Mobile fall arrestor for ascending / descending from tower by all workers. The contractor has to provide cotton / leather hand gloves as per requirement, Electrical Resistance Hand gloves for operating electrical installations / switches, Face shield for protecting eyes while doing welding works and Dust masks to workers as per requirement. The Contractor will have to take action against the workers not using Personal Protective Equipment at site and those workers shall be asked to rest for that day and also their Salary be deducted for that day. EMPLOYER may issue warning letter to Project Manager of contractor in violation of above norms. THAT the Contractor shall prepare a detailed list of PPEs, activity wise, to commensurate with manpower deployed, which is enclosed at Annexure – 3 (SP) for review and approval of Engineer In-charge/Project Manager. It shall also be ensured that the sample of these equipment shall be got approved from EMPLOYER supervisory staff before being distributed to workers. The contractor shall submit relevant test certificates as per IS / International Standard as applicable to PPEs used during execution of work. All the PPE’s to be distributed to the workers shall be checked by EMPLOYER supervisory staff before its usage. The Contractor also agrees for addition / modification to the list of PPE, if any, as advised by Engineer In-Charge/Project Manager. 9. THAT the Contractor shall procure, if required sufficient quantity of Earthing Equipment / Earthing Devices complying with requirements of relevant IEC standards (Generally IECs standards for Earthing Equipments / Earthing Devices are – 855, 1230, 1235 etc.) and to the satisfaction of Engineer In-Charge/ Project Manager and contractor to ensures to maintained them in healthy condition. THAT the Contractor has prepared / worked out minimum number of healthy Earthing Equipments with Earthing lead confirming to relevant IS / European standards per gang wise during stringing activity/as per requirement, which is enclosed herewith at Annexure – 4 (SP) for review and acceptance of Engineer In-Charge/ Project Manager prior to execution of work. 10. THAT the Contractor shall provide communication facilities i.e. Walky – Talkie / Mobile Phone, Display of Flags / whistles for easy communication among workers during Tower erection / stringing activity, as per requirement. 11. THAT the Contractor undertakes to deploy qualified safety personnel responsible for safety as per requirements of Employer/Statutory Authorities. THAT the Contractor employing more than 250 workmen whether temporary, casual, probationer, regular or permanent or on contract, shall employ at least one full time officer exclusively as qualified safety officer having diploma in safety to supervise safety aspects of the equipment and workmen who will coordinate with Engineer In-charge /Project Manager/Safety Co-ordinator of the Employer. In case of work being carried out through sub contractors the sub – contractor’s MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 17 3 workmen / employees will also be considered as the contractor’s employees / workmen for the above purpose. If the number of workers are less than 250 then one qualified safety officer is to be deployed for each contract. He will report directly to his head of organization and not the Project Manager of contractor He shall also not be assigned any other work except assigning the work of safety. The curriculum vitae of such person shall be got cleared from EMPLOYER Project Manager / Construction staff. The name and address of such safety officers of contractor will be promptly informed in writing to Engineer In-charge with a copy to safety officer - In-charge before start of work or immediately after any change of the incumbent is made during the currency of the contract. The list is enclosed at Annexure – 5A (SP). THAT the Contractor has also prepared a list including details of Explosive Operator (if required), Safety officer / Safety supervisor / nominated person for safety for each erection / stringing gang, list of personnel trained in First Aid Techniques as well as copy of organisation structure of the Contractor in regard to safety. The list is enclosed at Annexure – 5B (SP). 12. The Project Manager shall have the right at his sole discretion to stop the work, if in his opinion the work is being carried out in such a way that it may cause accidents and endanger the safety of the persons and/or property, and/or equipment. In such cases, the Contractor shall be informed in writing about the nature of hazards and possible injury/accident and he shall comply to remove shortcomings promptly. The Contractor after stopping the specific work can, if felt necessary, appeal against the order of stoppage of work to the Project Manager within 3 days of such stoppage of work and decision of the Project Manager in this respect shall be conclusive and binding on the Contractor. 13. THAT, if, any Employer’s Engineer/ supervisor at site observes that the Contractor is failing to provide safe working environment at site as per agreed Safety Plan / EMPLOYER Safety Rule/ Safety Instructions / Statutory safety requirement and creates hazardous conditions at site and there is possibility of an accident to workmen or workmen of the other contractor or public or the work is being carried out in an un safe manner or he continues to work even after being instructed to stop the work by Engineer / Supervisor at site / RHQ / Corp. Centre, the Contractor shall be bound to pay a penalty of Rs. 10,000/ - per incident per day till the instructions are complied and as certified by Engineer / Supervisor of Employer at site. The work will remain suspended and no activity will take place without compliance and obtaining clearance / certification of the Site Engineer / Supervisor of the Employer to start the work. 14. THAT, if the investigation committee of Employer observes any accident or the Engineer In- charge/Project Manager of the Employer based on the report of the Engineer/Supervisor of the Employer at site observes any failure on the Contractor’s part to comply with safety requirement / safety rules/ safety standards/ safety instruction as prescribed by the Employer or as prescribed under the applicable law for the safety of the equipment, plant and personnel and the Contractor does not take adequate steps to prevent hazardous conditions which may cause injury to its own Contractor’s employees or employee of any other Contractors or Employer or any other person at site or adjacent thereto, or public involvement because of the Contractor’s negligence of safety norms, the Contractor shall be liable to pay a compensation of Rs. 10,00,000/- (Rupees Ten Lakh only) per person affected causing death and Rs. 1,00,000/- (Rupees One Lakh only) per person for serious injuries / 25% or more permanent disability to the Employer for further disbursement to the deceased family/ Injured persons. The permanent disability has the same meaning as indicated in Workmen’s Compensation Act 1923. The above stipulations is in addition to all other compensation payable to sufferer as per workmen compensation Act / Rules MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 17 4 THAT as per the Employer’s instructions, the Contractor agrees that this amount shall be deducted from their running bill(s) immediately after the accident, That the Contractor understands that this amount shall be over and above the compensation amount liable to be paid as per the Workmen’s Compensation Act /other statutory requirement/ provisions of the Bidding Documents. 15. THAT the Contractor shall submit Near-Miss-Accident report alongwith action plan for avoidance such incidence /accidents to Engineer – In-charge/ Project Manager. Contractor shall also submit Monthly Safety Activities report to Engineer – In-charge/ Project Manager and copy of the Monthly Safety Activities report also to be sent to Safety In-charge at RHQ of the Employer for his review record and instructions. 16. THAT the Contractor is submitting a copy of Safety Policy/ Safety Documents of its Company which is enclosed at Annexure – 6 (SP) and ensure that the safety Policy and safety documents are implemented in healthy spirit. 17. THAT the Contractor shall make available of First Aid Box [Contents of which shall be as per Building & other construction workers (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Services Act and Central Rule 1998 / EMPLOYER Guidelines)] to the satisfaction of Engineer In-Charge/ Project Manager with each gang at site and not at camp and ensures that trained persons in First Aid Techniques with each gang before execution of work. 18. THAT the Contractor shall submit an ‘Emergency Preparedness Plan’ for different incidences i.e. Fall from height, Electrocution, Sun Stroke, Collapse of pit, Collapse of Tower, Snake bite, Fire in camp / Store, Flood, Storm, Earthquake, Militancy etc. while carrying out different activities under execution i.e. foundation works including civil works, erection, stringing (as applicable), testing & commissioning, disposal of materials at site / store etc. which is enclosed at Annexure – 7 (SP) for approval of the Engineer In-Charge/ Project Manager before start of work. 19. THAT the Contractor shall organise Safety Training Programs on Safety, Health and Environment and for safe execution of different activities of works i.e. foundation works including civil works, erection, stringing (as applicable), testing & commissioning, disposal of materials at site / store etc. for their own employees including sub contractor workers on regular basis. The Contractor, therefore, submits copy of the module of training program, enclosed at Annexure – 9 (SP), to Engineer In-charge/Project Manager for its acceptance and approval and records maintained. 20. THAT the Contractor shall conduct safety audit, as per Safety Audit Check Lists enclosed at Annexure – 8 (SP), by his Safety Officer(s) every month during construction of Transmission Lines / Sub Stations / any other work and copy of the safety audit report will be forwarded to the Employer’s Engineer In-charge / Site In-charge/Project Manager for his comments and feedback. During safety audit, healthiness of all Personal Protective Equipments (PPEs) shall be checked individually by safety officer of contractor and issue a certificate of its healthiness or rejection of faulty PPEs and contractor has to ensure that all faulty PPEs and all faulty lifting tools and tackles should be destroyed in the presence of EMPLOYER construction staff. Contractor has to ensure that each gang be safety audited at least once in two months. During safety audit by the contractor, Safety officer’s feedback from EMPLOYER concerned shall be taken and recorded. The Employer’s site officials shall also conduct safety audit at their own from time to time when construction activities are under progress. Apart from above, the Employer may also conduct surveillance safety audits. The Employer may take action against the person / persons as deemed fit MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 17 5 under various statutory acts/provisions under the Contract for any violation of safety norms / safety standards. 21. THAT the Contractor shall develop and display Safety Posters of construction activity at site and also at camp where workers are generally residing. 22. THAT the Contractor shall ensure to provide potable and safe drinking water for workers at site / at camp. 23. THAT the Contractor shall do health check up of all workers from competent agencies and reports will be submitted to Engineer In-Charge within fifteen (15) days of health check up of workers as per statutory requirement. 24. THAT the Contractor shall submit information alongwith documentary evidences in regard to compliance to various statutory requirements as applicable which are enclosed at Annexure – 10A (SP). The Contractor shall also submit details of Insurance Policies taken by the Contractor for insurance coverage against accident for all employees are enclosed at Annexure – 10B (SP). 25. THAT a check-list in respect of aforesaid enclosures alongwith the Contractor’s remarks, wherever required, is attached as Annexure – Check List herewith. THE CONTRACTOR shall incorporate modifications/changes in this ‘Safety Plan’ necessitated on the basis of review/comments of the Engineer In-Charge/Project Manager within fourteen (14) days of receipt of review/comments and on final approval of the Engineer In-Charge/Project Manager of this ‘Safety Plan’, the Contractor shall execute the works under the Contract as per approved ‘Safety Plan’. Further, the Contractor has also noted that the first progressive payment towards Services Contract shall be made on submission of ‘Safety Plan’ alongwith all requisite documents and approval of the same by the Engineer In-Charge/Project Manager. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Contractor has hereunto set its hand through its authorised representative under the common seal of the Company, the day, month and year first above mentioned. For and on behalf of M/s..........………........................ WITNESS 1. Signature........................ Signature........................ Name............................... Name............................... Address........................... Address........................... 2. Signature........................ Authorised representative MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 17 6 Name............................... (Common Seal) Address........................... (In case of Company) Note: All the annexure referred to in this “Safety Plan“are required to be enclosed by the contractor as per the attached “Check List “ 1. Safety Plan is to be executed by the authorised person and (i) in case of contracting Company under common seal of the Company or (ii) having the power of attorney issued under common seal of the company with authority to execute such contract documents etc., (iii) In case of (ii), the original Power of Attorney if it is specifically for this Contract or a Photostat copy of the Power of Attorney if it is General Power of Attorney and such documents should be attached to this Safety Plan. 2. For all safety monitoring/ documentation, Engineer In-charge / Regional In-charge of safety at RHQ will be the nodal Officers for communication. MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 17 7 CHECK LIST FOR SEFETY PLAN S. N. Details of Enclosure Status Remarks of Submission of information/ documents 1. Annexure – 1A (SP) Yes/No Safe work procedure for each activity i.e. foundation works including civil works, erection, stringing (as applicable), testing & commissioning, disposal of materials at site / store etc. to be executed at site. 2. Annexure – 1B (SP) Yes/No Manpower deployment plan, activity wise foundation works including civil works, erection, stringing (as applicable), testing & commissioning, disposal of materials at site / store etc. 3. Annexure – 2 (SP) Yes/No List of Lifting Machines i.e. Crane, Hoist, Triffor, Chain Pulley Blocks etc. and Lifting Tools and Tackles i.e. D shackle, Pulleys, come along clamps, wire rope slings etc. and all types of ropes i.e. Wire ropes, Poly propylene Rope etc. used for lifting purposes along with test certificates. 4. Annexure – 3 (SP) Yes/No List of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE), activity wise including the following along with test certificate of each as applicable: 1. Industrial Safety Helmet to all workmen at site. (EN 397 / IS 2925) with chin strap and back stay arrangement. 2. Safety shoes without steel toe to all ground level workers and canvas shoes for workers working on tower. 3. Rubber Gum Boot to workers working in rainy season / concreting job. 4. Twin lanyard Full Body Safety harness with shock absorber and leg strap arrangement for all workers working at height for more than three meters. Safety Harness should be with attachments of light weight such as of aluminium MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 17 8 S. N. Details of Enclosure Status Remarks of Submission of information/ documents alloy etc. and having a feature of automatic locking arrangement of snap hook and comply with EN 361 / IS 3521 standards. 5. Mobile fall arrestors for safety of workers during their ascending / descending from tower / on tower. EN 353 -2 (Guided type fall arresters on a flexible anchorage line.) 6. Retractable type fall arrestor (EN360: 2002) for ascending / descending on suspension insulator string etc. 7. Providing of good quality cotton hand gloves / leather hand gloves for workers engaged in handling of tower parts or as per requirement at site. 8. Electrical Resistance hand gloves to workers for handling electrical equipment / Electrical connections. IS : 4770 9. Dust masks to workers handling cement as per requirement. 10. Face shield for welder and Grinders. IS : 1179 / IS : 2553 11. Other PPEs, if any, as per requirement etc. 5. Annexure – 4 (SP) Yes/No List of Earthing Equipment / Earthing devices with Earthing lead conforming to IECs for earthing equipments are – (855, 1230, 1235 etc.) gang wise for stringing activity/as per requirement 6. Annexure – 5A (SP) Yes/No List of Qualified Safety Officer(s) alongwith their contact details 7. Annexure – 5B (SP) Yes/No Details of Explosive Operator (if required), Safety officer / Safety supervisor for every erection / stinging gang, any other person nominated for safety, list of personnel trained in First Aid as well as brief information about safety set up by the Contractor alongwith copy of organisation of the Contractor in regard to safety 8. Annexure – 6 (SP) MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 17 9 S. N. Details of Enclosure Status Remarks of Submission of information/ documents Copy of Safety Policy/ Safety Document of the Yes/No Contractor’s company 9. Annexure – 7 (SP) Yes/No ‘Emergency Preparedness Plan’ for different incidences i.e. Fall from height, Electrocution, Sun Stroke, Collapse of pit, Collapse of Tower, Snake bite, Fire in camp / Store, Flood, Storm, Earthquake, Militancy etc. while carrying out different activities under execution i.e. foundation works including civil works, erection, stringing (as applicable), testing & commissioning, disposal of materials at site / store etc. 10. Annexure – 8 (SP) Yes/No Safety Audit Check Lists ( Formats to be enclosed) 11. Annexure – 9 (SP) Yes/No Copy of the module of Safety Training Programs on Safety, Health and Environment, safe execution of different activities of works for Contractor’s own employees on regular basis and sub contractor employees. 12. Annexure – 10A (SP) Information alongwith documentary evidences in regard to the Contractor’s compliance to various statutory requirements including the following: (i) Electricity Act 2003 Yes/No _______________________________________ [Name of Documentary evidence in support of compliance ] (ii) Factories Act 1948 Yes/No _______________________________________ [Name of Documentary evidence in support of compliance ] (iii) Building & other construction workers (Regulation of Yes/No Employment and Conditions of Services Act and MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 17 10 S. N. Details of Enclosure Status Remarks of Submission of information/ documents Central Act 1996) and Welfare Cess Act 1996 with Rules. _______________________________________ [Name of Documentary evidence in support of compliance ] (iv) Workmen Compensation Act 1923 and Rules. Yes/No _______________________________________ [Name of Documentary evidence in support of compliance ] (v) Public Insurance Liabilities Act 1991 and Rules. Yes/No _______________________________________ [Name of Documentary evidence in support of compliance ] (vi) Indian Explosive Act 1948 and Rules. Yes/No _______________________________________ [Name of Documentary evidence in support of compliance ] (vii) Indian Petroleum Act 1934 and Rules. Yes/No _______________________________________ [Name of Documentary evidence in support of compliance ] (viii) License under the contract Labour (Regulation & Yes/No Abolition) Act 1970 and Rules. _______________________________________ [Name of Documentary evidence in support of compliance ] (ix) Indian Electricity Rule 1956 and amendments if any, Yes/No from time to time. _______________________________________ [Name of Documentary evidence in support of compliance ] (x) The Environment (Protection) Act 1986 and Rules. Yes/No MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 17 11 S. N. Details of Enclosure Status Remarks of Submission of information/ documents _______________________________________ [Name of Documentary evidence in support of compliance ] (xi) Child Labour (Prohibition & Regulation) Act 1986. Yes/No _______________________________________ [Name of Documentary evidence in support of compliance ] (xii) National Building Code of India 2005 (NBC 2005). Yes/No _______________________________________ [Name of Documentary evidence in support of compliance ] (xiii) Indian standards for construction of Low/ Medium/ Yes/No High/ Extra High Voltage Transmission Line _______________________________________ [Name of Documentary evidence in support of compliance ] (iv) Any other statutory requirement(s) Yes/No [please specify] _______________________________________ [Name of Documentary evidence in support of compliance ] 13. Annexure – 10B (SP) Details of Insurance Policies alongwith documentary evidences taken by the Contractor for the insurance coverage against accident for all employees as below: (i) Under Workmen Compensation Act 1923 and Rules. Yes/No _______________________________________ [Name of Documentary evidence in support of insurance taken ] (ii) Public Insurance Liabilities Act 1991 Yes/No _______________________________________ [Name of Documentary evidence in support of MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 17 12 S. N. Details of Enclosure Status Remarks of Submission of information/ documents insurance taken ] (iii) Any Other Insurance Policies Yes/No _______________________________________ [Name of Documentary evidence in support of insurance taken ] ____ EMPLOYER MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 17 13 Annexure-18 CHECKLIST FOR INSPECTION OF TRANSMISSION LINES AND SUB- STATION TRANSMISSION LINES NON-SHUT SHUT DEFECT MONTH DOWN DOWN DATE A. FOUNDATION A1 Soil erosion/uneven settlement A2 Any crack/damage to foundation A3 Any crack/damage to retaining wall/revetment A4 Missing/Damage/Earthwire/Strip A5 Earth Cutting from vicinity of foundation B. TOWER B1 Damaged/Missing Member BWL B2 Damaged/Missing Member AWL B3 Damaged/Missing nuts &bolts BWL B4 Damaged/Missing nuts &bolts AWL B5 Danger plate missing B6 Number plate missing B7 Phase plate missing B8 Protective coating disappeared B9 Step bolts missing B 10 Foreign material on Tower viz birds nest C. HARDWARE FITTINGS & INSULATORS C1 Surface pollution C2 Unusual deflection of string C3 Flash over/Burning mark C4 No. of fitting damage C5 No. of disc damage D. CONDUCTOR AND EARTHWIRE D1 Strands cut and open D2 Loose jumpers of conductor D3 Hanging earthwire D4 Dislocated/Loose VD of conductor D5 Missing VD of Conductor D6 Dislocated/Loose VD of earthwire D7 Missing VD of earthwire D8 Spacers Missing D9 Spacers Dislocated/Loose D 10 Jumper/Hard Spacer missing MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 18 1 TRANSMISSION LINES NON-SHUT SHUT DEFECT MONTH DOWN DOWN DATE D 11 Jumper/Hard spacer loose/dislocated D 12 Copper bonds missing D 13 Copper bonds dislocated E. ELECTRICAL CLEARANCE E1 Details of trees causing/may cause problems E2 Infringement in clearance of bottom conductors to ground E3 Infringement in clearance of earthwire to conductor E4 Any new construction seen within the line E5 Well blasting below the line Patrolling done by Signature Counter Signature by Line Section I/C 1) Comments with signature of Line Section In-charge Date SUB-STATION SL. ACTIVITY TEST RESULTS TO S/D PERIOD NO BE APPROVED BY 1 AC PLANT 1.1 AHU 1.2 Compressors 1.3 Condenser Unit 1.4 Cooling Towers 1.5 Electrical Motor 1.6 LT Panels 1.7 Water Treatment 2 BATTERY SYSTEMS 3 BUSBARS 4 CAPACITANCE VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER 5 CIRCUIT BREAKERS 5.1 Air Blast CB 5.2 CB Operation 5.3 Control Cabinet 5.4 Measurement 5.5 SF6 CB MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 18 2 SUB-STATION SL. ACTIVITY TEST RESULTS TO S/D PERIOD NO BE APPROVED BY 6 CURRENT TRANSFORMER 7 DG SET 8 FIRE PROTECTION 8.1 Compressor 8.2 Deluge System 8.3 Diesel Engine 8.4 Electrical Panel 8.5 Fire Alarm System 8.6 Fire Extinguish 8.7 General 8.8 Hydrant System 8.9 Jockey Pump 8.10 Motors 8.11 Pumps 8.12 Strainers 9 ISOLATORS & E/S 9.1 Earth Switch 9.2 Main Contacts 9.3 Marshalling Box 9.4 Operating mech. 10 LIGHTNING ARRESTORS 11 CT SW. GEARS (ACDB) 12 PLCC SYSTEM 13 PROTECTION SYSTEMS 14 SHUNT REACTORS 15 TELEPHONE EXCHANGE 16 WAVE TRAPS MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 18 3 Annexure- 19 SAMPLE TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR BIODIVERSITY ASSESSMENT STUDY 1.0 Background : Power transmission is a less intrusive activity. Its operational activities are totally different from other linear transportation corridors. However, it may have some negative impacts on area it traverses and affect any sensitive receptors in its vicinity. In order to ensure that there is minimum impact on any important biodiversity area encountered along the routes, if any, a specific Biodiversity Assessment Study for this stretch shall be undertaken by independent agency to provide necessary mitigation measures that can be incorporated into overall Environment Management Plan (EMP) of the project. 2.0 Objectives & Scope of the Study : The above study aims in identifying potential impacts on flora and fauna and to suggest relevant compensatory and mitigatory measures to protect/conserve biodiversity in the likely impacted area along RoW of transmission line due to the project activity. To achieve this agency/consultant shall carry out a comprehensive study on biological, socio-economic aspects along the proposed routes ( RoW) limited to affected biodiversity area and assess the potential impacts and risks (direct as well as indirect/ induced) due to the project activities and shall suggest appropriate measures for compensating & mitigating measures for managing the same. This study will describe the biodiversity values present on the development site and the impact of the project activity on these values and also identify reasonable measures and strategies that can be taken to avoid and minimise impacts on biodiversity. 3.0 Approach and Methodology of the Study: The study will essentially carried out in two parts: i) Baseline study in order to determine what flora & fauna species of concern might be found along the route in such sensitive areas through review of data from secondary sources like important data base (IBAT Business), using Satellite imaginary like GIS and GPS technique, IUCN Red data lists, other literatures/publications, various notifications/ gazette, forest/wildlife management plans and other studies, if available ii) Field study and collection of primary data along the route in protected/sensitive areas on key parameters like a) Details of flora & fauna with special reference to endemic/threatened species population reported from the study area. b) Description of habitat for such endemic/threatened species, , ecology and like threat including the breeding, foraging pattern and its conservation plan/biodiversity action plan undertaken, if any c) Socio-economic values of the affected area vis-à-vis biodiversity values. MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 19 1 d) Consultations with forest/wildlife officials, local communities, technical & managerial staff of Utility and survey team. 4.0 Output: The agency will submit biodiversity assessment report including management plan broadly covering following aspects: 1) Baseline status of diversity values project affected area : Biodiversity assessment shall include details on forest/ tree cover with species and girth distribution, density/crown, description of understory and middle storey flora & fauna, if any, survey of fauna including species abundance, major habitats, current distribution etc. The study also cover distribution of species in terms of seasonal issues related to breeding and feeding ecology and geographical issues related with the movement of wild species including species from cryptic habitats. This study also identify any rare, endangered, threatened, and endemic species of flora and fauna present along the route. If such species are present, the assessment shall also include geographical features and other associations important for survival of these species and their role in community ecology. 2) Study of ecological, environmental and socio-economic impacts: The study should concentrate on the likely impacts on flora & fauna including their role in community ecology due to project activities. The study shall include impact on socio-economic aspect and also impact on ancillary activities such as provision of access roads to site, on other resources on biodiversity value in the affected area. 3) Management Plan for bio-diversity conservation : Based on the assessment, suitable management plan shall be prepared describing adequate compensation, mitigation and management measures with respect to identified impacts, if any. It should focus on measures for conserving important resources, recommending avoidance of impacts by modifying design of specific activities/components if practical, minimum compensatory measures required by GoI/State government for mitigation and/or management measures for indirect or induced impacts, institutional arrangements including co-ordination mechanisms that need strengthening, description of roles and responsibilities, and budgetary resources required. 5.0 Resource Requirements: It is anticipated that the assignment will require a Biodiversity Expert assisted by a field team of support professionals including Ecologist, Wildlife Biologist, and Zoologist & Environmental Management/Planning Specialist etc. 6.0 Completion Schedule & Final Deliverables: It is expected that the above study will be completed within 8-14 weeks from the date of issuance of Work Order. The agency will submit final report in both hard & soft copy with within 2 weeks of acceptance of report. MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 19 2 Annexure-20 Table of Content for Initial Environment Assessment Report (IEAR) For Sub Project Section - I: Project Description: Brief description of the background, objective of the project, resultant benefit and scope of the work Section – II: Base line data: Description of the relevant physical, physiographical, and socio- economic condition of the project area including description of natural resources base like forest resources or any other environment sensitive areas like National Park sanctuary etc. along with description of climatic condition, population and other demographic features of the project area. Section -III: Policy, Legal and Regulatory framework: Description of the policy, Legal and Regulatory framework applicable to transmission project and the environmental requirement under which environment assessment has been carried out. Section – IV: TSECL Approach for Route Selection: Brief description of the environmental criteria for selection of route and sub-station(if applicable) description of alternative studies made for proposed route of transmission line including systematic analysis of different alternative studied with reference to particular environmental & social parameters like involvement of forest, protected areas, significant economic benefit associated with the project and without the project etc. and reason for selection of proposed route. Section – V: Screening of potential Environmental impact, evaluation and mitigation measures: Description of the criteria for identification of potential impact due to project location, construction and operation on the environment (clearing of forest/vegetation) public health, landscape etc. its extent magnitude, duration and significance. The section will also list different measures like design modification, variation in alignment compensation etc. to either completely avoid or to mitigate such impact to the extent possible. Section also details out process of public consultation for the given project and peoples reaction/suggestion if any and a conclusion regarding further studies required for selected impacts if any. Section – VI: Monitoring and organization support structure: Describing of the monitoring plan reporting pattern/frequency, cost estimate, external monitoring requirement/timing for potential environment & social issues with detailed Environment Management Plan (EMP) and proposed organization support structure for the same including training needs if so felt. Enclosures: 1) Original Topo map (SOI) with alternative route marked 2) Public Consultation details like list of participants, photos etc. 3) Any other supporting documents. MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 20 1 Annexure- 21 TABLE OF CONTENT FOR COMPENSATION PLAN FOR TEMPORARY DAMAGES (CPTD) FOR SUB PROJECT Section - I: Project Description: Brief description of the background, benefits of the project, objective of compensation plan. Section – II: Project Impacts : Minimization of impacts, description of alternative studies made for proposed route of transmission line including systematic analysis of different alternative studied with reference to particular environmental & social parameters like involvement of forest, protected areas, significant economic benefit associated with the project and without the project etc. and reason for selection of proposed route, analysis of impacts . Section – III: Socio-economic and Environmental Analysis for CPTD: Description of the physical, physiographical, socio-economic condition of the project area including other demographic features of the project area, Preliminary Social assessment, Impact due to project location and design and Critical social review criteria Section -IV: Compensation Framework: Description of compensation plan, Procedure for tree/crops/land compensation. Section – V: Stakeholders Participation & Compensation: Public Consultation during Preliminary Survey and peoples reaction/suggestion if any, Plan for further consultation during implementation Section – VI: Institutional Arrangements for Implementation and Monitoring: Describing the implementation schedule, Grievances Redressal Mechanism, Disclosure, Evaluation and monitoring plan. Budget provision for compensation MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 21 1 Annexure-22 Table of Content for Final Environment Assessment Report (FEAR) for Transmission and Distribution Project Section - I: Project Description: Brief description of the background, objective of the project, resultant benefit and scope of the work Section – II: Base line data: Description of the relevant physical, physiographical, and socio- economic condition of the project area including description of natural resources base like forest resources or any other environment sensitive areas like National Park sanctuary etc. along with description of climatic condition, population and other demographic features of the project area. Section -III: Policy, Legal and Regulatory framework: Description of the policy, Legal and Regulatory framework applicable to transmission project and the environmental requirement under which environment assessment has been carried out. Section – IV: Major Features of Final Route & Environment Impact: Brief description of the environmental criteria for selection of route and major features of final route alignment , details of forest involvement including number of trees and species of the trees likely to be effected. The details of forest clearance and environmental impact matrix describing in brief the extent of impact of transmission line. Section – V: Potential Environmental Impact, Evaluation and its Management: Description of the measures adopted and under implementation for identified impact due to project location, design, construction, O&M details of public consultation and its documentation, details of contractual conditions regarding safeguard issues under scope of contract for compliance and conclusion listing the category of the project based on the impact and analysis. Section – VI: Monitoring and Organization Support Structure: Description of the monitoring plan, reporting pattern/frequency, external monitoring requirement/timing for potential environment & social issues with compliance status of Environment Management Plan (EMP) and organization support structure. Enclosures: 1) Original Topo / GIS map with Final route marked 2) Public Consultation details like list of participants, photos etc. 3) Copy of Forest proposal and Compensatory Afforstation plan. 4) Forest approval letters 5) Tree, crop compensation details 6) Contract conditions regarding safeguard issues. 7) Budget/Expenditure 8) Compliance details of safety checklist/measures MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 22 1 Annexure-23 MSPCL’s Public Consultation Process Public consultation forms an integral part of MSPCL’s project cycle, and will be carried out in local language (Manipuri & English) for wider/better understanding. The process of consultation and its documentation shall be as follows: TRANSMISSION LINES 1. When planning a transmission line, public consultation is used as an integral tool for screening, assessment and finalisation of route alignment. During initial screening and walkover survey, MSPCL's staffs meet the public in the route of proposed transmission line. Observations and problems arising from these discussions are given due consideration while finalising the route. 2. During the survey for tower spotting, MSPCL’s site officials meet the public i.e. people coming in the route of the line. This enables MSPCL to gauge public opinion. At the time of construction, every individual on whose land a tower is to be erected is met with. People coming in the way of the ROW are consulted and their views and suggestions are incorporated thus allowing for public participation. 3. During construction MSPCL pays the compensation for any damages to each land owner and obtains their final acknowledgement. 4. During maintenance, MSPCL consults the individual landowners, obtains their approval and pays compensation for any damage to property. Substations: 1. MSPCL identifies locations of the substation. If it is private/panchayat land MSPCL shall request GoMan for acquisition for their purpose after selecting suitable one as per RFCTLARRA, 2013. Preliminary Social Assessment shall be done by MSPCL as per funding agency requirement and public views shall be recorded too, till this point. 2. Further processing shall be done by concerned dept. of GoMan as per RFCTLARRA, 2013 and after acquisition GoMan will give possession to MSPCL. MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 23 1 In order to further streamline the consultation process for transmission/Sub-transmission line and to facilitate documentation of the same, the followings aspects may be shared during public discussion:  complete project plan (i.e. its route and terminating point and substations, if any, in between  design standards in relation to approved international standards;  health impacts in relation to EMF;  measures taken to avoid public utilities such as school, hospitals, etc.;  other impacts associated with transmission lines and MSPCL’s approach to minimising and solving them; MSPCL shall practise to use one or more of the following consultation techniques at various stages. These include: (1) Public meetings: MSPCL will hold public meetings during its EAMP process at appropriate locations along the length of the transmission line. Public meetings will include one to one meetings with land owners during transmission tower spotting. Larger group meetings will be organised at strategic distances along the length of the transmission line. These will consist of all or at least most of the people to be directly affected by the concerned project and their local Gram Panchayat leaders. (2) Informal small group meetings: Informal small group meetings will be conducted during walkover survey to find out local environmental and social issues along the proposed transmission line route. These meetings will be conducted by Site staff at appropriate intervals. (3) Information brochures and Pamphlets: MSPCL will make available information and project specific details to the public through Information brochures and Pamphlets. These brochures and pamphlets will contain information on: the overall project plan; design and construction standards; prudent deviations from design standards from transmission towers near schools, hospitals, human habitation; potential impacts and generic mitigation measures; resettlement and rehabilitation; and, compensation. (4) Operating field offices: Information regarding the proposed transmission line can be accessed by the public from operating field offices. Information will be provided through brochures and pamphlets and any further queries will be responded by MSPCL’s staff. MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 23 2 (5) Local planning visits and site visits: MSPCL staff will visit field sites. During this time informal contacts will be established with the local people. Reactions of the public to the project will be informally gauged. (6) Response to public Enquires: Circle office will respond to public enquiries by post or through notices in local news papers. (7) Press release inviting comments: MSPCL will publish details of proposed transmission routes in two local newspapers. Public will be invited to comment in writing or by meeting concerned MSPCL officials within a specified period. MSPCL will then incorporate relevant objections and suggestions. (8) Project coordination committees: MSPCL will set up grievance redressal committees to address the complaints and objections that PAP’s may have regarding the project, its impacts or mitigation measures. (9) Ombudsman or representative: For building a consensus on the project its impacts and mitigation measures, the PAPs will be encouraged to elect or appoint a trusted ombudsman or representative. (10) Public Displays: MSPCL will show their model projects to public/small representative groups. DOCUMENTATION The proceedings of the above consultation shall be documented. Details recorded will include date of the meeting, venue, number and possibly the names of the people attended, issues discussed and the outcome of the meeting. The manager at Circle office/site will apply combinations of the appropriate techniques at various activities of a project depending upon the field conditions as shown below: Milestones Process Techniques 1. Environmental &  Screen &scope TL/S-TLs from an Informal small group social screening & environmental and social perspective meetings, local planning visits scoping for TL/S- - spot verification and site visits TL 2. Environmental &  Screen &scope SS from an environmental Informal small group social screening & and social perspective meetings, Local planning scoping for SS - spot verification visits and site visits MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 23 3 Milestones Process Techniques 3. EAMP  TL/S-TLs & SS Public meetings, Press release - undertake environmental review and inviting comments formulate appropriate management measures 4. CPTD  TL Informal small group - negotiate compensation packages with meetings, local planning visits revenue authorities and Affected person and site visits, Response to (APs) public enquiries - finalise and document compensation and other management measures  SS - finalise SS site 5. Execution of  Execute environmental management works Information brochures and Environmental - Appropriate clearance for Transmission pamphlets, Operating field management works line ROW, etc. offices, Response to public - compensatory afforestation enquiries 6. Execution of  TL/S-TLs Information brochures and Social - pay compensation as agreed and pamphlets, Operating field management works documented in CPTD and execute other offices, Response to public measures enquiries  SS Information brochures and - deposit compensation and take possession pamphlets, Operating field of land offices, Response to public - enquiries 7. Environmental and  Monitor EAMP measures Information brochures and Social monitoring - maintenance of ROW pamphlets, Operating field - progress on compensatory afforestation offices, Response to public enquiries  Monitor SIMP measures - appropriate compensation and other Informal small group measures during maintenance of towers meetings and lines MSPCL – ESPPF Annexure – 23 4